Google Groups no longer supports new Usenet posts or subscriptions. Historical content remains viewable.

Dismiss

The Big C.

152 views

Skip to first unread message

John F. Winston

unread,

Feb 7, 2003, 12:06:11 PM2/7/03

Subject: The Big C. Feb. 6, 2003.

I just got through sending off for and receiving a book called:
The Complete Encyclopedia of NATURAL HEALING, A comprehensive A-Z
listing of common and chronic illnesses and their proven natural
treatment, by Gary Null, Ph.D. It's number is ISBN 0-88723-262-0
The address of the people who printed the book is:
Boardroom Inc. 281 Tresser Blvd. Stamford, CT 06901.

I found this book to be very interesting and on page 470 it says
the following information:

.....

Essiac Tea
MARILYN ON BREAST CA-CER.

My husband brought home an article out of the newspaper about
Essiac tea just before I had my lymph nodes removed. They figured
for sure that the lymph nodes were invaded with it. I started on
this tea 10 days before going back into the hospital. I went in
and the lymph nodes and the rest of the surrounding tissue were
clean. Three specialists were very surprised and kept remaking
what a miracle it was because of the stage III can-er that had
already broken free of the tumor and was already invading the rest
of the breast.

Although I opted or a traditional approach to treatment, I
attributed the lack of hair loss and the ability to handle
radiation and chemotherapy without side effects to the benefits of
the tea. It has been two years now. I drink Essiac tea twice a day
faithfully. I feel wonderful I've got a new lease on life.
JW I have heard in the past that Essiac will correct Can-er,
sometimes called The Big C, After reading this I got on the large
web site called Google.com and looked up Essiac. Here is what I
found.

....................................................................
....................................................................

Subject: My Health Pro
Essiac Herbal Tea 1.5 oz by Resperin Canada

Description:
Normal Usage:
One unit (1.5 ounces of herbs) makes 72 liquid ounces (2 liters) of
Nurse Rene Caisse's famous concoction. This is an 18 days supply
using 2 ounces every 12 hours.

In 1922, a patient spoke to Nurse Rene M. Caisse, of a Canadian
Ojibwa Indian herbal formula that had helped restore her health.
Nurse Caisse prepared her original herbal formula into a drink for
her aunt who was in the final stages of her illness. Within a few
months her aunt's health improved significantly. She lived for many
more years. The original herbal formula was named Essiac., which is
nurse Caisse's name spelled backwards.
From 1922 to 1978 Nurse Caisse helped thousands of people with her
original herbal formula at her clinic in Bracebridge, Ontario,
Canada. Although she refused payments for her services she accepted
donations to help support her clinic. Rene M. Caisse dedicated her
life to helping others alleviate their pain and suffering with the
use of her Essiac. formula. During the past 75 years many
testimonials have confirmed the effectiveness of Nurse Rene M.
Caisse's proprietary herbal formula.
In 1977, Nurse Rene M. Caisse signed over all her rights to her
original Essiac formula and trademark only to Resperin Canada*.
Resperin gave her the assurance that she sought, namely, that Essiac.
be produced and distributed for the purposes of helping suffering
people and of gaining recognition as an effective herbal remedy.
Essiac. has withstood the test of time and is a natural, safe and
effective traditional herbal medicine. All four main herbs help to
normalize body systems by cleansing the blood, promoting cell repair,
and aiding effective assimilation and elimination. When combined,
their separate beneficial effects are synergistically enhanced.

BURDOCK ROOT (Arctium lappa)

Burdock cleanses the blood and lymphatic system. It contains
Inulin, which strengthens the vital organs such as the liver,
pancreas and spleen. It also reduces mucus and prevents formation
of gall and kidney stones. Its vitamin A and selenium help
eliminate free radicals and its chromium content helps regulate
blood sugar levels.

SLIPPERY ELM inner bark (Ulmus Fulva)

Principal component is mucilage which helps the body cleanse
itself of toxic waste. It helps nourish and restore plasma in the
blood and lymph in the lymphatic system. It improves intestinal
flora and soothes asthma. It also helps relieve acids from
indigestion and eczema.

SHEEP SORREL (Rumex Acetosella)

Sheep Sorrel relieves internal ulcers and applied helps clear
skin problems such as eczema and psoriasis. Rich in vitamins, and
trace mineral elements, it nourishes the glandular system. Sheep
sorrel contains silicon, a necessary element for nerves and the
myellin sheath that protects them. Sheep Sorrel cleanses blood
and improves liver, intestinal and bowel function.

(JW While I was doing some research on Essiac I mentioned it to
lady who owned a ranch outside of Sonora, Calif. She said she
had some growing in her horse pens. She pointed it out to me
and I took some plants of it and replanted them in my garden.
It grew very well and I harvested part of it. I consumed some of
it but had no effect from it due to the fact I was in very good
health at the time. The next year I tried to see if any of it
had come up from seed. I couldn't identify it from the rest of the
weeds in my garden so I guess I'll try to grown it again and keep
the seed.)

INDIAN RHUBARB ROOT (Rheum Officinale)

In small amounts, this herb acts as a gentle laxative and purges
the body, especially the liver, of toxic buildup and waste. It helps
counteract acids due to indigestion. Its malic acid also carries
oxygen to all parts of the body, aiding in healing. Rhein present
in the root, inhibits disease causing bacteria and candida albicans
in the intestines. It helps reduces fever and inflammation. Studies
show that rhubarb root has antibiotic and anti-tumor properties
Swimming in our bodies is a sea of antigens. These antigens
include dangerous environmental invaders such as viruses, antibiotic
resistant bacteria, abnormal cells, parasites, chemical pollutants
and other synthetic poisons threatening our bodies. We are able to
survive periodic assaults on our health and life from these
antigens because of our immune system. The key to maintaining
optimal health begins with a better understanding of the human
body's biological processes.
The human immune system is a synergistic interaction between cells,
molecules and fluids in the body. When the body is in good health,
all biological systems are working effectively together. When the
body is threatened, the immune system is activated to help restore
health. There are two systems that the body utilizes to identify
foreign invaders. The first system is the non-specific defense
system and the second is the specific defense system.
The non-specific defense system relies on the body's natural
ability to recognize and destroy foreign invaders. Its first line
of defense consists of skin and mucous membranes. They serve as
physical barriers by preventing foreign matter from invading the
body. When pathogens enter the body through broken tissues a
chemical is released which "turns on" the inflammatory response.
To combat the threatening invader the body increases the production
of white blood cells that can result in a temperature increase.
This explains why fever often accompanies an infection.
production of white blood cells that can result in a temperature
increase. This explains why fever often accompanies an infection.
If a pathogen passes through the body's non-specific defense, the
immune system responds with a series of specific defenses that
attack the foreign invader. These defenses are known as the immune
response consisting of antibodies and special immune cells. T-Cells
and B- Cells are critical to the immune system,. T-Cells
(T-Lymphocytes) mature in the Thymus Gland and the B-Cells
(B-Lymphocytes) mature in the bone marrow. The T-cells provide the
first response to a threatening foreign invader. One type of T cell
is the T4 helper cell. These induce the B cells to "turn on" and
respond to the presence of a threatening foreign invader. The
B-cells respond by producing antibodies and by stimulating one
type of T cell, which is the natural killer cell (NK). It destroys
the invading cells by means of direct contact or by producing a
cytotoxin or cell poison. As a control the T8-suppressor cells
"switch off" the immune response once the invaders are destroyed
and the infection is cleared up. If the pathogen reappears the body
has the ability to immediately produce antibodies to deal with the
foreign invader.
The Specific defense system circulates in part in the blood and
Lymphatic system. The Lymphatic system consists mainly of lymph,
lymphatic vessels and structures or organs containing lymphatic
tissues. Lymph is a thick colorless fluid. Some of its functions
are to carry fat and nutrients and to distribute germ fighting
white blood cells. Lymphatic vessels transport the lymph to the
different parts of the body. Along the larger lymphatic vessels
there are small kidney shaped structures that are the lymph nodes.
Lymph nodes filter the blood in order to help prevent bacteria and
other pathogens from travelling through the lymphatic system. The
lymph nodes are areas of high immunological activity along with
the bone marrow, thymus, spleen, liver, tonsils, adenoids, appendix,
and peyer's patches in the intestines.
The human immune system has the ability to recognize and protect
against a huge variety of bacteria, viruses and other pathogens
that challenge the body daily. All parts of the immune system work
together to help protect the human body. There is a growing
concern, however, that our bodies are being "overloaded" with
progressively dangerous chemicals and pollutants in the environment
that we can not rid ourselves of naturally.

Detailed Information

List Price: $--.--
Your Price: $--.00
You save: 37%
Availability:
Usually ships within 24 hours
-----------------------------------------------------
Save For Another Day: Quantity:
Any Questions, Contact us, Via Email , or at 1-800-561-8230
Copyright ) 1999-2001 MyHealthPro.com - Health and Treatment
Products.
All Rights Reserved.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Feb 12, 2003, 4:31:30 PM2/12/03

Subject: The Strange World In Which We Live. Part 2 of 2.
Feb. 11, 2003.

Here is more information about the unusual things that are on this
Earth.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Most ominously, though the Pen-agon refuses to admit
it (as it did with the dangers of radioactive fallout in the 50s),
underground nuclear testing and the onset of earthquakes within a
few days can be almost perfectly correlated. Other human activities
may increase the tectonic force built up in the crust - such as
blasting open mines - but not to the degree that nuclear tests do.
These are all matters that need to be examined closely if we're
going to predict the next "Big One."

The Underworld: Folklore and Fact

In the old shamanic cosmology of the Paleolithic, there was
thought to be three worlds linked by the World Tree - ours, the
hea-ens, and the underworld. In historical times, the underworld
often became the land of the dead - Hades, Sheol, Gehenna, the
land of Anubis, or, in Chri-tian times, H-ll. This pervasive belief
in a subterranean world beneath our own survives in science
fiction (Edgar Rice Burroughs), fringe re-igion (Koreshanity and
Shaverism), and myth and legend (Shamballah, Agharta, the Kingdom
of the Master of the World). Legend has it that there exists some
subterranean race deep within the bowels of the Earth - in Richard
Shaver's cosmology, like that of the Cathars, there were d-mons
("tyros") who controlled the actions of us on the surface with
sinister "rays." Other mythologies hold that the Underworld is the
place of the enlightened Hidden Masters, not a sinister he-l.
Exploration beneath the Earth's crust has demonstrated that the
Earth is definitely not hollow (sorry, the evidence here is too
strong...) However, it is in many ways like a ball of swiss cheese
- there are vast underground spaces, whole "New Lands" yet to be
discovered, largely because they are so hot as to be uninhabitable
to life.

The curious "tunnel complexes" and "weird caverns" found in many
places, such as the Matto Grosso in Brazil or the Devil's Hole Cave
near Death Valley, often lead one to wonder. Are they natural in
origin, or artificial constructs of some powerful race of
engineers?
In H.P Lovecraft's fictional universe, they were dug by immense
worm-like creatures (Chthonians and Dholes) and inhabited by ghouls
and serpent folk. Numerous treasure legends and abandoned mine
stories lead treasure seekers to dig deep into the Earth in search
of gold - but here may be a forgotten memory of other, more powerful
"treasures" which originate from inside of the Earth. For the
mysteries of mineral formation still remain - there are many
geologic deposits of natural gas and oil which appear to be abiogenic
in origin, and veins of metallic ore in unlikely places. Dowsers
hint that there are veins of "primary water" within the Earth,
which is in a different (plasmic) state of matter and drives the
movement of the telluric currents. Is there a mysterious underground
civilization deep within these tunnel complexes? Are fabulous
treasure and foul monsters to be found down there? No one knows,
but the underworld has plenty of curious, if somewhat more prosaic,
mysteries to be explored.

Geomancy and the World Grid

Numerous writers have suggested that the ancients may have mapped
(Hapgood), measured and surveyed (Stecchini), and divided up
(Pennick) the Earth. We do not know why they had to do so with such
accuracy.
But almost all ancient societies utilized exact, numerically
harmonic Earth-commensurate units of measure for building their
structures, perhaps recognizing that this was the key to tap the
Earth energy. Alexander Thom found that almost all the megaliths of
Britain were built according to a standard unit of measure he
dubbed the Megalithic Yard. Further, most of the stone circles are
ovals which appear to be based on right-angle triangles and some
knowledge of the Pythagorean theorem. Many of the "ley lines" they
mark lead directly to the rising of a particular star (or key
sunrise/moonrise point) on a particular day. The siting of many of
their structures suggests they clearly surveyed large amounts of
territory and may even have known the exact dimensions of the
Earth. But beyond even this, utilizing geomancy, they may also
have studied the movement of planetary telluric energy and
discovered (and utilized) the 'ley lines' which made up the 'World
Grid.'

Geomancers like the feng shui practicioners of China were able to
divine the composition of ch'i (orgone, "earth energy," or
geomagnetism) in a particular area and discover whether it was
propitious or not to place things there. Neolithic dowsers may have
identified the 'blind springs' and other spots where the Earth
energies influenced fertility, vitality, and health, and built
their megaliths to mark (and direct or concentrate) those energies,
"needling" the Earth like a dowser. Clearly, these "primitive"
savages altered the landscape in the past - vast landscape
effigies, mounds, and zodiacs having been created, and hills altered
so that the "Old Straight Track" could continue unimpeded. These
ancient geomancers may have recognized what we know today - that
there are certain "window areas" where geomagnetic activity is
particularly high, and where strange Fortean events tend to cluster.
In some places, the Earth force may have been blocked up and
"soured" (become DOR - Deadly Orgone) and caused what are known as
Geopathic Stress sites which correlate with ca-cer epidemics. We
may not know how to tap the Earth force as those shamans once did,
but it still has residual effects on our consciousness and may
even open gates to other realms of existence...

Gaia's Children: The Rebirth of Pan?

The Earth may be more than just weird, dynamic, and complex. In
some strange way, it may be alive. This theory has gained ground
particularly due to James Lovelock's Gaia Hypothesis, which is based
on evidence which suggests the organisms of the planet "cooperate"
to a certain degree to keep certain climactic and biotic conditions
within critical boundaries, and that our planet might be a lot more
like Venus or Mars were it not for the self-regulating presence of
life. Lovelock has never suggested the planet itself is alive,
though its biota enable it to function like a living organism. But
others have pointed to such a notion. In their study of Simulacra
(natural rock formations that seem much like living organisms),
Michell and Rickard speculate that the "inspiration" of life may
pre-exist it. Peter Tompkins and Chris Bird have marshalled a
great deal of evidence that even the simplest of organisms (plants)
may possess a rudimentary nervous system, 'consciousness' and the
means of communication with one other (e.g., language).

Paul Kammerer observed that there almost seems to be a
"storehouse" of morphologies in nature which are endlessly repeated,
and other Forteans have noted the almost curious precision with
which the migration and population expansion of species seems to be
regulated and controlled, almost as if the planet frequently exiles
or summons species as needed to or from elsewhere. Louis Kervan
observed how many organisms performed "life alchemy" by literally
doing the impossible - transmutation of elements. The now-debunked
"Hundredth Monkey" phenomenon does seem to appear in other species
besides spud-washing Pacific monkeys - there have been numerous
observations of species learning new behaviors without direct
transmission of the skill.
Sheldrake's theory of formative causation leads new lines of
inquiry into the study of the origins of instinct. If there is not
some sort of anima mundi or "group mind" linking all the life on
the planet together with the planet itself, certainly one is being
erected, with the vast "noosphere" of communications wrapping
itself around the globe due to the activities of man, as Teilhard
de Chardin observed.

But all these new discoveries seem to bring us back to an old
idea. That the Earth is a living entity. That the Mother G-ddess
rel-gions may have known this fact, and that the sweeping onslaught
of patriarchal sky-g-d-worshipping nomads may have crushed this
knowledge and caused it to be forgottten. It is not surprising
that with our rediscovery of Gaia, we are also experiencing a
Rebirth of Pan, where strange events seem to be linked by some
magical web of correspondence connected to the old pre-Chr-stian
faiths. Or that it corresponds with a massive reevaluation of the
role of women in patriarchal societies and the feminine principle
itself. Gaia may be trying to contact us once more, to remind us of
the urgency which confronts us. Our environmental destructiveness
is no threat to Gaia - she has withstood worse before - but it may
be a threat to us, her children, as we slowly change her into an
inhospitable place for hairless anthropoids.
Most importantly, we may be on the verge of rediscovering the
mysterious "earth force" itself, whose origins and effects we are
now only coming to understand as our ancestors once did.

SOURCES:

2. Velikovsky, Immanuel, Earth in Upheaval.
3. Eco, Umberto, Foucault's Pendulum.
4. Goodavage, Joseph, Astro-Meteorology.
5. Gaquelin, Michel, Cosmic Influences on Human Behavior.
6. Kafton-Minckel, Walter, Subterranean Worlds.
7. Michell, John, and Rickard, Robert, Simulacra.
8. Bird, Christopher, and Tompkins, Peter, The Secret Life of
Plants

Steve Mizrach, aka Seeker1

Return to FortSpace <http://www.fiu.edu/%7Emizrachs/fortspace.html>

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Feb 13, 2003, 11:22:57 AM2/13/03

Subject: The Big, Deep Hole In Yosemite. Feb. 13, 2003.

I was recently talking to a friend of mine called Earl. He asked
me if I had heard about the hole that is in Yosemite National Park.
It appears that it is on the 120 hyway that comes in from Sonora,
Calif. Just as you go inside of the gate of Yosemite you go some
distance further and turn off to the left and it can be found. It
appears by the information given to me by Earl to be an opening in
the ground that is 7 or more miles deep.

At the present time it has a protective fence around it so you
can't jump in. Earl went into the area about 20 years ago with a
group of young people. I'm going to ask one of my friends who
works in Yosimite to check this out.

Another story that Earl told me was that many years ago the US
Army was chasing some American Indians and never could seem to
catch them very well. These were the Yosemite Indians, sometimes
called Mi Wok Indians. It has been found in the last few years
that the Indians had stolen some guns and had hid them behind
Yosemite Falls. The guns were only found in recent years. They
were still in the cases and of the 30-40 Craig type of gun. I used
to own a rifle like this when I was a young person. My father had
brought it back from World War 1. I will probably ask some of
my friends to check out this area where the guns were hid. The guns
have removed a long time ago. This will be done later on in the
year when very little water is going over the falls.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

unread,

Feb 19, 2003, 6:48:41 PM2/19/03

Subject: I Once Was A Conquistador. Part 2. Feb. 19, 2003.

This part talks about golden treasures.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Meanwhile, three Spanish emissaries came back from Cuzco, the Inca
capital, with even more treasure, looted from the Sun Temple. They
brought an immense cargo of gold and silver vessels loaded on the
backs of 200 staggering, sweating Indians. And the second ransom
train of 11,000 llamas was on its way to Pizarro's camp.
Loaded with gold, it had been sent by Atahualpa's queen from
Cuzco. But when they heard of the Inca's assassination, the Indians
drove the llamas off the road and buried the 100 pounds of gold that
each animal carried.
Sir Clements Markham, who had a particularly keen knowledge of
Peru, believed that the gold was hidden in the mountains behind
Azangaro. The Cordillera de Azangaro is a wild sierra little known
to foreigners, the name in Quechua meaning, "place farthest away."
It is believed that this was the easternmost point in the Andean
cordilleras which the old Inca empire dominated. However, other
versions of this story say that the treasure was hidden in a system
of tunnels that goes through the Andes.
One fantastic treasure story involves "The Garden of the Sun."
Sarmiento, a Spanish historian (1532-1589), wrote that this
subterranean garden was located near the Temple of the Sun. "They
had a garden in which the lumps of earth were pieces of fine gold.
These were cleverly sown with maize the stalks, leaves and ears of
which were all of gold. They were so well planted that nothing
would disturb them. Besides all this, they had more than twenty
sheep with their young. The shepherds who guarded the sheep were
armed with slings and staves made of gold.
There were large numbers of jars of gold and silver pots, vases,
and every kind of vessel."
Shortly after the conquest of Peru, Cieza de Leon, part Inca and
part Spanish, wrote, "If all the gold that is buried in Peru ...
were collected, it would be impossible to coin it, so great the
quantity; and yet the Spaniards of the conquest got very little,
compared with what remains. The Indians said, 'The treasure is so
concealed that even we, ourselves, know not the hiding place!'
"If, when the Spaniards entered Cuzco they had not committed
other tricks, and had not so soon executed their cruelty in putting
Atahualpa to death, I know not how many great ships would have
been required to bring such treasures to old Spain as is now lost
in the bowels of the earth and will remain so because those who
buried it are now dead."
What Cieza de Leon did not say was that, although the Indians as
a whole did not know where this treasure lay, there were a few
among them who did know and closely guarded the secret.
After seeing the fineness of the treasures in Atahualpa's first
ransom, Pizarro had demanded that he be shown the source of this
fabulous wealth before he had demanded that he be shown the source
of this fabulous wealth before he would release the Inca. He had
heard that the Incas possessed a secret and inexhaustible mine or
depository, which lay in a vast, subterranean tunnel running many
miles underground.
Here was supposedly kept the accumulated riches of the country.
However, legend has it that Atahualpa's queen consulted the Black
Mirrorat the Temple of the Sun, a sort of magic mirror similar to
that in the story of Snow White. In it she saw the fate of her
husband, whether she paid the ransom or not. She realized that
her husband and the empire were doomed and that she must certainly
not reveal the secret of the tunnels or wealth to the gold crazed
conquistadors.
The horrified queen ordered that the entrance to the great tunnel
be closed under the direction of the priests and magicians. A
large door into a rocky wall of a cliff gorge near Cuzco, it was
sealed by filling its depths with huge masses of rock. Then the
disguised entrance was hidden under green grass and bushes, so that
not the slightest sign of any fissure was perceptible to the eye.
Conquistadors, adventurers, treasure hunters, and historians have
all wondered about and pursued this legend.
What incredible treasure did the Incas seal into these tunnels?
And as to the tunnels themselves, when and how were they made,
and where do they go?
Researchers like Harold Wilkins believed that the tunnels run
from the central Andes around Cuzco for hundreds of miles north
and south through the mountains, as far as Chile and Ecuador.
Wilkins believed that there were other spurs of these tunnels
that ran to the east, coming out at the lost city of Paititi in
the high jungle somewhere.
Another spur was said to run to the west, down to the coastal
desert of Peru. This spur of the tunnel system could have come out
near Lima, the area of the ancient Inca city of Pachacamac, or
near Pisac and the Candlestick of the Andes, which is further
south along the coast.
Wilkins believed, as did apparently Madame Blavatsky (a well
known psychic and founder of The Theosophical Society), that a
spur of the ancient tunnel system came out in the Atacama Desert
near to Arica and the current border between Chile and Peru, which
is further south still. Madame Blavatsky related the story, retold
by Wilkins, of the ancient treasure and tunnel system.
Sometime around the year 1844, a Ca-holic priest was called to
absolve a dying Quechua Indian. Whispering quietly to the priest,
the old Indian told an amazing story about a labyrinth and a
series of tunnels built far before the days of the Inca emperors
of the Sun. It was told under the inviolable seal of the
confessional, and could not be divulged by the priest under pain
of death.
This story would probably never have been told, except that the
priest, while traveling to Lima, met with a "sinister Italian."
The priest let out a hint of great treasure, and was later
supposedly hypnotized by the Italian to get him to tell the story!
"I will reveal to thee what no Wh-te man, be he Spaniard, or
American, or English, knows," the dying Indian had said to the
priest. He then told of the queen's closing of the tunnels when
the Inca Atahualpa was being held captive by Pizarro. The priest
added under hypnosis that the Peruvian gov-rnment, in about 1830,
had heard rumors of these tunnels and sent an expedition out to
find and explore them. They were unsuccessful.
In another similar story, the Father Pedro del Sancho tells in his
Relacion that in the early period of the conquest of Peru, another
dying Indian made a confession. Father del Sancho wrote, "...my
informant was a subject of the Incan Emperor. He was held in high
esteem by those in power at Cuzco. He had been a chieftain of his
tribe and made a yearly pilgrimage to Cuzco to w-rship his idolistic
g-ds. It was a custom of the Incas to conquer a tribe or nation
and take their idols to Cuzco. Those who wished to w-rship their
ancient idols were forced to travel to the Incan capital. They
brought gifts to their heathen idols. They were also expected to
pay homage to the Incan emperor during these journeys."
Del Sancho continues, "These treasures were placed in ancient
tunnels that were in the land when the Incas arrived. Also placed
in these subterranean repositories were artifacts and statues
deemed sacred to the Incas.
When the hoard had been placed in the tunnels, there was a
ceremony conducted by the high priest. Following these rites, the
entrance to the tunnels was sealed in such a manner that one could
walk within a few feet and never be aware of the entrance.
"...My informant said that the entrance lay in his land, the
territory which he ruled. It was under his direction and by his
subjects that the openings were sealed. All who were in attendance
were sworn to silence under the penalty of death. Although I
requested more information on the exact location of the entrance,
my informant refused to divulge more than what has been written
down."
Another interesting story of the tunnels around Cuzco and the
incredible treasure they contain involves Carlos Inca, a descendant
of an Inca emperor, who had married a Spanish lady, Dona Maria
Esquivel. His Castilian wife thought that he was not ambitious
enough, and that he did not keep her in the style she deemed
befitting her rank, or his descent.
Poor Carlos was plagued night and day by his wife's nagging,
until late one night, he blindfolded her and led her out into the
patio of the hacienda.
Under the cold light of the stars, when all around were asleep
and no unseen eye was on the watch, he began to lead her by the
shoulders. Although he was exposing himself to many risks
including torture and death at the hands of the Quechuas, he
proceeded to reveal his secret. He twirled her around three times,
then, assuming her disoriented, led her down some steps into a
concealed vault in or under Sacsayhuaman Fortress. When he
removed her blinds, her tongue was finally silenced. She stood
on the dusty, stone floor of an ancient vault, cluttered with
gold and silver ingots, exquisite jewelry, and temple ornaments.
Around the walls, ranged in fine gold, were life-size statues of
long dead Inca kings. Only the golden Disk of the Sun, which the
old Incas treasured most, was missing.
Carlos Inca was supposedly one of the custodians of the secret
hiding place of Inca treasure that eluded the Spanish and other
treasure seekers for centuries.
The U.S. Commissioner to Peru in 1870 commented on this episode:
"All I can say is if that secret chamber which she had entered has
not been found and despoiled, it has not been for want of digging.
...Three-hundred years have not sufficed to eradicate the notion
that enormous treasures are concealed within the fortress of
Cuzco. Nor have three-hundred years of excavation, more or less
constant, entirely discouraged the searchers for tapadas, or
treasure mounds."
There certainly appears to be some repetition and borrowing
between some of these stories. Yet most historians and
archaeologists believe that they are based on some fact. That
tunnels and lost treasure exist, there seems to be no doubt. But
the real questions are, where are they? And, who made them?

Part 2.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Feb 21, 2003, 1:48:40 AM2/21/03

Subject: I Was A Conquistador. Part 3. Feb. 20, 2003.

In this part we will discuss some of my experiences of later
on hearing about some things in Old Mexico. We will then discuss
the last part of the information from David Childress.

.................................................................
.................................................................

JW These are my own experiences.

My Friend Marv.

Back during the first few years that I had been in this work I
was listening to a tape recording of a lecture by a man called Dr.
Wallace Halsey. Mr. Halsey was the nephew of the admiral "Bull"
Halsey who was famous in the U. S. Navy during World War II. Dr.
Halsey had been a very educated man who had spent a great deal of
his time investigating flying saucers.
On a plane trip between two states, on a regular flight, his
plane had come up missing and has never been seen by anyone on
Earth again.

On this tape recording he was talking about places a person
could go into the inside of the Earth and a few more things such as
he mentioned in a very matter of fact way that there were two
pyramids in Calif. One of these was on the north fork of the
American River near Snakehead Point, near Auburn, Calif.
This place was considered to haunted by the Indians of the area.
They also considered that a person would become dizzy if he decided
to climb it and would never make it to the top.
That's all the information that I had to start with. No mention
was made of where the second pyramid was located except to
say that it was located near Lone Pine, Calif. So that's all
the information that I had to start with.

I felt that it was important for me to find these places so I took
a trip over to the first pyramid area to see what could be found.

When getting to a place called Gold Run, Calif. between Auburn,
Calif. and Reno, Nevada I decided to turn off of the road and
ask the local people if they knew where a pyramid was around
that area. They really gave me a look like I was crazy and didn't
have any information about it. After talking with them I took
a road down towards the river and found a spot where the north
fork of the American River could be seen.

After wondering how to get down to the river, which was down
in the bottom of a canyon I met a fisherman coming up the hill.
He informed me how hard it was to get down the hill so I decided
not to try to make it down there. Finally a man showed up in a
pickup truck and I told him what the problem was. He said he
had a geological survey map of the area and proceeded to try to
find Snakehead Point on his map because he had never heard of it.
Sure enough he found the place and he was able to point it out
to us right down the canyon about a mile and one half to the
west of where we were. I then drove a little bit down the road
and looked right nearly straight down the canyon towards it.
Snakehead Point is a small hill (about 120 feet tall that sits
near the bottom of the canyon on the southside of the river)
and is covered by trees and dirt to a depth or about 50 feet.
This canyon was thousands of feet deep.

Time was getting pretty late and I decided to go back home.
A few months later I tried it again, this time taking a tall,
slender young man with, about 21 years old, who was in good
physical shape. I told him all I knew about the subject so
we started down the side of the mountain on the north side of
the canyon. This man hadn't been taught much about ESP but I
decided to bring along an Ouiji board, box and all. That really
looked funny, going hiking with an Ouiji board but I wanted
to make contact with the spi-itual entities who might be inside
the pyramid if it was at all possible.

We finally got down the hill and just needed to cross the
river and found that the water was really coming by at a high
rate, and later I found out that more that one person had been
killed recently in that fast water. The river was pretty fast
so we decided not to cross at that time.
We sat down on a large rock and sat up the Ouiji board for
operation.
I then gave the young man a quick instruction course in operating
the Ouiji board and we both started using the board to communicate
with the spir-tual intelligences who were inside the pyramid just
across the river, The first thing I asked was, "Is anybody here
who we can talk to"? The indicator of the Ouiji board moved very
fast over to No. I then thought that if there is nobody here then
you surely used a lot of energy to say No. Next I asked if it or
he would help give us information about the pyramid. I then was
hit by a large amount of force that cause me to get a very bad
headache. It was similar to the thought forms or s-irits, that
are used to ki-l people is they try to break into a tomb or pyramid
over in Egypt. All of this made me pretty mad so I demanded that
the spi-it get off the line (off the Ouiji board) and put on my
guardian an-el, the good type s-irit who was always with me.

..............

JW Now we go back to David Childress' experiences.

The treasure of the Incas is believed to still be hidden in the
tunnels that run under Cuzco and the ruins of the megalithic
fortress mentioned above called Sacsayhuaman.
The Fortress of Sacsayhuaman The stories of a subterranean world
fascinated me and I decided that South America was a good place to
investigate whatever reality there might be in the many legends.
Lost treasure has its appeal as well, and many tunnels would
probably never be explored if it were not for some promised treasure
at the end.
I began my search in Peru where I visited Ica, Pisco and Nazca to
look at the mummies, geoglyphs and catacombs. I then continued on
to Cuzco to look into the tunnels that were rumored to be in the
vicinity.
During this visit I went to Sacsayhuaman. The road leads up
from the Plaza de Armas to a hill on the north side of Cuzco. At a
leveling off of the hill, looking over the Cuzco Valley, is the
colossal fortress, one of the most imposing edifices ever
constructed. Walking around, we could hardly believe our eyes!
Here was a stone structure that covered the entire hill; it
appeared almost unworldly. It contains tunnel entrances that are
sealed. The visitor can walk a short distance inside some of the
tunnels, but they are ultimately blocked after 20 or 30 feet.
All over Sacsayhuaman gigantic blocks of stone, some weighing
more than 200 tons (400 thousand pounds) are fitted together
perfectly. The enormous stone blocks are cut, faced, and fitted
so well that even today one cannot slip the blade of a knife, or
even a piece of paper between them. No mortar is used, and no two
blocks are alike.
Yet they fit perfectly, and it has been said by some engineers
that no modern builder with the aid of tools of the finest steel
could produce results more accurate.
Each individual stone had to have been planned well in advance; a
20-tonstone, let alone one weighing 80 to 200 tons, cannot just be
dropped casually into position with any hope of attaining that kind
of accuracy! The stones are locked and dovetailed into position,
making them earthquake-proof. Indeed, after many devastating
earthquakes in the Andes over the last few hundred years, the blocks
are still perfectly fitted, while the Spanish Cathedral in Cuzco
has been leveled twice.
Though this fantastic fortress was supposedly built just a few
hundred years ago by the Incas, they leave no record of having
built it, nor does it figure in any of their legends. How is it
that the Incas, who reportedly had no knowledge of higher
mathematics, no written language, no iron tools, and did not even
use the wheel, are credited with having built this cyclopean
complex of walls and buildings? Frankly, one must literally
grope for an explanation, and it is not an easy one.
When the Spaniards first arrived in Cuzco and saw these structures,
they thought that they had been built by the de-il himself, because
of their enormity. Indeed, nowhere else can you see such large
blocks placed together so perfectly. I have traveled all over the
world searching for ancient mysteries and lost cities, but I had
never in my life seen anything like this!
The builders of the stoneworks were not merely good stone masons-
they were excellent! Similar stoneworks can be seen throughout the
Cuzco Valley. These are usually made up of finely cut, rectangular
blocks of stone weighing up to perhaps a ton. A group of strong
people could lift a block and put it in place; this is undoubtably
how some of the smaller structures were put together. But in
Sacsayhuaman, Cuzco, and other ancient Inca cities, one can see
gigantic blocks cut with 30 or more angles each.
At the time of the Spanish conquest, Cuzco was at its peak, with
perhaps 100,000 Inca subjects living in the ancient city. The
fortress of Sacsayhuaman could hold the entire population within
its walls in case of w-r or natural catastrophe. Some historians
have stated that the fortress was built a few years before the
Spanish invasion, and that the Incas take credit for the structure.
But, the Incas could not recall exactly how or when it was built!
The Spanish dismantled as much of Sacsayhuaman as they could. When
Cuzco was first conquered, Sacsayhuaman had three round towers at
the top of the fortress, behind three concentric megalithic walls.
These were taken apart stone by stone, and the stones used to build
new structures for the Spanish.
Sacsayhuaman was also equipped with a subterranean network of
aqueducts. Water was brought down from the mountains into a valley,
then had to ascend a hill before reaching Sacsayhuaman. This
indicates that the engineers who built the intricate system knew
that water rises to its own level.
Garcilaso de la Vega, who wrote just after the conquest, said
this about the tunnels beneath Sacsayhuaman: "An underground
network of passages, which was as vast as the towers themselves,
connected them with one another. This was composed of a quantity
of streets and alleyways which ran in every direction, and so many
doors, all of them identical, that the most experienced men dared
not venture into this labyrinth without a guide, consisting of a
long thread tied to the first door, which unwound as they advanced.
I often went up to the fortress with boys of my own age, when I
was a child, and we did not dare to go farther than the sunlight
itself, we were so afraid of getting lost, after all that the
Indians had told us on the subject ... the roofs of these
underground passages were composed of large flat stones resting on
rafters jutting out from the walls."
There are indeed tunnels that one may enter at Sacsayhuaman and
nearby Qenqo. If one walks behind the Inca's stone seat inside
the fortress toward Qenqo, one will find all sorts of bizarre stone
cuttings, upside-down staircases, and seemingly sensless rock
carving on a grandscale. There are also tunnel entrances in this
area.
Various rock-cut tunnels lead down into the earth and at least
one goes to another part of the mountain area of Qenqo. All of
these tunnels are blocked at some point and this area of
Sacsayhuaman is still being excavated by Peruvian archaeologists.
The area is quite fascinating, but it seems quite clear that one
cannot penetrate into the tunnels beneath Cuzco from these
now-blocked tunnel entrances.
The old chroniclers say the tunnels were connected with the
Coricancha, a name given to the Sun Temple and its surrounds in
old Cuzco. The Coricancha was originally larger than it is today
and contained many ancient temples, including the Temples of the
Sun and the Moon, and all of these buildings were believed to be
connected with Sacsayhuaman by underground tunnels. The place
where these tunnels started was known as the Chincana, or "the
place where one gets lost." This entrance was known up until the
mid-1800s, when it was walled up.

JW That's all of the David Childress material that have at the
present iime.

Part 3.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Feb 23, 2003, 1:19:45 AM2/23/03

Subject: Sickness From Chemtrails. Feb. 22, 2003.

They have been spraying us most of the time here in Sonora, Calif.
Here are some more people's experiences with them.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: K
Subject: Need Advice...
I am sorry, I didn't explain myself very good. I am not talking
about Chemtrails, but bio-chem or nuke's.... Where is a safe place
to avoid these.....I am learning a lot about chemtrails. Been very
sick from them. So has my family. Learning every day about them.
Got sick in Jan. 2000. Pete and I couldn't even lift out heads off
the pillow for a good 2 weeks. Lived in Coloma at the time. Even
lost my hearing for almost a year. My kids and grand-kids have
been getting sick. We raised the kids near McClean Air force Base,
so maybe some of the chemicals from there could have affected us
in some way.
But in Coloma, the day or 2 before we got sick, there was sticky
stuff on the trees, that wasn't there a few minutes before. Only
after a plane had gone over, then we were hit with it. The
Neighbors were also very sick, all of them.
This was at the American River Resort in Coloma. One man who got
sick even passed out trying to get to his RV. He layed on the
ground for hours, all night chived on the old site................
My daughter-in-law has been seeing the sticky stuff falling from
planes a few times an didn't know what it was. It was on her car,
the trees. This happen in the Rosemont area of Sac. Near Folsom
Blvd. and Huntsman.............this past year. She called me and I
told her about the chemtrails................... I guess my
problem now is finding a safe place for all of us, away from what
could happen if the w-r does start. Away from the nuke's, the
bio and the chemical warfare. Someone told me to go into the
higher elevation. I was thinking Union Valley. But that is rough
winter. We, all, on this site really NEED to know where to go in
the California area to getaway from all this. Or have a place to
go if something does happen.
Some of us don't know of areas that could be safe. I hope
someone could give us ideas on this. . ....................
Hug's K..........

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Feb 24, 2003, 1:50:16 AM2/24/03

Subject: Who Set The Oil Field Fires? Feb. 23, 2003.

I was listening to the Art Bell Radio Show now hosted by George
Morrey this last week and they were discussing the following
information and try to find out whether it was true or not. I don't
know about it myself.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: l
Subject: Testimony Of A Gulf War Vet

GULF WAR VET ADMITS SETTING OIL WELL FIRES UNDER UN COMMAND!

During the past six years, the American Gulf W-r Veterans
Association has received numerous reports from veterans stating that
US (JW They probably meant to say US) forces were responsible for
the setting of the oil well fires at the end of the Gulf War.

One veteran has now stepped forward and given a detailed account
of how he and others in special teams, moved forward of the front,
behind enemy lines ahead of US forces, set explosive and incendiary
charges on the well heads, and remained hidden until after the
charges were remotely detonated and US forces advanced beyond their
position.

"We were mustered into the briefing tent at which point a
gentleman whom I first had thought to be an American... but I was
concerned because he was wearing a UN uniform and insignias, began
to brief us on the operation."

"There was concern that America, the American public, might see
this conflict as an unnecessary thing, and we were asked to do this
... or we were ordered to do this in order to remove any... to
sway any public opinion... American public opinion to remove any
doubts whatsoever that Saddam Hussein and his regime were a terrible
e-il that had to be dealt with."

Stating that he was given a small number of wells to set the
charges on: "I carried out my mission parameters and than I
withdrew and concealed myself until such a time as the front moved
past me."

The information provided over a series of meetings with this
veteran corroborates the reports from other veterans who are
totally unconnected with this individual.

http://www.thepowerhour.com/postings-four/guld-war-vet-admits-
setting-oil-well-fires-under-UN-command.htm

Jian {temporary name till keyboard fixed}

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Feb 26, 2003, 7:35:59 PM2/26/03

Subject: The Great Blue Lodge. Feb. 26, 2003.

This is about a Lodge that I haven't heard about before. It is
channeled from Sheldan Nidle. If you don't like him or channeled
material please don't read it.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: B
Subject: Galactic Federation Update: February 25, 2003
Update by Sheldan Nidle for the S-iritual Hierarchy and the Galactic
Federation: 4 Cib, 14 Zac, 11 Ik (February 25, 2003)
Selamat Jarin! We are the Nine! I am Lord Aescapulus, leader of the
Great Blue Lodge of Creation. We welcome you and bless you, dear
Hearts.
We come, on this day, to proclaim victory and the auspicious
beginning of a new moment in your history. Long ago, under the
divine edicts of the Creator, the great Lords of Time established
the timeline for Mother Earth, which allowed you your steep descent
into limited consciousness.
For almost 13 millennia, you existed in darkness. Now, at last,
the magic moment for your return to full consciousness has arrived.
We graciously salute you for your supreme patience and unparalleled
diligence in participating through a most trying time. Your great
reward is the vast reservoirs of knowledge that you have gleaned
from this realm of darkness. These reserves of information contain
untold wisdom, which you most surely will apply to your next mission
- the union of Light and dark. Your wisdom, together with that of
Hea-en, will crown the proclamation of this sixth Creation, through
which all of Heav-n and all of physicality have arrived upon your
most beautiful shores.
Indeed, dear Ones, your great work has no precedent in this
Creation. For well over 600 generations, you have suffered at the
hands of the dark. You have borne pain and adversity, and large
numbers of you have been sacrificed to the vile agendas of the dark.
By agreeing to return to this reality again and again, you have
demonstrated your great commitment; in so doing, you have brought
back much to Heave-. Each one of us salutes you, knowing that such
responsibilities have been granted only a select few. Only those
great souls who earnestly wished to carry out the edicts of the
Creator possessed the strength to succeed. You have done so, and
done well! Events now unfolding on your world will shake it loose
from its present, turbulent course and allow peace, harmony and
prosperity to appear before your eyes. We bestow these gifts upon
you. -eaven is fully aware of what you have endured and is ready to
support you in the work that now awaits you. That work will
transform your world and enable a new, fully conscious reality to
manifest before you. Therefore, we have arrived to make this
announcement, and to decree it in the name of the Creator.
Around you, dear Hearts, exist countless layers of H-aven's
Orders, Administrations and Life-streams. They guard your divine
souls and will grant you the full weight of He-ven's mighty
Legions. They stand at the ready to cleanse your world of darkness
and, using your great wisdom, will form the divine union of Light
with dark. This greater, sacred Light will shine brightly from
your world into the darkness, transforming the very nature of
physicality. Your work will make possible the unfolding of the
next step in physical Creation. It will bring together tens of
thousands of galaxies in an extraordinary union, spreading into all
of physicality like an untended wildfire. Its cleansing glow will
transform all who gaze into the burning center and see its mighty
Light! You are at the very core of this righteous flame.
You have nurtured this growing wisdom within you during many
lifetimes on this earth. By observing the dark, you have learned
how to transmute it. You have watched its workings and learned
how to change its ways.
This understanding will be your mighty, swift sword. It is the
weapon that Hea-en intends to wield with grace over the whole of
physicality.
As you move through the events of this time, remember, always,
who you really are. Bear in mind that an unprecedented political,
economic and sp-ritual revolution is under way. Ultimately, only
the spi-itual shift will be long remembered; the rest is mere
flotsam. Its sole purpose is as a tool to help you complete the
exalted work of Spir-t.
This noble deed, which belongs to the Ages, will enable you
to regain your precious freedom and your divine sovereignty. With
it, you will perform miracles and, at last, again be able to honor
Mother Earth and Hea-en. Once more, the Will of the Creator will
beam brightly over your world. As we have mentioned before,
Heav-n's divine Beacon will form a greater Light that will
transform physicality. Consider yourselves an emerging, heave-ly
Army of free and sovereign individuals, and an unyielding
collective. Within this sacred duality exists a new way to express
the divine. This creation is the product of these times. It is
your glorious and irrevocable gift to physicality.
In applying this great tool, dear Hearts, you will lovingly
embrace the numberless stars and uncountable galaxies. Indeed, all
aspects of physicality will know you as divine messengers of a new
era in this Creation. That new era will empower the closing stages
of this divine sixth Creation to give birth to a seventh one. This
new Creation is your Child. She awaits you and knows that, at the
right divine moment, she will be able to manifest before you. It
is the promise of this event that brought you, long ago, to Mother
Earth. You knew that she had birthed a galaxy and carries within
her a supremely divine instrument. It is this that you have come
here to learn about, and it is this that you have added to your
marvelous wisdom. The dark, also, in its own vile way, has taught
you about its wisdom. You have gratefully assimilated the two and,
from them, have created one even greater that will enable Mother
Earth to be restored to her former glories.
You, dear Ones, have come here to be prepared for a celebrated
destiny. We have repeated that point throughout this message. Lord
Surea has decreed that this is a time when you shall rejoice in
peace and savor an end to your long separation from Hea-en. Soon,
Heav-n will come to honor you and to do whatever it must to enable
you to fulfill your mission. Therefore, we have requested the
Galactic Federation to appear and, at the right time, to intervene.
Divine intervention is upon you.
Its purpose is to end the interminable period when you were
unable to reconnect with your galactic family. That family, now,
is poised and ready to appear openly in your skies. We ask you to
greet them not as intruders, but simply as helpers. They have
come to perform a series of tasks, which they have done well. We
salute them, and very much intend to unite you quite soon.
The Great Blue Lodge was sent by the Creator to bring Life to
physicality. We belong in every reality, in every galaxy and in
every dimension of physicality. We work with Heave- to ensure that
the divine destiny of every living aspect of this Creation is
fulfilled, according to the decrees of the divine plan. That is
what brought us, at the dawn of this galaxy, to Sirius B and its
far companion, Mother Earth. For eons have we watched over and
cared for her. Mother Earth is a most extraordinary and gracious
Soul! Only the finest can be allowed to be her caretakers. Yet,
in her divine service, she asked and was allowed to be the
vehicle for your fall from, and your restoration to, full
consciousness. From this has resulted your great gifts. We
deeply revere her and are confident that now, you, too, will
honor her for her most astonishing series of sacrifices.
As you undertake the tasks of changing your society and
yourselves, know, dear Ones, that you will never be alone! Realize
that we are here to help, to guide and to honor you. We bless you
for your diligence and for your commitment to the completion of
this most difficult of tasks. We know that you need to move forward
quickly and to help your fellow guardians - the cetaceans. You also
require new technologies to clean up your environment and the
complex ecosystem that surrounds you. And you need to lift up
humanity and to prepare yourselves for the concluding step in your
astounding transformation. To actualize this, -eaven pledges all
the resources that you will need to achieve it as swiftly as
possible. Your local S-iritual Hierarchy is graciously sending you
its Ascended Masters. Know that, together, you will successfully
and quickly complete what must be done.
Many events are unfolding upon your world, and we have described
them only briefly. We ask you to remain focused and to be gracious
to all. Victory will be your reward. With it, you may go forth and
birth your new reality! We leave! Know, dear Ones, in your Heart
of Hearts, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity
of He-ven is yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian
for Be One! Be in Joy!) We are the Nine!
Planetary Activation Organization
Website address: www.paoweb.com
http://www.paoweb.com/uf022503.htm
To Post a message, send it to: 13th...@eGroups.com

JW Let's hope they can help us out of this fine pickle that we
are now in.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Feb 27, 2003, 2:14:59 AM2/27/03

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 1, 2003, 1:32:21 AM3/1/03

Subject: It Looks Like Esu's Back In Town. Feb. 28, 2003.

In the past my good friend Sister Thedra sent out the teaching of
Sananda and other ascended masters. I studied the teaching called
The Sibor's Portions and also The Temple Teachings. Thedra also took
a picture of Sananda and it appeared in a large book containing some
the picture taken of Mt. Shasta. The picture was taken down in
South America if I remember right. She used an old billows type
camera that used 624 film and it was said that she took good
pictures.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: P
Subject: Multi-D News Is It Nearing "Showdown Time" on planet
earth??
This reproduction is from an actual photograph taken on June 1,
1961 in Chichen Itza, Yucatan, by one of thirty archaeologists
working in the area at the time. Esu Sananda appeared in visible,
tangible body and permitted his photograph to be taken.
Is It Nearing
"Showdown Time"
On Planet Earth?

Editor's note: The following message was being "received"
elsewhere at the same time that I was writing the general Editor's
Note on page 3 of the February 2003 issue. How's THAT for stereo?!

ESU "JE--S" SANANDA

Good morning, my scribe. It is I, Esu "Jes--" Sananda. Be still
and allow for the energies to settle. I come in the Light of Creator
G-d. My core being expresses from the Golden-Wh-te Light of
Creation, a vibration of Purity and Balance.
I must remind all ones-especially those of you who call upon the
Higher Realms regularly for guidance and counsel-to be VERY diligent
in clearing your space of unwanted "negative" energies. Make no
assumption that you are beyond reach from the Dark Tricksters, for
their "craftiness" is quite well practiced and their subtle ways
are quite effective. This caution is needed more so now, and in the
coming months and years, due to the vibrational upshifting in the
"aethers" (the non-physical energy space that permeates the
entirety of Creation).
You and all ones on your planet, as well as all physical matter,
are speeding up (vibrating at a faster rate). This increase in
physical vibration is due to the energy that you, your planet, and
your solar system are passing through at this time. As you continue
to acclimate to these shifting energies, you will begin to notice
more and more that the veil which separates the physical from the
non-physical is becoming thinner. Among other things, this means
that you will be able to more easily connect with non-physical
entities-many of whom do not have your best interests in mind.
By saying a prayer, affirmation, visualization, or whatever you
feel helps you to connect with Creator Source within, you are
calling into your presence Ang-ls, Lighted Beings, and other
Sp-rit Guides who will act as Guardians so as to keep the
Tricksters away. Without such watchful protection, you leave
yourself open to whomever shows up.
We honor your choice to open-up to whatever energies you may
choose. Many do not believe that they are susceptible to Dark
Energies, and in a somewhat egotistical way feel that only weak
individuals need the assistance of the Lighted Brotherhood. Again,
if this be your belief and choice, then we shall honor your free
will, and allow for you to experience whomever or whatever comes
your way.
We of the Lighted Realms encourage ALL ones who read this
message to make part or your daily routine affirmations (pr-yers,
visualizations, and such) that will allow the Lighted Brotherhood
to more fully assist you throughout your lives.
This can be as simple as acknowledging your connection to Go-
when you awaken in the morning. As you stretch your arms out, see
and feel the Light and Warmth (Love) of Creator -od washing all
over you. Before, after, or even during a meal, you may find it
quite beneficial to once again acknowledge and give thanks for
the Energy that went into the items from which you gain physical
nourishment. And prior to laying down for your evening respite, you
would be quite wise indeed to reaffirm your intent toward the Light
(Light here symbolizes the Goodness and Love of Creator -od), and
see this Light coming from within you and expanding outward until
your whole family is encompassed within its reach. Even distant
family members can benefit greatly from such assistance offered on
your behalf.
The games being played on a planetary scale are continuing to
escalate toward a point where intervention by the Lighted
Brotherhood and those aligned with this intent toward service of
others (namely, the extraterrestrial "Peace Corps" who have been
assisting you and your planet since the very beginning of sentient
life on your world) will become an in-your-face reality. At that
point, all the debates over whether or not you are being visited
will come to an end.
You ones always want to know WHEN and WHERE will this intervention
take place. We of the Lighted Realms will only offer to you the
following: it depends on the sequence of unfolding events more than
anything else. For example, those who make the decisions to use
nuclear weapons can either accelerate the timeline or push it back,
depending on the choices they make. We of the Lighted Realms will
NOT allow your planet to be destroyed, nor will we allow the
slaughter of those who need just a little more time in the
schoolroom so that they can "graduate" to the next level of
sp-ritual awareness.
The Dark Tricksters would rather destroy the entire planet just
so the small percentage of individuals mentioned above WON'T
experience a breakthrough" in their awareness. This is truly the
level of insanity that is being dealt with by we of the Lighted
Realms.
We not only have the means by which to accomplish our mission of
salvation, but [as Archangel Michael likewise stated elsewhere in
this issue of The SPECTRUM] we have explicit permission to intervene
if and when conditions (unfolding events) warrant our assistance.
Your world leaders have been duly notified of our intent and know
that we mean business.
We have, in the past, shut down entire arsenals of nuclear
weapons; we have repeatedly "aborted" the many attempts to put
weapons into orbit around your globe; and we have proven to the
major world leaders that we will not tolerate the w-r games they
try to play.
There are some who believe that with so-called "super-secret"
advanced weapons they can match the technology of the so-called
"extraterrestrial threat". To these ones we say: you must know by
now, from the few craft you have recovered, that they are based on
technology that is MANY THOUSANDS OF YEARS OLD from our point of
view, and yet MANY THOUSANDS OF YEARS ADVANCED from your so-called
"advanced" technical toys.
Those civilizations who travel among the stars only gain the
ability and knowledge to do so by developing their inner spi-itual
connection to Creator Source. It is through this inner development
that all advanced knowledge is gifted to a civilization as they
mature and prove that they are capable of responsibly handling same.
To those who believe they can stop us from intervening, should the
planet be threatened in a global manner by the hotheaded puppets
who do the bidding of the Master Tricksters: you haven't seen
anything at all in terms of ADVANCED technology from your Space
Brothers-NOTHING AT ALL!
Please note that there are many individuals and agencies who
monitor The SPECTRUM and those of you who are responsible for its
existence and survival.
Some of what is written here is directed to these "monitors" as
a message within a message.
While on the subject of The SPECTRUM-I, Esu "J--us" Sananda,
along with MANY others of the Lighted Realms, thank you who support
The SPECTRUM both financially as well as with many kind letters and
prayers. Without your support, this conduit would simply not exist.
There is much energy "churning" in the aethers as this message is
being penned. Let me remind you ones briefly of lessons offered in
years past:
Prior to any physical manifestation, there is first formed an
idea. This focus exists in what might be termed "mental-energy
space". As more and more emotional energy (desire) is added to the
mental idea, a perturbation in the aethers occurs that begins to
summon forth the means by which to coalesce and precipitate the
final results in the physical realm.
Let us take, for example, an inventor who sees a need for a
non-polluting form of renewable energy, and who is by background
an engineer with a broad understanding of physics and chemistry.
As such an individual focuses his desire to find such a source of
energy (his idea), a vibrational signal is sent out, from within
his being, into the aethers-in a manner not too different in
concept from the Internet.
This request begins to elicit responses immediately in the form
of solution ideas. The rate and clarity of the solutions is
directly proportional to the amount of emotional energy (desire)
behind his original idea. The longer one is focusing on any
particular idea with desire, the more the Universe begins to
coordinate so that events begin to unfold-such as "chance"
meetings with others who are working on the same or similar
projects, or funding for research seems to appear just when one
needs it, or any number of "coincidental" happenings that would
allow for the manifesting of the highly desired idea.
You each create in this manner, some more deliberately than
others. But such is the basic method by which your perceived
physical reality is fundamentally constructed.
When I say that there is a "churning" in the aethers, I am
referring to what can only be described as a diverging duality
in mass consciousness. It is as if "he-ven" and "h-ll" are
both trying to manifest simultaneously.

John Winston.

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 4, 2003, 1:29:34 AM3/4/03

Subject: Lady K. Talks About Human Being Made Ufos. Mar. 3, 2003.

In the past we have heard about human being made UFOs. This part
talks about them. The following contains channeled material so be
careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: V
Subject: LATEST LADY KADJINA MESSAGE. ANOTHER GOOD ONE

Dear Ones, Love V

Wayne: Following is the latest message from Lady Kadjina. Please
feel free to copy and/or redistribute this or other of her messages
at no charge to anyone, giving credit to the source as Cities of
Light (http://www.citiesoflight.net). Email comments to: Reverend
Kay Simmons or Wayne Moody.
Home to Cities of Light Year 2002 Archives Year 2001 Archives Year
2000 Archives Year 1999 Archives Kay's Favorite Links The Reading
Room..

Lady Kadjina Speaks March 2, 2003

Items Covered:
Mysteries Surrounding the Apparent Arrival of Planet X
The Intriguing Comet 2002 v1 (NEAT) and its Potential Impact
Upon Earth
Purported Photos of the Columbia Space Shuttle as it was Exploding
A Word to Lightworkers

Wayne: With Planet X apparently approaching, and the renewed
interest in comets and asteroids, plus the strange anomalies
surrounding the Sun of late, the mystery and intrigue is beginning
to build. On July 1, 1999, 20 French astronomers were killed in a
mysterious accident as they were headed up the mountain to the
observatory on Plateau de Bure on a cable car
(http://iram.fr/accident-a.html). There were reports that the
cable had been cut.
Additionally, in 1997, Gene Shoemaker of the University of Arizona,
one of the discoverers of the Shoemaker-Levy comet, died under
mysterious circumstances (a two-car crash in the middle of
nowhere) in Australia.
There are several others that just happened to pass on in 1997:
Carl Sagan died in December after a two-year battle with bone
marrow disease; on July 3rd, 1997, the son of a high-ranking N.-.S.A.
Shuttle Chief named Brewster Shaw, from Houston, was killed. His
bullet-riddled body was found stuffed in the trunk of his car at the
bottom of a lake. Local police reported it was done by car-jackers.
On June 25th, 1997, the day of the supposed burn for the
spacecraft and mid-course correction, and the day of the MIR
"accident", a Senior Program Director at N.A.-.A. Headquarters, Dr.
Gergen Ray, was found dead near his home in Potomac, Maryland, under
unusual circumstances. A few days prior to that, a computer
technician working on PATHFINDER in Palo Alto, California, was
found dead. His body was wedged between a tree and a fence in a
very well-traveled, upper-class residential-shopping area near
Stanford University.
Officials in his case claim that he was beaten to death by gang
members. The Program Manager for Mars Surveyor at N.A.S.-.
Headquarters in Washington, Mary K. Olsen, went to Jet Propulsion
Lab in Pasadena a few months ago, wound up in a hospital with a
very strange and anomalous embolism, and died. She was only 35
years old! Father Malachi Martin spoke publically about the
coming of Planet X and the purpose of the Vatican-sponsored
observatory near Tucson, Arizona, and recently ended up dead.
Remember "Heaven's Gate Cult Suicide?" Check this out:
http://members.aol.com/phikent/inman.txt. While a certain
percentage of any given profession or population group will die
naturally in any given period, all these seem to be just too
coincidental.
What's going on here?
Start your quest with our response to certain events connected
with the Columbia Space Shuttle. We made a comment in passing
about clones and about how some of your most notable scientists
and researchers were not really gone, but they are "out there."
Since the Columbia incident, certain scientists on your media news
have spoke of the desire to colonize "out there." Colonization is
"old hat." It's just part of the full disclosure project. As
we've told you many times, one of the early UN Sec-etary-Generals
was cloned; it's been going on for a long, long time. Now not all
of these scientists and researchers were cloned, but a good many of
them were, and they're working "out there" in a laboratory in
space. Others of them not connected so much with gov-rnment
control, have been taken to the scientific quadrant of Tetros.
We would remind you that it does not matter all that much which
side of "life" you happen to have your existence located on or
which planet you dwell upon. What does matter is getting the
work done and the work of the moment is stabilizing planet Earth.
Any exploration of space that is undertaken with a StarWars
attitude will be defeated by those of us "out there." We have
told you over and over that planet Earth is now in "lock-down"
mode "nothing goes in or out without permission from Lords Michael
and Metatron. Those dwelling upon planet Earth will deal with
their own stuff, and as your Ch-istian scriptures states, "in the
end times there will be nowhere to hide." All the bunkers in the
world located in the mountains and under the desert will give you
no protection, for the great mandate of the day will be carried
out: "If you live by the sword, you will die by the sword."
Wayne: The intrigue surrounding Comet 2002 v1 (NEAT) is heating
up with accusations that N-SA (or some overenthusiastic employee
within NA-A) has doctored the photographs
(http://www.free-minds.org/comet_story.htm), leading to
suspicions that there is something to hide.
Current information from the newly-formed U.S. Department of
H-meland Se-urity, under the guise of terrorist threat, has
suggested some strange practices, such as: "Be prepared to
improvise and use what you have on hand to make it on your own
for at least three days, maybe longer".
(http://www.ready.gov/overview1.html); "Some of the things you can
do to prepare for the unexpected, such as assembling a supply kit
and developing a family communications plan, are the same for both
a natural or man-made emergency"
(http://www.ready.gov/overview.html); "You may have trouble getting
through, or the phone system may be down altogether, but be patient"
(http://www.ready.gov/overview2.html); "If you see large amounts of
debris in the air, or if local authorities say the air is badly
contaminated, you may want to "shelter-in-place".
(http://www.ready.gov/overview2.html). Meanwhile, our friend in
Sweden, Torbjvrn Hellman, photographed a strange "eclipse" of the
Sun (possibly the path of the comet between Sweden and the Sun?)
on 2/xx. Other references: http://aoreport.com/news40.htm; SOHO
photos at http://sohowww.nascom.nasa.gov/hotshots/2003_02_12/; and
"Is the Prophesied Comet Here?" at
http://www.rense.com/general35/proh.htm.

What can you tell us about this current comet and what might be
other comets coming, in terms of its or their impact on us or our
solar system?
SOHO images of Comet 2002 v1 (NEAT) from 2/17-2/19-03

Well again, your scriptures tell you regarding end-times prophesy
to watch for "signs of wonders in the heavens." Mar-ek told you
recently (2-3 years ago) that there was an object that was quickly
approaching Earth. He was referring to a specific object, which he
named as being benevolent.
He also stated that it would be called by many names. He also
commented, in relationship to the object behind Hale-Bopp, as also
being benevolent in nature, and we have subsequently named that
"Tetros." It is the same object that was remote-viewed by the
Courtney Brown group.
Many of the major events of humanity have had powerful connections
to objects in space. With Joshua, the Sun stood still for 24 hours,
and incidentally, N-SA in their time-space calculations, have
confirmed this as reported by the Gideon press. What happened is
that the Earth stood still on its axis for 24 hours and began to
rotate in the opposite direction. For those of you interested in
ancient scriptures, there are references to the Sun rising in the
west and setting in the east, also.
Many of the original paintings of the Nativity scene and the
Annunciation, instead of stars in the background show UFO objects.
Some of these paintings may be found in the great museums of the
world. In making copies of them, the Ch-rch and the go-ernments
ordered the UFOs removed.

So what we are saying here is that all of this phenomenon
concerning UFOs and other objects in space are nothing new to this
planet it is old hat. Some of the great comets that you see from
time to time are UFOs and other objects in space are nothing new
to this planet It is the great mother ships the Phoenix and the
New Jerusalem as they pass in and out of time-space portals. Some
of these great ships and refurbished planets are many times larger
than planet Earth. And many ships come and go from either the
underworld dimension of these objects or they land upon the
surface of these objects.
What we would tell you at this point in time is that any object
that enters Earth domain from "out there" is benevolent. Let this
be a sign of the times: if you hear of a UFO shooting down any
human aircraft, you will know absolutely that that particular UFO
was created by one of the human gov-rnments and the human
gove-nments have many UFO objects. We would also tell you this:
that when world govern-ents allocate huge sums of money say to an
airport project of an international nature and this money cannot be
fully accounted for, rest assured that it has been relegated to the
underground bases, such as the one in Kuwait or to the
manufacturing of purported UFO objects.

Part 1.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 6, 2003, 2:20:14 AM3/6/03

Subject: Lady K. Talks About Human Being Made Ufos. Part 2 of 2.
Mar. 6, 2003.

This part talks about some Ufo encounters that were reported in the
Good Book.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Wayne: There are many predictions of dire consequences to the passing
comets, such as in this depiction of the comets in 1456AD. Do you
see significant negative earth changes as a result of these?
No. There will be events here and there, but there will be no
catastrophics as predicted by the earth changes people. And when
there are so-called cataclysmic events and pockets of people
removed, it will
be done with great mercy and compassion, as we have stated before.
What we are saying here is that California will not drop off, nor
will the Gulf of Mexico extend up into Little Rock, Arkansas, and
the other events will not transpire. If you have been paying
attention, you will notice that there have been huge earthquakes,
such as the one off Oregon and Alaska that should have created
tsunamis, but they didn't. The huge events will not create the
massive loss of life. The loss of life from this point forward
will be very selective. By this we mean those incapable, for
whatever reason, of turning to the higher light. This is not a
condemnation.
Depiction of disasters from comets, 1456 A.D.
There are many beings in the inner cities that were born to
crack cocaine addicts and intense alcoholic parents, and when
the physical body was born, the soul was not able to enter in.
And so you have groups of soulless beings that were not able to
acquire the human's birthright of being born into loving
environments. And so these souls will be removed and come back
in future times and claim that birthright of love from their
parents. This is the great act of mercy.
When we use the words, 'soulless beings, we mean that they
are not capable of connecting the chakra system properly to the
high self and then to the soul. The drugs in their system so
damaged their DNA structuring that the ability to connect was
thwarted.
Now we would also tell you this: that the drug Ritalin being
given to so many of your children is a legal form of "meth" and is
addictive. And when these children are released from the school
system they continue to have a great need for meth and hence the
reason for the proliferation of the meth labs, and in some instances
these beings also have the high self-soul disconnection built in.
In some cases, used wisely, Ritalin can be a help, but when it is
continued over a long period of time in larger doses, it becomes
addictive. The Ritalin children are often in actuality the Indigos.

Wayne: I've been sent some supposed photos of the explosion of the
Space Shuttle Columbia that were purportedly taken from a satellite.
Can you tell if these are actual photos or artist's depictions? If
they are actual photos, what do the lines of light represent and
what is their source?

There are many genuine photos and there are also many that have
been doctored and there are some that are doctored to the point of
not being genuine any longer. So in these matters, discernment is
necessary (Wayne: I have separately discerned that the "photos"
mentioned have been doctored).
In this time when the dark forces are having their final drunken
brawl, their whole purpose is to terrorize the world, including the
lightworkers, to such point as to render humanity ineffective as
far as stopping their activities. But as we have assured you, the
victory of Light is imminent. Light will be secured on this planet
by the year 2007. This means the dark forces and their agenda will
have been banished from this planet. Read the astrological charts
of some of your world leaders, for there are great clues within
them. Also keep a close eye on the B-ble Code (see "The Bib-e
Code" by Michael Drosnin).
Concerning these codes, we will tell you this: that many of your
key b-blical characters had extraterrestrial experiences.
Melchizidek was one; Enoch another; Elijah the Prophet; and
Isaiah, among others, received much information about Earth events
and had their scribes encode them into scri-tures. The same types
of encodements can be found in the Book of Re-elation. In the time
of Abraham this old soul had a nephew, Lot. Both of these beings
had contact with purported angels.
These were not angels; they were ETs who came to planet Earth and
used these two souls and pitted them against one another in order
to gain dominance. In other words, father Abraham was duped. And
so it is with many of the g-ds down through time, that they played
mind games with the humans. And one of these go-s, who is known as
"the jealous -od" is responsible in large part for the conflicts
taking place in the Mideast. Your scriptures themselves tell you
that the sons of g-d married the daughters of men. What this means
is that the sons of the ETs, who were considered to be like go-s,
married the daughters of men.
Now, in this day and age, the same thing has happened with EBA,
the commander of the downed ship in Roswell and was taken alive
and subsequently gave much information to the mil-tary and she was
used in all sorts of DNA testing, manipulation, and clonings.
As we have said before, you have upon your Earth plane what you
call "the Full Disclosure Act" and, as we have told you before,
we are here with the primary purpose to make certain that everything
that has been hidden from the peoples of this planet are made
known to every being upon this planet. In this regard, being that
Light will be secured by the year 2007, this means that we are going
to be very busy over the
next 3-year timeframe. We are oing to over-hrow upcoming global
ele-tions in which the cab-ls will try and manipulate as they have
done recently even in our most beloved Un-ted States of America.
Keep the inscription "In God We Trust" written securely within your
own inner beings and do not allow your personal "old glory" to bite
the dust.
Climb the high holy mountain and plant your banner firmly upon
the top so that all of your comrades can see it and know that in
your presence they are secure and that passage for them is safe.
The people of this planet are embarked upon the final great
battle. Every human will decide at this time whether they be of
the darkness or of the light" there will be no exceptions.
You will find within the mi-itary of the world great generals
who will throw down their arms in disgust at what their go-ernments
have ordered them to do. Even now the Ambassador to Greece from
the Unit-d States has resigned in disgust at the international
policies of the U-ited States
(http://truthout.org/docs_03/030103A.shtml).
It has been said that the soldiers of Iraq will surrender or not
fight when the Uni-ed States invades.
But what we are going to see is that many sergeants, captains and
men of milit-ry distinction will be saying in no uncertain terms,
"This is B.-! And they will order their men to embrace the men
from Iraq and will give them protection. As it has been said,
the human shields in Iraq will be treated as enemies of the State
and co-conspirators. But what we are going to find is that many
Am-ican soldiers themselves will become so-called traitors of the
State by becoming human shields themselves. This is the type of
rev-lution that is going to happen, that many people have said it
will take a revol-tion to ov-erthrow the current world
administ-ations or gov-rnments. And this is what is meant by the
collective mass consciousness reaching a critical mass that acts
like a "flashpoint." And so we tell you of a certainty - and this
is not a prophecy but an absolute - that human consciousness for
peace has reached the critical mass flashpoint. And this is what
is going to guarantee the securing of the Old Glory of the banner
of lightworkers upon this planet by the year 2007. We say to each
one of you that the time is now to decide for yourself where you
stand.
This particular website has attracted the attention of more than
700 mil-tary inquiries just since the publishing of the Columbia
incident.
So we would say to these milit-ry people that within your own
hearts and minds, your Go-, your inner being, will require of you
to make a decision as to what your personal position is. Will you
choose to position yourself with the greatest possible good for
planet Earth or will you choose to obey blindly the mandates of
your ridi-ulous gov-rnment?

Wayne has just said, "pretty harsh words, Lady K," but we are the
same group that was present back in the time of old Ahab (the Arab)
and the prophet Elijah, when we said that there was never a king
upon the Earth who vexed -od more than Ahab, and we tell you of a
certainty that he is back. And he's vexing the entire planet. Now
you know that just because once you were an Arab does not mean that
in this incarnation you are also an Arab. In no way do we denounce
these people. In no way do we denounce the peoples of Iraq,
Palestine, Israel, Afghanistan, Uni-ed States, Venezeula, or any
other nation of people; rather it is their leaders. The part that
the masses have had to play in all of this is that they have been
too passive. But as all you know, the entire world is up in arms,
and we don't mean g-ns and b-llets. The entire world is against
further w-r.
A final word to the lightworkers. Do the work that you are given
to do to the best of your ability. Do not engage those who enter
your space and are quarrelsome and argumentative, for at this time
the Internet lightworker web spaces are under attack from many
sources, especially those that have chat rooms.
A group of operatives from within the C-A, acting upon their own,
have banded together into several groups of from 2-6 individuals,
who go to websites, such as this one, for instance, and find the
links to other sites and then they go there. And their sole
purpose is to create chaos to the point of distracting the
lightworkers from doing the work that they have been given to do.
Even the types of chat rooms that you call messaging services can
be read by groups of individuals behind the scenes. Some of the
programs that you install on your computers that give you the
dates, time and weather have a way of reading your system and once
installed cannot be deleted from your system without totally wiping
your hard drive clean and reinstalling a whole new system.
And so we say to you, do your work undisturbed, hold your "old
glory" steady, don't let it bite the dust, band together in groups
to continue to do your healing work and your remote viewing sessions
and the many ways that you support one another. And pay no
attention to the disruptive ones. There are ways of blocking them
from your websites and we would strongly suggest that IP accounts
be tracked and that each IP be allowed only one user name, for what
+happens is that one person enters a website and sets up 3-4
profiles with different names and starts a conversation with
himself or herself. For example self one will come on like a
"love and light" Reiki master and self two will come with "Oh yeah
right, Reiki - blah blah" and self three will come in with
"I have a Master's in Science from Cal Tech and I'm here to tell
you folks that there's nothing scientific about Reiki," and self
four will come in with "Cut us some slack here, would you? Each
person has a right to their own beliefs, like you know, free
speech." And one of the things they love to expound upon is
unconditional love when somebody fights back.
-------------------------------

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 8, 2003, 8:12:48 PM3/8/03

Subject: It's About Wesak Time Again. Mar. 8, 2003.

Every year about this time they have a big get together at Mt.
Shasta.

I've read David Stone's book and behold it was good.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: S
Subject: Your Are Invited to WESAK - World's Finest Sp-ritual
CLEAR LIGHT OF G-d WESAK CELEBRATION!
POLISHING THE PLANETARY DIAMOND THROUGH EMBODYING GO- ON EARTH!
MAY 9 THROUGH 11, 2003
Hosted by
DR JOSHUA DAVID STONE
Hosted on the Inner Plane by

-OD, Christ, The Holy Spirit, Melchizedek, The Mahatma, Archangel
Metatron, The Office of the Ein Soph, The Office of The Divine
Mother, The Office of The Christ, Lord Buddha, Lord Maitreya,
Sananda, Melchior, Vywamus, Mother Mary, Kwan Yin, Isis, Kuthumi,
Mother Earth, Helios and Vesta, Archangels Gabriel and Hope,
Arc-angels Michael and Faith, Archan-els Jophiel and Christine, Paul
the Venetian, Lord/Lady of Arcturus and The Arcturians, The Ashtar
Command, Ambassadors from Christed Extraterrestrial Races,
Archang-lic Councils, Councils of The Elohim, W-ite Time Masters,
Elohim Ecstasy, Intergalactic Federation of Planets, Lady Venus and
Sanat Kumara, Saint Germain and Lady Portia, Pallas Athena, Allah
Gobi, The Chohans of the Seven Rays, Djwhal Khul, Ang-l of Bliss,
Archan-els of The Twelve Rays, Archange-s of The Cosmic Rays and
the Cosmic and Planetary Hierarchy!

Guest Speakers and Musicians

DR JOSHUA DAVID STONE - CHA-NEL FOR SPIRIT AND ASCENDED MASTERS,
AUTHOR, SPIRITUAL TEACHER
REV WISTANCIA STONE - "DIVINE/CREATIONAL/ANGELIC MESSENGER.
TEACHER, HEALER, AUTHOR"
JONATHAN GOLDMAN- SOUND HEALING
JAMES TWYMAN - PEACE ACTIVIST AND MUSICIAN
CHANNIE WEST - - TEACHER, LECTURER, HEALER, AUTHOR, ET
REPRESENTATIVE
VIRGINIA ESSENE - NEW AGE AUTHOR AND TEACHER
SHELDAN NIDLE - EXTRATERRESTRIALS
SALLY LESAR- AUTHOR, SPIRIT AND ASCENDED MASTER CHANNEL AND
TEACHER!
SUSAN WARD- C-ANNEL FOR MATHEW
QALA - - CHA-NEL FOR ASCENDED MASTERS
SOLARIA LIBERALIS - SACRED POETRY
PHILIP BURLEY- C-ANNEL FOR SAINT GERMAIN

ASCENDED MASTER AND CELESTIAL BEING CH-NNEL PANEL

DR JOSHUA DAVID STONE - MELCHIZEDEK, DJWHAL KHUL AND HOLY SPIRIT
PHILIP BURLEY - CHA-NEL FOR SAINT GERMAIN
PATRICIA CORI - CHAN-EL FOR SIRIAN HIGH COUNCIL
ROSE SAN GREGORIO - CHANN-L FOR LORD BUDDHA
ETERNA - CHANNE- FOR SANANDA
MICHAEL KING - C-ANNEL FOR MASTER R AND UNIVERSAL CONSCIOUSNESS
JELAILA STAR - CH-NNEL FOR NIBIRUAN COUNCIL
SALLY LESAR- CHAN-EL FOR METATRON AND THE MAHATMA
MARIA CELESTE - - CHANN-L FOR AMEN PTAH
SASHA WHITE - - CHANNE- FOR ARCHANGEL GABRIEL

CH-NNEL FOR ASCENDED MASTERS MUSICIANS

MATISHA - SINGER AND GUITAR
OMASHAR - KEY BOARD AND SINGER
PAUL ARMITAGE - KEY BOARD
MICHAEL HAMMER - KEY BOARD
RAHSHID LANI - KEY BOARD
ANTON - AND HIS BAND
RICHARD HARDY - SAXAPHONE
MARGUERITE - SINGER
LELAMA SJAMAR - - SINGER
LAUREN POMERANTZ - - SINGER
JOEL ANDREWS - AND HIS GOLDEN HARP
SCOTT HUCKABAY- ELECTRIC GUITAR

THIS IS WHAT WE HAVE SO FAR AND MUCH MORE TO COME!
More Surprises to Come as Well!
For a free, comprehensive information packet and answers to all
your questions about The 2003 Clear Light of Go- Wesak Celebration,
please call Dr Joshua David Stone at: 818-706-8453. To register and
reserve your spot, please send a check or money order in U.S.
currency payable to Dr Joshua David Stone for $---.00 before Jan. 1,
2003. After Jan. 1, 2003, send $---.00 per person. VISA & MasterCard
are also accepted. Mail to:
Dr Joshua David Stone
Melchizedek Synthesis Light Academy
28951 Malibu Rancho Rd, Agoura Hills, California, 91301
Ph: 818-706-8458 / Fax: 818-706-8540
E-mail Dr Stone: drs...@best.com
Website: http://www.drjoshuadavidstone.com
Or, for faster service, click here to use our secure online order
form. If you would prefer a printable form - click here!
This Event is "first come, first served" and the last eight Wesak
Celebrations have sold out so register as soon as possible!
Registrants from outside the Un-ted States must make payments via
U.S. currency, U.S. Postal Money Order, or U.S. Cashiers Check. No
foreign checks (including Canada) and (please) no wiring of money.
There will be no refunds after Jan. 1, 2003.
Due to administrative costs, there will be a $--0.00 service
charge for all cancellations.
The Clarion Call Now Sounds Forth from the Cosmic and Planetary
Hierarchy for all Lightworkers around the Globe to attend!
Blessings, Love & Light

A PERSONAL MESSAGE FROM DR. STONE:
My Friends,
I can 100% promise you that this next Clear Light of Go- Wesak
Celebration is going to honestly be a thousand times better than
even the last one. This one, Sp-rit, the Masters and I have now
put together, will be the absolute culmination of the previous
eight Wesaks!
It will be the Wesak of all Wesaks! The Sp-ritual transformation
you will go through, will be so profound that you will literally
never be the same. We will be doing together at the Clear Light
of -od Wesak Celebration some of the most profound World Service
Work together that has ever been done on this planet, with the
Event being overlighted by over one million inner plane Ascended
Masters, Archan-els and A-gels, Elohim Masters and Christed
Extraterrestrials.
The combination of all these inner plane Masters present, and
the 2000 Spi-itual Leaders and Lightworkers present, will create a
Power, Love and Sp-ritual Force that can literally move mountains!
This energy will be used for the purpose of personal and Planetary
Ascension and specific World Service work we will all do together!
The Speakers and Musicians I have invited to join us there, are
honestly the best we have ever had. This year the Masters have also
guided me to set up an "Ascended Master Ch-nnel Panel!" There will
be 12 high level chan-els who will in a group setting, chann-l
the various inner plane Masters and Celestial Beings and answer
questions from the Audience. It was such a big hit last year we
have been guided to do it again but even bigger and better. I will
be unveiling again the Global World Service Planetary Huna Prayers
that we will all do together which is powerful beyond belief! The
live music this year, given the musicians and singers that I have
invited could honestly only be matched in He-ven. There will be
another even larger Sp-ritual Faire which makes this Event like a
Renaissance Faire and Whole Life Expo combined. Anyone who wishes
to set up a table and chair can do so and sell or network their
services and products for free, for all who are registered! All
who come will experience the most profound Cosmic and Planetary
Sp-ritual activations ever given forth to this planet by G-d,
Christ the Holy Spirit, The Ascended Masters, The Archang-ls,
Elohim and Christed Extraterrestrials, that will be so profound and
resurrecting, that you will leave Wesak as a completely transformed
person. No words can literally describe the Spi-itual transformation
that will take place in our individual and collective Spir-tual
Bodies. We will literally be touched by the "Hand and Heart of Go-"
and the "Collective Hand and Heart of the Cosmic and Planetary
Hierarchy! The words I can think of that describe what will take
place over this entire Weekend is the experience of "Grace and the
Unfathomableness of -od!" The veil between Hea-en and Earth is
never so thin, as it is at these Wesak Celebrations in Mt Shasta!.
This Clear Light of G-d Wesak Celebration will literally be a
Spir-tual experience of an entire lifetime! We sell out every year
and only have room for 2000 Spiritual Leaders and Lightworkers.
So register early and get all signed up. Tell all your friends,
family and students about it. This one weekend Event will literally
accelerate your personal Initiation and Ascension process a
thousand fold! The experience of Love at this Event with one million
Masters and 2000 Lightworkers from all over the Globe and from all
Sp-ritual Paths, all in total Unconditional Love, Unity, Oneness,
Group Consciousness and Harmony is something beyond anything you
will ever experience. I cannot more strongly encourage you to
attend! You will love it beyond your wildest dreams and
expectations. In total humbleness and humility, by the grace of Go-
and the Masters, it is the premiere Event in the entire New Age
Movement for it is a Synthesis Event of everyone in Heav-n and
Earth, coming together without ego, for the Celebration of all
Celebrations of -od, the Masters, Personal and Planetary
Ascension, Joy, Synthesis, Unity, Oneness, Rejuvenation,
Planetary World Service, Spir-tual Leadership and Unconditional
Love! If you want to experience the "Celebration of all
Celebrations," register and sign up now!
All the hotel, plane and logistical information is on the web
site or in an information packet I am happy to send you. For quicker
access just pull up the web site and all Wesak information is the
first 25 sections on the Table of Contents from the top. If you
register early you receive a $-0 discount on every ticket, so take
advantage of this and reserve your seat at The Clear light of G-d
Wesak Celebration!
Much, Much, Love,
So let it be Written! So Let it be Done!
Kodoish, Kodoish, Kodoish Adonai Tsaybayoth!
Holy, Holy, Holy, is the Lord Go- of Hosts!
With all the Love in my Heart,
Your Eternal S-iritual Brother and Friend,
DR JOSHUA DAVID STONE
Each year the Aquarian Perspectives Inter-Planetary Mission makes
a Pilgrimage to Dr. Joshua David Stones MSLA's presentation of the
FABULOUS WESAK FESTIVAL at Mount Shasta! This year we are joyous to
be assisting Dr. Stone in some of the production methods of the
festival itself!
This year we will also have even a larger Spiritual Faire than we
have ever had ever before! The Spiritual Faire will be right
outside the auditorium doors, on the grass field. So you are not
only coming to the finest Spiritual Conference and Celebration on
the Planet, you are also coming to a {Glorious Exposition} type of
Event, where all people who register for the Event are also welcome
to set up folding tables and chairs and network their services,
products, flyers, brochures, books, tapes, and cds. This is totally
free to all who are registered for the Event. So this Celebration
has also become the opportunity to make Sp-ritual friends from all
over the world and can also help you to make professional networking
connections on a global scale!

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 10, 2003, 11:42:13 AM3/10/03

Subject: It's About Wesak Time Again. Part 2 of 2. Mar. 9, 2003.

This part contains some the ideas of Swami Beyondananda.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

PLUS: Through the special grace of Dr. Stone, readers of this
thrice-blessed STARDOVES e-BLAST may receive Special Discounts on
your tickets!
Praises Be!
Click here if you need a sacred discount
FOR YOUR WESAK TICKETS!
WE SUPPORT PEACE ON EARTH NOW!
This EMAIL LOVINGLY SENT BY STARDOVES through it's MARKETING
WITH THE STARS AQUARIAN AGE PR SERVICES
http://MarketingWiththeStars.com
Sponsoring the AQUARIAN PERSPECTIVES INTER-PLANETARY MISSION
http://STARDOVES.com
==========================================================
Do you have a NEW AGE BOOK/MUSIC/PRODUCT that you want launched?
See: http://MarketingWiththeStars.com
====================================================================
See the AQUARIAN MISSION PUBLICATIONS! Visit:
http://STARDOVES.com/pub.html
====================================================================
Will you help us pray for the World? Do you need Prayer? Visit:
http://STARDOVES.com/abp.html
===============================================================
THE LIGHT PARTY: "HEALTH, PEACE, AND FREEDOM FOR ALL!" Now Is The
Time To Lighten Up, Enjoy The Music, Simplify Our Lives, Accentuate
The Positive, Choose Peace, Choose Freedom, and Choose To Go To
Health! Visit: http://lightparty.com
==================================================================
THE GLOBAL PEACE FOUNDATION: Is converting Alcatraz Island, once
a Place Of Pain and Suffering into a JEWEL OF LIGHT, We Will Unleash
Powerful Forces For Cooperation Reconciliation & Healing. The Global
Peace Center signals the beginning of a grand cycle of evolution
within our multidimensional universe, and ushers in the long awaited
Golden Age.
Visit: http://www.GlobalPeaceFoundation.org
=======================================================
"THE COALITION FOR VISIONARY RESOURCES" Sponsors the prestigious
annual Visionary Awards that are awarded at The International New
Age Trade Show in Denver, Colorado.
See: http://www.inats.com/ If you produce New Age Resources, you
may qualify for an award.
Fast becoming the Academy Awards Show of the New A-e Industry!
See: http://www.covr.org/
===========================================================
INSPIRATIONAL VERSES FOR THIS CYCLE:

"Swami Beyondananda, spiritual leader to millions of
FUNdamentalists (accent on "fun") has launched a worldwide
"blisskrieg"in a declaration of "all out peace!" Speaking from a
platform at his new virtual address at www.wakeuplaughing.com, the
Swami said, "We've been holding our peace for far too long. It's
time to let it out! Why should peacekeepers keep the peace for
themselves when the world needs it so badly nowadays?" These are
challenging times," said the Swami, "which call for Emerge-n-See
measures. It is time for us to emerge from our fearful and powerless
hiding places. We have met the Savior and He is Us. I see all these
Children of G-d praying for Je--s to intervene, but we cannot expect
to be fed intervenously forever. Time for Children of Go- to grow up,
for Chri-t's sake, and become Adults of -od for a change. Playful
adults, that is."
"Because the key to lasting peace is laughter," he told the crowd.
"Do you know what the leading cause of w-r and te-rorism is? I will
tell you. It is seriousness. Seriousness is the most serious
problem we face on the planet today. I'm serious. Think about it. Every
ter-orist act -- not to mention te-ror itself -- begins with seriousness.
Everywhere we look, we are faced with laugh-threatening seriousness."
The Swami called on his supporters to "report any serious behavior
to the Department of Omland Sec-rity."
- Swami Beyondananda from his website http://www.wakeuplaughin.com
============================================================
Treasure the Love You Receive above everything else. It will survive
long after your wealth and good health have vanished. The Way is in
the Heart. Life in Abundance comes through Great Love.
LOVE LIFE, AND LIFE WILL SURELY LOVE YOU BACK!

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 12, 2003, 8:18:40 PM3/12/03

Subject: Canyonlands Adventure. Mar. 12, 2003.

This adventure sounds a lot like a few of my trips but I can
assure that it's not me. It is told by a person who is all or
part American Indian just like I am.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: w
Subject: Canyonlands of Utah: Lands of Ancient Star People
From: j
The Canyonlands of Utah: Lands of Ancient Star People
by Robert Morning Sky

In May 1994, while leading a "Quest" with two friends, a gentleman
from New Zealand named Steve, and a woman from the "Land Down
Under," Kathryn, I made a personal discovery that has made my life
both exciting and miserable. I discovered, by accident (if there
is such a thing)... the Canyonlands.

I often visited the Four Corners area as a youngster, my
Grandfather would take me to Chaco Canyon, a place of power, a
place where it was said the "Star People" visited and gave human
beings knowledge. I remember sitting on the hillsides watching the
night sky, and as often as not, the stars would come out and dance.
Darting across the sky, stopping in the blink of an eye and
returning at dazzling speed to the place from which they had come.
Their incredible speed and bright spinning movements captured my
imagination.

When I asked what the "dancing lights" were, Grandfather told me
that they were "Spi-it Dancers," special beings born in the heavens.
They danced with tremendous speed, first up then down, and all the
while spinning furiously.
I remember that vividly. When I first became aware of Pow-wows,
I was mesmerized by a "Fancy" dancer who wore "disks" on his back.
He had to be one of the "Spirit Dancers" that my Grandfather had
spoken about. I decided right then and there, that if I could, I
would become a "Fancy Dancer" one of those "Spi-it Dancers"! I am
proud to say I achieved that goal.

And so, when I returned to Chaco Canyon with my friends, it was
with fond memories of my own beginnings, my own Quest to find self.
But to my surprise, Chaco Canyon, where I had once roamed freely
and slept in dry washes.. .was now closed! Visitors could only
walk on designated pathways, only marked trail travel was
permitted! In effect, the place we went to to watch and learn from
"Star Beings" was off limits. Could someone have found out what
Native People knew all along, and decided to keep it for
themselves?
It was with saddened heart and a measure of anger that I decided
to move on.
While looking at a map of the area, our eyes happened to catch a
glimpse of the Canyonlands National Park. Steve wondered if we might
have some success there, a Quest site was still our intent. I had
heard of the Canyonlands, the Utes I knew referred to the area as
"Crazylands," a place where you did not want to go. It made you go
crazy, IF you came out at all.

And so with some trepidation, I accepted the suggestion, with
thei encouragement, and we headed into the Canyonlands near Moab,
Utah. My G-d!
If only I had known of this place before! It is one of the largest
national parks in the U.S. yet it is one of the most unpublicized.
Its wonders are the kind that take your breath away, its beauty is
unimaginable! Yet the National Park Service does not promote the Park
with any great vigor. Why? I was soon to find out.

Ladies and Gentlemen, I am going to suggest to you, with confidence
and later substantiation, that the Canyon-lands of Utah was once the
site of an "extraterrestrial" colony!

While exploring the Canyonlands, Steve and Kathryn could not stop
commenting on the wonders of the Park, its definite surreal and
alien-like formations.
It was like being on the moon or some far-distant planet. The
feelings of dizziness, the overwhelming emotional feelings that
overcame us we took to be part of the awe and giddiness one feels
on discovering a hidden treasure, the "find" of a lifetime. Our
search for a "Quest" site was complete. Over the next few days, we
all achieved what we had come for, our future paths were begun.

What I could not know is how often I would walk on these very
trails again, for less than one month later, I would be back in the
Canyonlands, but with far different results. On this trip, I was
alone. I had become intrigued on the first trip with the possibility
that many of the formations were a deliberately created phenomena
and not the result of natural erosion.
Could they be three dimensional representations of ancient
extra-terrestrial glyphs? Could these "Star Beings" have created
them for us, so that we would remember?

While exploring a trail not on the official map, I found some
dwellings and glyphs that tended to support the premise that
non-earth beings had been in the area. To my surprise, my
explorations were interrupted by two individuals in green Ranger
outfits. I was escorted rather gruffly from the site all the while
being threatened with fines for destruction of archaeological sites,
etc. Though I was not arrested, their words conveyed the impression
that they would not file legal "charges" if I left and assured them
that I would not return to this area again. Since that was what
they needed to hear that is what I agreed to. I was unceremoniously
dropped far from the site on an official Park road. I walked back
to my car and headed for home, determined never to hike THAT trail
into the forbidden site again! (I would take another one!)

After two more visits, I was convinced. There had been, and
probably still was, extra-terrestrial visitations to the
Canyonlands. But I wanted substantiation, I wanted someone else to
see what I had seen, to have the same opinion. And so I took a
trek back into the Park with witnesses, a camera crew and the
host of a UFO program on public access cable TV Advising the Park
Rangers fully of our intent two months before our visit, we
discovered on arrival that our permits to camp in the Canyonlands
had not been issued, nor would we be allowed to charge batteries for
our video cameras as we had agreed upon earlier. The host of the TV
program was also told, with witnesses around him, that though no
parts of the Park were closed to us, there were parts of the
Canyonlands that the Park Service did not want us to visit,
ostensibly so as to preserve the sites. After hours long episode,
we retired to basecamp to plan the next morning's hike. That evening,
we were almost blown out of the park by a wind that was incessant
and never ending in its powerful gusting. And curiously, just
before nightfall, a Parklands Ranger came by our site. It was odd,
because we were actually five miles onto BLM land, NOT Parklands
at all! We spent the night around the fire, laughing. It seemed as
if someone, or something, was trying to keep us from visiting, and
staying, in the Park. spent the night around the fire, laughing. It
seemed as if someone, or something, was trying to keep us from
visiting, and staying, in the Park.
We joked about it, recalling the events of the evening before. A
"freak storm" (as the local police termed it) dumped snow on the
road into the Canyonlands. We were forced to cram our eight bodies
into a motel room which is best now described as a room in the
Twilight Zone. One of the women woke up with a bruise-like bump on
her cheek. I was startled awake in the night by the feeling I had
been slashed by a cat or some creature. Blood was on my lip and an
obvious sliced area appeared on my lips in the morning. But most
strange of all, our camera-man was visited with visions throughout
the night. He had seen long 'sparklers* weaving in and out of our
host's sleeping bag as he and his girl slept. (It has since given
birth to the name name "Sparky" for our host.) The camera man also
saw soldiers in the mirror of our room and spent the night in and
out of the room smoking cigarette after cigarette, sleep was not
one of his options for the night. We laughed, strange things were
afoot we kidded, strange things indeed.
We arose the next morning and departed for Elephant Hill
trailhead, departure point for the hike to Druid Arch. What a
surprise to find a Ranger waiting for us. He asked for me by name
and asked about our purpose in visiting the site. A rather lengthy
and heated discussion between the camera crew and our friend
seemed to allay his concerns and we began our hike.
Determined not to give the Rangers any reason to walk me out of
the Park again, I followed the trail signs. Three times we
encountered a sign which read "Druid Arch 3.7 mi." We joked again
at how the Rangers must be running just ahead of us, placing the
same sign over and over again in our path to our goal. After nine
miles, the trail ended in a canyon, with no way out.
Disappointed and tired, we returned to our cars... another
Ranger was waiting. Once again, we were made to repeat our story
and re-assure him that we were following all regulations and were
not in violation of any rules.
The eerie thing about this Ranger was that he knew exactly where
we were camping! He identified it by name, something we did not
even know! We talked a little that night, it was not as funny as
it had been. The rest of the night we were pelted, drenched, in
one of the heaviest rainstorms we had ever seen in our lives.
Something did not want us there.

The next day, we visited the "Islands," another part of the Park.
it was emotional, it was eye-opening, but it did not bring any
further trouble to our visit. We enjoyed the day and returned to
camp, somewhat refreshed, but still very disappointed at not
reaching Druid Arch, our intended goal.
We awoke the last day, resolved to reach the Arch. Five of us
departed to the Trailhead again... and to our surprise, no Ranger
was waiting.
This time I did not follow the signs. We hiked directly to the
Arch and shot our video. On the way back, one of the camera crew
aggravated an injury and had to be assisted down the trail. As
we finally descended the last rock-face which leads into the
parking lot, we were greeted again by one of the Park-land's
finest. He singled me out and his first words were "I'm not
once again we had to assure a Park representative that we were
"legit."

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 19, 2003, 1:47:45 AM3/19/03

Subject: Canyonlands Adventure. Part 2 of 2. Mar. 13, 2003.

This part talks about some wall that has marks with scars looks
like lazar beams.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

That done once again, we returned to camp and prepared to leave
in the morning.
The trip had been memorable to say the least. I was not
disappointed, I had witnesses to my findings... and to my not
uncommon visitations by Rangers.

In the "Needles" region of the Park, canyon after canyon tells
the story of an ancient extra-terrestrial presence and to its
tragic end. In one canyon, granite stone still bares cuts made
with such precision and straightness that a stonecutter today
would be hard pressed to duplicate. In another canyon, an enormous
rectangular block weighing over 500 Ibs. moved from its original
bed... upstream! A huge several ton block, engraved with an upside
down triangle, evokes a sense of dread or disturbing, draining
feelings.
In other canyons, scorch marks tell the story of heat or laser
beam battles.
A constructed wall towers over 200 feet into the air and clearly
shows evidence of two massive laser strikes, the lack of stone
rubble evidence shows that this was not from natural erosion.
Spires reach into the sky everywhere, some obviously "carved"
into three dimensional glyphs.

And finally there is the Druid Arch, a replica of Stonehenge
over 500 feet high. Is it coincidence that hikers, on the canyon
floor below, cannot see the massive arch, that it is only visible
from one particular ledge on the canyon wall opposite it?

Is it possible that something was going on in this area,
thousands of years ago? That "Star Beings" actually resided in
and re-built the Canyon walls to suit their needs, and/or their
artistic desires? Are the Canyonlands an Art suit their needs,
and/or their artistic desires? Are the Canyonlands an Art Gallery, a
testimonial to extra-terrestrial beauty? Or could it be a gallery
of three dimensional glyphs designed to re-awaken an ancient memory
buried deep within each one of us?

I have since taken several groups back to the Canyonland Park with
me, so that they may witness for themselves, these alien wonders.
The unusual events and Ranger presences have not ended. In support
of the National Park Service, I must say that I am convinced that
no "official" Canyonlands Park Ranger has ever presented himself
before any of my visits, I am persuaded that there is "another"
Ranger force present in the Canyonlands. (An official statement by
the Park Service reveals that no Ranger was in the area during one
'incident' witnessed by our group. Several members of that visit
swear they saw Park Rangers in the vicinity of the "non-event.")

I shall sum up this letter with a partial listing of the strangest
occurrences during visits of the Summer of '95.
Canyonlands Trip-15 June Thursday to 18 June Sunday

Several witnesses watched stones move up and down in the center
of a dry river bed.

Several witnesses watched a blue light move ahead of the group
through the hillsides.
A huge boulder weighing thousands of pounds, a landmark of the
hike to Druid Arch, is "missing." No one sees it on the trail
up.. .it is there on the way down!
Stone spires tower to the left as hikers go by. Moments later,
the hikers look back, the spires lean another way.

Hikers "disappear." In a restaurant, two of them do not see the
main body leave, the main body cannot find them. At an entrance
station, two different hikers are "lost." Only seconds behind the
main body, they cannot see the group, the main group cannot find
them.

An unusual storm hits in the night. Thunder that sounds like an
unending jet engine whine; lightning without thunder or sound;
hikers in tents feel themselves being lifted up as though
levitated; winds pummel the tents, damaging one; some hikers seek
refuge in their truck, the tail lights suddenly, without reason,
come on and cannot be turned off; the storms fury beats down all
night yet some hikers are in a very deep slumber and remember
nothing; strange lights glow in the far distance. The next morning
on a table in the very center of camp, a potato chip bag, a nearly
empty water bottle, and a bag of cookies remained unmoved. (From
every indication, the camp was the subject of a low altitude UFO
fly-by, directly overhead!
Witness the scene in Close Encounters of the Third Kind when the
unsuspecting Richard Drey-fuss is stopped at a railroad crossing
and has a small craft fly over his truck.) [More on this incident
below.]

An "incident" takes place. Rangers are spotted where no Rangers
are assigned (Official Parklands position). Unusual emotions are
evoked in two hikers, they display distress and disturbing anger.

Canyonlands Trip-June 28 Wednesday to July 1 Saturday

Each crew member finds that it takes over 9 hours to get from
Phoenix to the Canyonlands. Normally it takes only six hours, each
member finds the trip draining.

A pulsing light on a near-by mesa keeps the participants up late
on the very first night. Suddenly, a beam of light, as sharp as a
knife, reaches up into the sky. It remains in full view of all
hikers for several minutes before fading.

Three crew members leave camp in a car headed toward the light,
the light fades away. Rain falls over all the entire area, no clouds
are in the sky.
On the hike to Druid Arch, several hikers see the walls of the
wash pulsing before them, moving in and out.

Crew member #1 has his camera malfunction. Crew member #2 has her
camera malfunction that night. Crew member #3 is asked to take
pictures, his camera malfunctions. A hiker is asked to take
pictures, his camera malfunctions.

A disk streaks across the sky. It moves erratically but takes
only seconds to go from the western horizon into a low cloud over
the mesa with the glowing, pulsing light.

One hiker's car has all electrical systems die. Moments later,
it returns to life. Hours later while travelling, it resets its
own clock. Still later, its electrical systems, once again shut down
only to restart. The driver of the car tries a restaurant machine
that supposedly measures "passion levels." She places her hand on
the device, it soars to its highest level then promptly shuts down.

A late night storm treats hikers to an "unusual" display of lights
in the distance. No thunder is heard.

And finally...

The last morning of this trip, several hikers picked up a
newspaper from the previous week out of curiosity. This issue
revealed the story of a pilot caught in an "unusual" electrical
storm the week before. Lights on the runway at the Park airport
malfunctioned and did not come on. Pilot and wreckage were found one
and a half miles north and east of the airport.

What makes this newspaper article noteworthy is that it reveals
the date of the storm as the same Friday night that I believe a
UFO flew overhead. The crash site was not more than a mile from our
base camp. One of the hikers commented as she heard the link-up:
"He had to die. He saw something they didn't want him to see."

Could this be true?

It has become my blessing... and my curse. I plan more trips to
the Canyon-lands. If you go, be careful!

This is, after all,...the Canyon-lands of Utah, "Land of the
Ancient Star People!"

<<<RealUFOs>>>
"We know the truth is out there!"
================================
Post message: Real...@onelist.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-...@onelist.com
List Owner: RealUFO...@onelist.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 19, 2003, 1:49:26 AM3/19/03

Subject: Off The Computer. Mar. 18, 2003.

My computer system has been down for the last few days and all my
e-mall had to be erased without me getting to read it,to make it
work again. I need the address of a person called Ian who I'm
sending information for a book. Maybe he can contact me again. My
computer is now working OK.
John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 19, 2003, 1:52:06 AM3/19/03

Subject: Aliens Talks On The Radio. Mar. 18, 2003.

Last Thursday night in the Coast to Coast radio show, (formerly
the Art Bell show), George N. opened up a line for the people
from space who are living on Earth now. After a while a called
got in and said he was from space. He asked to be just called
Bill. George asked him why he was here and he said that he was
here to make a report about human beings on Earth and he would
report back to his home planet in about 2 years.

George then asked him what planet he was from and he refused to
answer saying that we would learn about that planet in the future
and he felt like it would not be right to tell what the name of
the planet was. George then asked if Bill would take him on a
ride back to this planet. Bill then said no that wouldn't be
happening because it would be like taking a person from the
17 century here on Earth and taking them to New York like it is
today. It would be that much of a shock.

He was then asked if he looked like we do. He stated that
he formerly didn't look like us but he and his mate had been
altered so they did look like us. This caused him quite a bit
of pain to go through this change.

He was also asked that if we didn't pass the proper grade in
this report he was making would we be terminated. Bill said that
this wouldn't happen. It's like going to a Zoo and looking at
the alligators, tigers and such things. You wouldn't terminate
them because you realize that they was living in the way that
they live.

I recorded this conversation and then lost it, so if anyone has
a copy of this in text information form please send it to me, or
post it to one of these lists..

I believe that Bill wasn't kidding.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

Ugly Bob

unread,

Mar 19, 2003, 2:10:55 AM3/19/03

"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message
news:Pine.BSF.3.96.103031...@shell.mlode.com...

> Subject: Aliens Talks On The Radio. Mar. 18, 2003.

<snip>

> I recorded this conversation and then lost it, so if anyone has
> a copy of this in text information form please send it to me, or
> post it to one of these lists..

Go here, John: http://www.coasttocoastam.com/
Click on "Show Database." You'll need Real Player or
Windows Media.

> I believe that Bill wasn't kidding.

Yes, but why?

-Ugly bob

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 20, 2003, 5:26:47 PM3/20/03

Subject: Good Rumor About the Iraq W-r. Mar. 19, 2003.

I'm neither for nor against this wa-. Here is some information
that sounds very good. It may be true or it may be false. You be
the judge.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: L
Subject: M B - Invasion Has Begun
Dear Friends,
From M
Love and Light.
D
Invasion Has Begun, Time To Support Troops...03/19/03
by M B (ECTV)
Sources have told ECTV the invasion forces have began their push
towards Baghdad late last night. It is believed forces have
surrounded oil fields and have set a manned force parameter
encircling the city of Baghdad. Little to zero resistance has
occurred to this point. Beginning tonight, perhaps at 12:01 AM, the
air strikes will begin. The idea is to choke of Baghdad from all
sides during the air strikes, then utilize surgical strikes to hit
key targets, including Saddam Hussain and his ring leaders.
Nothing will be allowed in or out of ten kilometer loop around
the city. It has been disclosed, US and British troops are
instructed to not accept Iraqi troops who surrender. They have
been instructed to direct them back towards safe zones now
outlined around the circumference of Baghdad. This is being done
to protect Allied forces from suicide bombers and Iraqi soldiers
who have been laced with biological and or chemical weapons.
Earth Changes TV 'Radio Hour' will go 'live' tonight at 8 PM
(pacific). We have lines set up for call-in's. We will be going
'live' at all parts of the day and night during the invasion of
Iraq. Go to the front page for instructions. The link to the show
is the same as you have received for all previous show. If you get
a "not available at this time", the bandwidth hit its limit, or
we are not running 'live' at that moment. Bottom line is to
check often. Lets Support The Troops
That's right, lets support the troops now. There will be plenty
of time to express our feelings when our fighting men and women
are out of harms way. I am reserving my energy to make those
accountable who put us in this spot in the first place. I am
speaking of George Bu-h and his regime. You know my opinion
is this could have been handled in a more all encompassing way.
What he did was wrong, and has cost us too many lives. But I am
willing to put my arguments on hold until I know our boys and
girls are home safely. And when are troops get here, I will have
only praise to gift them for doing what was expected of them, and
doing it bravely. It is the one's who gave the orders that I will
be going after.
ECTV's Weather Prediction, Right On Target
As stated in my last newsletter, I reported an X-Class flare had
just been released and what I expected to happen as a result. Here
is the original report: "Due to the large sunspot regions of 306
and 314, I expect more flares to occur accompanied by a CME. Watch
for extreme weather, most likely in the way of sudden windstorms
which could be accompanied by severe rains. The timing is not good
for our troops. Sudden sandstorms could arise due to weather
invents within the next 48 hours."
Today's Associated Press headlines report 'record snowstorms
hit the mid-west'.
The Red Cross was setting up a shelter for drivers stranded on
Interstate 25 north of Denver. The road has been closed.
(AP) reports Billing, Montana filling sandbags to head off severe
floods. ABC News reports raging sandstorms have just hit Kuwait
and Iraq as of last night.

Folks, I am stating the above weather storms were indeed predicted
by solar weather. (see equation).
Not only did one X-Class flare hit yesterday, it was followed
quickly by a second X-Class flare. In addition to these two events,
two halo CME's followed and believed to be partially Earth directed.
This Just In.....a new M-Class flare has just been released as of
this morning.
Since this is a chain reaction, I would expect the already severe
storm activity to simply be extended another 48 hours. I am
suggesting we will see freak storms for almost one week straight.
Equation:
Sunspots => Solar Flares => Magnetic Field Shift => Shifting
Ocean and Jet Stream Currents => Extreme Weather and Human
Disruption (mitch battros)
Ny versjon av Yahoo! Messenger
Nye ikoner og bakgrunner, webkamera med superkvalitet og dobbelt
se morsom
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
______________________________________________
Or send an email to: Global_Rumblin...@topica.com
TOPICA - Start your own email discussion group. FREE!
http://www.topica.com/partner/tag02/create/index2.html
======================================================

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 23, 2003, 9:28:49 AM3/23/03

Subject: The Gaia Dream. Mar. 22, 2003.

Kay, the lady who channels this material from Lady K., requests
that she interprets her dream about Gaia.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: B
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks: March 18, 2003
Items Covered:
* A Perspective on Current World Dynamics
Wayne: Yesterday I sent out an Earth Dynamics Alert outlining some
signs of Earth stress that are currently being manifested over the
past several days and weeks as the threat of war has increased.
These were in the area of increased quake magnitudes, increased
solar activity, increased geomagnetic levels, the threat of war and
its potential repercussions, and the current worldwide alert
regarding pneumonia-like symptoms that are non-responsive to
medications. This morning the Sun spewed out another X-class solar
flare, with a moderately long duration, and its impact will likely
be felt as the 48-hour period that has been given to Saddam has
expired. I'd like to get a perspective of our situation regarding
these dynamics and the potential implications from Lady Kadjina,
if you would.
Kay told you this morning that she dreamt all night long about a
combination of the Earth Dynamics Report and Mother Earth herself.
She was dreaming of Mother Earth as if she were a woman who had
come to a battered woman's shelter for help, and Kay was the
counselor. So Kay was telling Mother Earth (Gaia) to take back her
personal power to exert [assert?] herself and to be all that she
can be. In Kay's dream world, she began to see Gaia claiming her
power in a number of ways. And Gaia was saying loudly and clearly,
"Enough! You will not beat me any more!" Also in Kay's dream
world, she kept thinking about the words of the Mar-ek group about
the light being secured upon the planet by the year 2007, that
there would be peace, that the dark forces would have been banished,
and her dream state thinking was that a lot was going to have to
happen in order to bring about this peace.

Now, we would say this to you, that the peace that she is sensing
is no perfect order and harmony because there will be a timeframe
of chaos and confusion because the old structures will be down and
the new structures not yet in place. And this is the time frame
in which the masses of the lightworkers who are skilled will step
into positions of responsibility and begin to reorder the many
systems that run or operate upon Planet Earth (the
socio-political-economic systems).
We have said many times that there is oneness between all of life
and that Gaia is a sentient being. It's also been said by many
that if one is healed, it affects all. If one is ill, it affects
all. We have also said that when the plagues begin to the East,
you have a choice: you can say they are my brothers and help, or
you can say it is none of my business, and your choice will
determine whether or not the plagues sweep the West. These plagues
are always a human consciousness creation in some way or another.
We have also said that the HIV babies are a particular
classification of the Indigos and they were present during many
plagues and served selflessly and over time became immune to
diseases. Love affected their DNA in such a way that the
G-d-presence became the dominant factor, instead of the military
factor.
What we are doing here is giving you many things to consider. We
mentioned the battered woman shelter. I want to share with you a
situation involving a good friend of Kay's. There is a woman who
works at two different types of shelters. One of them is a
battered woman's shelter. Women live there who have very little
hope. They have lost their families and their children and
everything they own. Many are very ill. The other facility is
made up of 16 men and women who are very psychotic and are
considered dangerous to themselves and society. Now Kay's friend
is very intuitive and she was speaking with Kay one afternoon about
how she feared going to work that night because of a man, whom we
will call John Doe, who was beginning to show great signs of stress
and instability and she was concerned that, because of his great
size, he would hurt somebody. Kay sent out an email to several
energy workers for assistance and they began to project love and
peace into that unstable environment. When Kay's friend the
counselor went to work that night she found herself in a small
conference room with a female client. John Doe entered, looking
very violent and angry. The counselor immediately ordered the
woman to enter the bathroom directly behind where they were
sitting and lock the door - she literally pushed the woman inside
because the woman was so afraid. John Doe proceeded to pick up
a very heavy object and raise it over his head, and he was going
to bash the counselor over the head with it. She immediately
tied into the love essence that had been projected to her by the
various energy workers earlier in the day and she proceeded to
walk up to John Doe with the raised object over his head and said to
him, "Remember, I am the one who loves you." He lowers the object
to the floor, begins to weep, returns to his room, and cries himself
to sleep. The essence of energy of love was the very thing this
poor John Doe had been searching for all of his life. He saw the
fire of love in her eyes; he knew it was real; he saw what he had
been searching for.
There are many so-called healers upon Planet Earth at this time,
who do healing work and yet within themselves are not healed.
They have much fear within them. There are many people gathering
in groups, holding candles and praying for peace, when that peace
does not yet exist within them. There must come for each
individual a point in time when they recognize love for what it
really is and are able to tap into that energy and use it. It was
this type of love energy that James Twyman hoped to teach people
in his spoon-bending exercises so that they would know it and be
able to use it in their consciousness to affect world consciousness
outcomes.
Now back to Mother Earth as a sentient being and as a battered
woman - which Now back to Mother Earth as a sentient being and as a
battered woman - which indeed she is. We have said repeatedly that
oil is to Gaia what your blood is to you - the same difference.
Gaia's battered woman syndrome has reached such dire conditions
that she could really become very unstable and distressed if her
blood continues to be bled out of her. They did blood-letting in
the Medieval times and Medicine today considers that modality to
be barbaric. Blood-letting of Mother Earth is just as barbaric.
There are other ways available to you right now. Instead of
lighting candles, when you buy your next automobile, buy the
alternative fuel automobiles. Flood the market with the demand
that says, 'No war because of oil.' Make that kind of statement.
If the war is truly about money and greed, then begin to hit them
in their pocket. If you are going to buy a home, buy an energy-free
home when Wthey do exist. Buy energy-free cars, at least a car that
is hybrid.
Kay's friend had a choice to make and it required a brave action
on her part. She could have allowed herself to become intimidated
and bullied, and possibly killed, but she stood her ground and
took action: she spoke and she was heard. And so it is with
humanity and so it is with Gaia: a time of taking action.
The earth's geomagnetics will continue to rise because of the
stress that Gaia is feeling. She is beginning to develop severe
migraines; she is having terrible leg cramps; she is having PMS
big-time. This is the very reason we have said to you to hold
her in your arms and comfort her the way you would any woman or any
human in distress. Now, supposing that you and Gaia are sitting
together in the counselor's office, and you are the counselor. And
just outside the door are gathering a group of men who had
gang-ra-ed this woman that you're counseling with. Are you going to
sit there and pray and meditate? What exactly do you think would
be the wise thing to do? You would probably pick up your phone
and dial 911. You would make sure that the doors are locked. If
you have a bathroom with a lockable door, you might enter it and
lock that door. You would take measures to protect yourself. We
have told you before that part of the reason that Atlantis sank is
because the lighted beings of that time did not want to get their
hands dirty; they did not want to enter into thinking about negative
things; and by the time they realized what was going on it was too
late. We have also said that the Atlanteans are back- both the good
guys and the so-called bad guys. All of the same technologies are
present once more.

Part 1 of 2.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

........

Part 2 of 2.

..................
..................

All of the Star Wars scenarios are present again. The difference
is that there are many more awakened and cognizant beings that know
how to work the light. Lightworkers work the light. They do not
passively sit in meditation, filling themselves with light, without
directing that light to do particular things.
At this particular point in time there are world leaders that are
so dark that they have no light but the dark light within them.
They cannot be reached through prayer and meditation; they will not
listen to the consciousness that says, "Let there be love and
light." The way to avert calamity is to reach the consciousness of
the people themselves. Take as an example, the people of Iraq.
Mr. B-sh went on television yesterday evening and spoke to the
people of Iraq themselves, assuring them that once their country
has been bombed and their leader eliminated, their country will be
restored. Mr. Bu-h was reaching out to the collective consciousness
of the people of Iraq. This is a key factor here. The lightworkers
also should be focusing on the collective consciousness of the
peoples of various countries rather than upon the leaders who have
no capacity to hear. Jes-- oftentimes used the words, "Let him who
has ears to hear, hear." This simply means that there are some
beings that do not have ears with which to hear. There are also
beings so dark that love cannot penetrate. We would point out
here that spi-it is the eternal part of humanity. However, the
soul is an individualization and the soul can cease to exist and
be returned to primordial substance and have to start over from
scratch, so to speak. And this will be the fate of some of the
most dark of Earth citizens, and long will be their way home.
The second Earth of which you hear so much will be a place where
these dark ones are put, and in this place they will continue to
slug it out, but they will not be allowed to do more harm in
this quadrant of the galaxy. But in their consciousness they
will believe that they will be ruling Planet Earth as they have
done for many millennia of time. But Mother Earth will be
restored to her rightful position in this quadrant. Once more we
tell you that humanity has created the situation in which she now
finds herself and humanity will restore integrity upon the Earth
plane. We are telling you once more that you will not go
underground and you will not be evacuated.
Only those who are dead will leave this planet. This planet is
in a lock-down mode. And because the Columbia was on a StarWars
mission, she could not return to Planet Earth. And any future
StarWars missions will meet the same fate. Your scriptures also
tell you that in these times there will be no place to hide. And
this also includes the underground bunkers that so many mil-tary
organizations have built.
Gaia is saying to the people of this planet, "You have come
forth from me; without me you would not have physical form; you
would not have food and you would not have water if it were not
for me. I will not stand still and allow myself to be abused
any longer. I know those who love me and I know those who would
abuse me further. I have learned the difference. Now is the time
that all of my kingdoms shall be united. There is a great message
in the movie, "Lord of the Rings" in which the trees and other
elements of Nature rose up to assist humanity to overthrow those
who were of the dark energies. And so in this time I have many
children who know how to speak to the clouds and be heard. I have
many children that know how to work with the elements of fire and
can walk upon the fire and can say to the fire, "go to sleep," and
the fire will listen. And I have many children who can say to the
chemtrails, "you have no power over me." And I have many children
who are working tirelessly to bring good water to the people of
Africa and to bring to them a form of education that empowers them
from within. I know these things. As you have increased in your
awareness of reality and truth, honor, and integrity, so have I
your Mother. I have come into my power. "I try hard not to allow
myself to become overly angry, but sometimes, just as you, I do not
quite make it. For you and I walk hand in hand on the same levels
of consciousness. We rise together and I within myself have to
deal with the same emotions that you do. Like you, I have boils
that are called volcanoes, and I have meridians which are called
ley lines that are affected not only by the crystalline energies,
but also by the earthquake energies and the various tectonic plates
can have severe Charley-horses just the same as you. I can have
migraines and I don't always understand the visions that I see.
Like you, I pray to the powers that be for help. But as there are
many levels of G-d and Go-dess, like you I don't always go to whom
I should pray. Who is the most powerful one of all? Look around
you and see all of the different groups and individuals who are
saying at this time "Go- told me to do this." Mr. -ush has said
these very words, but so has the individual who kidnapped Elizabeth
Smart, and so do the various groups in the Mideast - each says "Go-
is on my side." So, is this in reality a w-r of the go-s? To
which -od am I to ask assistance of? The answer is the power within.
For some, the power is of the darkness; for others it is the power
of the light.
"As your Mother, I tell you this: I am seeking the go-s of the
light. I am aware of Michael and Metatron and Lady Salena and
Mother Mary and the energy of Isis and I am also aware of the
hearts of my children - those who cry out for peace. And within
myself I know that the light is dominant and yet at the same time I
feel the need to make statements to those of the darkness: "No more
will you abuse me." If the world leaders will not put down their
swords, then by those swords shall they perish. For I, Lady Gaia,
also carry a sword, as does Lord Michael, and our sword is called
the Sword of Truth. I, too, have every intention to uphold the
full disclosure law and my activities just ahead shall expose to
the consciousness of all of humanity the many things that the world
governments would like to have hidden. And one of the things I
would personally like to have exposed is the underground places
that hide the small types of UFOs. They are located in many
places all over this planet. I would like to expose the documents
in the papers of the DNA testing that has been done on what you
call the ETs. I would like to expose once and for all the
underground cities that are over 300 million years old. And these
are known facts to those who rule the world.
"And so as my geomagnetic levels continue to rise, those working
with me will use those energies with laser precision to knock down
mountainsides to expose truth; to flood underground bunkers to
expose the truth. In the not-to-distant future, those airports
constructed over these bunkers shall be rendered immobile. It
could almost be said that you have indeed entered into a time of
Star Wars. The great powers that be, greater than the
individualized -ods of groups, have a voice. And so to the
lightworkers, I would say this: "you will be heard when you go
beyond borders and boundaries and reach to the g-ds of the
collective whole of humanity." When you understand that just as
the American people do not support the wa- of their leaders, so
it is with many peoples of other countries that they do not
support their leaders either.
"I have come to understand as your Mother that the lives of the
people of every country are important - that all people everywhere
have basic rights and one of their rights is to medicine. Now hear
me when I say this to you, that your medicine comes from me and I
give it to you freely and yet some of you have seen fit to make
huge profits. And there are many situations when I have given you
many cures to many diseases and yet out of greed you keep it from
my children. So I ask you, "Is it any wonder that you have found
me in a battered woman's shelter?' But I also say, "In that
place I have found warm hearts and kindness. In this place I
have found my power and my strength. No longer will my abuser
touch me."
http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html

Please feel free to copy and/or redistribute this or other of her
messages at no charge to anyone, giving credit to the source as
Cities of Light (http://www.citiesoflight.net).

Email comments to: Reverend Kay Simmons (la...@citiesoflight.net)
or Wayne Moody (wa...@citiesoflight.net)
----------------------------------------

To Post a message, send it to: 13th...@eGroups.com

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 25, 2003, 1:14:44 AM3/25/03

Subject: Super Bad News. Mar. 24, 2003.

Every once in a while I get a posting that sounds like it came
directly from the little mythical chicken called Henny Penny. She
was famous for her saying, "The sky is falling. The sky is falling!"
Usually the sky didn't fall as forcasted. Sometimes people think
that something is going to happen and it does or it doesn't.

In the case of the following material lets hope it doesn't happen
and no one gets hurt.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: G
Subject: Use Discerment Please
I don't want to further the fear, but if this is true I would want
to know and felt you may also. Please use your own discernment with
this information.
G
PLEASE PASS FAR AND WIDE TONIGHT AND TOMORROW
March 23, 2003 I cannot verify this with Intell. sources as of this
posting, I am posting because of past Intell. sources warning 2
weeks ago, about something big on upper east coast will take place
soon. And B-sh C-ime Family behind it to further their Mar-ial Laws
Plans for America.
------------------------------------------------------
---------- PASS THIS FAR AND WIDE NOW, THIS COULD BE SERIOUS.
THIS MAY BE NOTHING, BUT IT IS BETTER TO BE PREPARED THAN NOT.
BU-H IS OUT OF CONTROL.
-------------------------------------------------------------
---------- March 23, 2003 To S W
I have a friend who's wife is a spoiled rich girl who has never
worked a day in her life. Apparently her family is well-connected.
Very well- connected.
Someone in her family is is a se-et se-vice agent in the
pr-sident's entourage.
This agent was given notice to inform any friend or family living
in or around New York City to "get out of the state". Something
is going to happen Monday or Tuesday. March 24, or March 25, 2003.
Details:
It will involve a chemical or biological type weapon.
It will be set off underground central Manhattan, i.e., Times
Square, Grand Central, Penn Station It will get into the air and
water. Where it goes from there is anybody's guess. It will be
very messy.
70,000 body bags are in Manhattan now. More are on the way. Over
100,1000 anticipated dead.
The city will be shut down.
This is what I was told. We believe (my friend and I) that
whatever is going to happen will occur approximately 9:00 AM, under
perfect blue skies, consistant the pattern of other disasters,
i.e., 9-11, Oklahoma City, space shuttle Challenger, Columbia etc
etc.
According to the agent, the Bus- administration feels that there
is too much anti-war sentiment so "we" need another disaster event
to blame on Iraq to rally public and international support for the
w-r.
I understand that this is all heresay but it correlates with other
details that I have either heard about or seen with my own eyes:
Increased police and mi-itary presence in and around New York City.
--Hazmat crews have been seen assembled near 42nd street & West
Side Highway.
Bomb scare "rehearsal" in grand Central Station on Feb 15th
involving police & mi-itary. All trains and platforms were evacuated.
Increasing m-rtial-law type police actions and brutality against
peaceful demonstrators ever since Mayor Blo-mberg took office. Mass
arrests and round-ups.
A few weeks ago local civil defense personnel were advised to
move away from New York City, by at least a 35-mile radius.
I hope that I am wrong, but I don't think so. Sorry I didn't get
word out sooner, but I only found this out last night (Saturday)
B Truth will set you free, but first it will p--s you off.
The list owner is the author of "Birth of an Angel"
www.birthofanangel.com
Community email addresses:
Post message: 1wond...@yahoogroups.com
Subscribe: 1wonderswh...@yahoogroups.com
List owner: 1wonders...@yahoogroups.com
Shortcut URL to 1wonderswhy home page:
http://www.yahoogroups.com/community/1wonderswhy

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 27, 2003, 1:47:50 AM3/27/03

Subject: The Good Type Of Reptilian. Mar. 26, 2003.

Well, folks, it looks like I'm going to have to finally say
something good about the Reptilians. I've been bad-mouthing them
for so long that they are going to start wondering about me.
I was once told that all of us have probably had lifetimes as
reptilians so we shouldn't be too rough on them.
Here is some information about a particular group of reptilians
who seem to have some good points.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: P
Subject: Positive Reptoid story from Inner Earth. (Leo's
story)
http://www.greatdreams.com/reptlan/repleo.htm
The Reptilians and King Leo
08/21/1999
by Jo-D'L-ght and El-iemiser
8-21-99 - I am presenting this message as told to me by my close,
trusted friend, Joy-Light, who is also my contact with my father's
ship, and at the request of the ruler of the underground Reptilian
beings.
She told him we would be happy to speak on their behalf. I will
refer to her as Jo- in the following message.
It is time for people of Earth to know the whole truth! That there
ARE Reptilians who wish to join us in the Light! I was waiting for
the right time to address the subject of the Reptilians and was
happy to see recent postings by -ue P-tter and John Winston that
gave me the opportunity to share J-y's experiences with the
Reptilian ra-e!
In 1961, Jo- was suddenly and unexpectedly confronted by three
Reptilian beings. She was 21 and knew about UFOs but had no
knowledge of alien beings.
She and her husband were living in Oregon. He was in the Air
Force. There was about 6 ft. of snow on the ground; she had no
phone.
Her husband had left on November 6th - the entities appeared the
next night.
She and Reddy, her little dog, were in her bedroom preparing to
retire. Her bedroom was situated so that there was a door into
the living room and one into the kitchen so that she could see
into both rooms from her bedroom.
That night, they appeared beside the refrigerator in the kitchen.
She was scared stiff! She thought she was seeing things - she
could not believe her eyes, but her dog saw them and was growling
at them. She pulled the covers over her head, then slowly peeked
out to see that they were still there.
They didn't say anything, just looked at her for a long period of
time then disappeared.
From November 7, 1961 to about January 7, 1962, they appeared
every night - making no sound - remaining by the refrigerator. They
never crossed over into her bedroom.
They were about 6-1/2 ft. tall and looked like small dragons.
They had scaly skin, yellow eyes, spikes or ridges down their back.
She thinks they had short tails but she could not see their back
and was too scared to raise up from her bed to look further.
She got to where, after work, she would stay at the roller rink
and bowling alley till they closed and she finally had to go home
- the Reptilians would be waiting. She tried to sleep in her car
but it got too cold. She was terrified of them!
On 1/7/62, she ran out of her house in her gown and coat at 3:30
a.m., and jumped into her car, wanting to get away from the sight
of them. She was pulling out of her driveway when her sister
pulled up and blocked her in.
She went home with her sister where she slept for 3 days and
nights straight. She would not go back into that house so her
brother and sister moved her stuff out and Jo- went back to Texas.
When she was visiting me in 1994, I showed her a book of ETs that
included a picture of a Reptilian - she said that was what she saw.
That was the last time she saw them until 1996 when one appeared
to her one night - she was not asleep and she was not surprised so
maybe on some higher level, she was prepared for his appearance
this time. This time, he spoke to her. He explained that they never
intended to hurt her, they were just watching her. Interested in
her.
One day, a Reptilian appeared on her TV screen while she was
channel surfing. He was between channels. He didn't say anything -
was just there and gone.
In 1997, she was at work, caring for an elderly homebound lady,
when a Reptilian appeared in a doorway. He was there for just a
short time, didn't speak, just looked at her for about 5 minutes,
then left.
In July 1998, she had her first visit to the underground kingdom
of the Reptilians. She was resting on her bed when she was just
suddenly there - underground. She was confronted by the ruler of
the Reptilians.
During their conversation, he said they were of the survivors of
the original dinosaur ra-e who fled underground when the event
happened that caused the dinosaurs to become extinct. As time
passed, they got smaller in stature. They are still vegetarians -
they eat roots and such - they don't eat meat.
At that time, in 1998, they wanted their rightful place back
since they were the original owners, in their opinion. They wanted
to reclaim their planet They believed that when they came above
ground, they should be the rightful rulers. She explained to him
that there was no one ruler. Each country had its head of state.
She asked him what his name was and he said her tongue would not
say that word so she said "How about Leo?" He asked what Leo meant
and she told him it meant King - he liked that so she started
calling him King Leo.
She told him if they came top side (as he called it), there
would be no rulers as he understood it to be - we are striving to
live in harmony with all nations and r-ces. She told him she
understood how he felt about reclaiming their rightful territory
however.
He wanted to know if he could touch her on her arm. She was
concerned about his "fingernails" - they were long. He told her
she could call them claws because that is what they were. His
touch was cold but gentle.
He wanted to know what love feels like. She explained it was an
emotion that causes one to care for the well being of others as
one's self. He said they don't have emotions - they just procreate.
He said they have the same Creator/G-d as we do.
Even then, he wanted to know if they came top side, would humans
accept their appearance. She said she didn't know but there were
ETs coming from other planets that don't look like us and there
will be SOME - what we call Reptoids - among them. After the
landings, possibly humans would be more prepared for the
appearance of the underground Reptilians.
He said they would discuss it and try to come to a decision as
to whether they could come aboveground and live in harmony without
being rulers.
On August 14, 1999, she found herself in King Leo's presence
underground once again - they had decided that some of them would
like to come top side and experience the light and live among us
in harmony but most would rather remain in their home environment.
There are 1.5 million of them living underground.
He asked if we would put a message out to see if humans could
accept their appearance. That is the reason for this message.
He is very congenial, likable and pleasant to communicate with.
Now they are waiting to find out what our response will be so we
would appreciate your reaction. They will not just suddenly pop
up and frighten us - he agreed they would wait until after the
landings.
He asked if they could learn to love. Jo- said she didn't know.
The other night when -oy turned her light out to retire for the
night, he said that a lot of humans think they are ev-l just
because they live in the dark. He asked if we turn into evi-
beings when we turn off our lights and are in the dark of night?
-oy had to laugh!
J-y and I pray that someday, ALL Go-'s children - including his
underground ones - can live in peace and harmony - without racial
prejudice and fear - but in Unconditional Love as one spiritual
family!
Blessings, Love & Light
El-ie & JoyDL-ght
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
An update on msg from King Leo - ruler of underground Reptilians

Joy had further communication with King Leo today in response to
a question I asked regarding the difference between Reptoids and
Reptilians.
There IS a difference, he said! Reptoids are of a different -ace
outside this galaxy. The underground Reptilians are no more
connected to them than we are. He said there are none of his kind
on any other planets. They originated here.
The evil ones of HIS r-ce are underground but in a different area
and with a different leader.
All of the underground Reptilians have always been neutral toward
aboveground beings as they had no interest in them. They even had
separation, disassociation and disinterest among their own kind.
Then they became interested in -oy because of her vibrational
frequency and began watching her.
The interest persisted until finally they decided to speak to
her and the first thing they said was that they never intended to
hurt her. Later, they said they were going to eventually reclaim
their property - planet Earth - as it was their rightful place -
they were the original owners before humans were created.
Now they are willing to accept that humankind and Reptilians are
connected through sp-rit because we are all from the same source
(-od) and some are considering coming into the light and
contacting the aboveground beings.
The decision to intermingle has not yet been made. They are still
discussing the pro's and con's, I suppose. Also they are waiting for
responses to our first message. That would be quite a change in
THEIR reality as well as ours!
But then, it is time for all Go-'s children to get acquainted!
Time grows short for this planet's present form of being! And we
must all be prepared to ascend with it into the next dimension or be
left behind. The Reptilians would really like to be accepted
topside when humans can accept that they exist and do not come
with evi- intent.
Blessings,
e-lie & J-y
Lightworkers are to be bridges of light in the darkness of night!

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 28, 2003, 4:46:39 PM3/28/03

Subject: Good Type Of Reptilian. Part 2. Mar. 27, 2003.

This talks about a space ships that has all sorts of beings on it.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Dear friends!
I feel strongly moved to correct a slight error in my description
of King Leo and the Reptilians! I used the term "small dragons" in
my attempt to describe their appearance. That is not a good choice
of words! I felt uneasy as I was typing those words and had
confirmation that it was because they don't look like dragons so
much as small, mutated alligators but they are evolved from a
dinosaur species, not alligators, from what they tell us.
I have seen Reptoids - fearsome creatures! But then I am judging
appearance again! Shame on me! :)
The Reptilians have rounded heads, not angular. Their, um,
snouts (for want of a better word - or should I say noses?) are like
that of an alligator but very short. Their skin has the texture of
an alligator.
Since they walk upright like us, they most likely do not have a
tail anymore since it would be an unnecessary appendage. They ARE
vegetarians, not meat eaters. They eat roots among other types of
underground vegetation. The Reptoids, to me, look more like dragons
but then maybe it was a Draco I
saw! Maybe the Draconians are from the Reptoid race. But then I
am guessing and that is not a good thing when one is trying to
present facts! So let's stick to what I DO know!
All I know for sure is that the Reptilians are not that bad to
look at and are intelligent, peaceful (at least King Leo's group
are) and willing to mingle with us at some time in future if we
(and they) can come to a spiritual state of mind where we set aside
judgment, fear, prejudice and see only the inner Light that is the
Go- part of us all! I feel safe in saying we are not a pretty sight
to THEM either! :) And we ARE meat eaters! There are those who even
practice cannibalism! So let's not judge others too quickly just on t
their looks!
There now! I feel much better after correcting that false image I
presented with my crude attempt at describing the appearance of the
Reptilians!
Blessings & joy
el-ie

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Subj: A message from King Leo
Date: 8/21/99
From: M
Hello Ellie,
FASCINATING!!! Until just recently, maybe a year or so ago, I had
never heard of reptiles as being anything but what we have always
thought. But LATELY I keep hearing about them in regards to aliens.
They are mentioned in Barbara Hand Clow's work, as well as Barbara
Marciniak's. I too have seen reference to them in John Winston's
work.
SOOOO... I for one, feel we are ready to at least accept the idea.
Which is the first step. My what a BIG universe this is!
I thank you for sharing. Thank J-yDLight as well, and bless her.
I will listen to my tapes (I use books on tape a lot while making
rugs...this way I can get two things done at once) again for more
insight. Upon each listening, I get more and more meaning BUT to
be honest the reptilian part perplexes me.
They are called "Lizzies" in the Barbara Marciniack tapes. I
can't understand...but maybe I'll gain new knowledge with this
sharing from Jo-DLight and you Ell-e. Do you have a feel for this?
Are maybe the Pleiadians reptiles too? On one tape it says the
Cosmos are full of what we would term animal looking beings of all
kinds.
Love to you E-lie girl.
K

...............

xxx
Hi K
Great to hear from you, hon! And so far, the responses to the
message have not been negative ones! Whew!
There are many different looking lifeforms (aliens) on my father's
ship. He said if you recall the bar scene in Star Wars - if you saw
that movie - that would give a sort of idea of what kind of beings
are on our ship.
Ambassadors from all planets from all over the universe! They
came with our ship to be here to represent their people when we
have contact and reunion.
The past information and discussions have been mostly negative
regarding the Reptilians. I don't know if they are the same as what
has been called Reptoids! I have a feeling they are two different
ra-es - however similar in some ways in appearance.
SOOOO... I for one, feel we are ready to at least accept the idea.
Which is the first step. My what a BIG universe this is!
Our planet is but one tiny speck of sand on the vast beach of
creation!
I thank you for sharing. Thank J-yDLight as well, and bless her.
Thank YOU for "listening" with an open mind and heart! I will
pass your words on to Jo-!
Upon each listening, I get more and more meaning BUT to be
honest the reptilian part perplexes me. They are called "Lizzies"
in the Barbara Marciniak's tapes. I can't understand...but maybe
I'll gain new knowledge with this sharing from Jo-DLight and
you El-ie.
Possibly they are a different r-ce - the Lizzies. I'll see if I
can find out from King Leo through Jo- sometime in future.
Do you have a feel for this? Are maybe the Pleiadians reptiles
too? On one tape it says the Cosmos are full of what we would
term animal looking beings of all kinds.
Are you asking if the Pleiadians are reptiles? Heavens no! They
are human like us! Only more advanced - live longer, stay young
longer, have learned to live in peace and harmony but there ARE
some renegade Pleiadians - negative ones - just as there are in
any ra-e!
And there are aliens who look like insects (praying mantis
type), stick figures (remember the end of Close Encounters of the
Third Kind where the being came out of the ship with really long
skinny arms and legs? And body?), as well as those who look like
members of the bird family. And dolphins and whales ARE alien
beings who never changed their natural form of being! They came
from a watery planet eons ago to help keep the waters of this
planet balanced with their energies and loving maintenance.
Well, thanks for writing, K!
Much love & hugs
e-

It IS time for people of this planet to begin to accept the
possibility that we are not the only ones G-d created! I just had
not considered those who might live underground! I and -oy were
both surprised when she was confronted with this fact!
love
-l
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Subj: A message from King Leo
Date: 8/21/99
From: O
Dear friends.
As I was reading this posting, i was thinking in the words of one
of my masters: "...in Love everything is harmonized..." All the
creatures animated or not come from the same Source, so why can't
we live peacefully, our s-uls are all pure, our external forms may
be different. And as the Bhagavad-Gita says: "The wise sees equal a
man, a saint, a dog and a dogeater... because he sees the s-ul
within..." If the information posted is true, it's a good
sign. All together towards the Infinite Sweetness...
Yours in Love, Service and Light,
O
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Subj: The Down Under
Date: 8/21/99
From: KR
Dear E-lie and Jo-:
I think their coming topside would be a good idea. I don't know
if they can emerge anywhere, and if they speak or are telepathic. I
believe that the right place and time is important. If they came
before the ships, it would give humanity a chance to see how other
beings are possible, another whole specie from our own world.
Can you imagine what a challenge it would be to humanity to try
to teach emotion to another specie? Some of the ET species that
will someday be visiting also have no emotion and want to learn. The
trick is to teach only the higher vibrations of emotion. It wouldn't
be good to teach road-rage to drivers of spaceships!
It is just a suggestion, but there with be an annual Prophet's
Conference in Port Townsend, WA next weekend. If they want to
make contact with peaceful beings, this would be a great place to
make there presence known.
KR
..................

xxx
Hi K!
Thank for your really great response to the King Leo message!
I think their coming topside would be a good idea. I don't know
if they can emerge anywhere, and if they speak or are telepathic.
I don't know where they would emerge either but it seems they must
be under the North American area as King Leo and J-y communicate
easily here - in fact, right under Oklahoma state.
As for the speech, I explained in another post I just sent out
that he sends his words to -oy through thought in his language and
her brain translates it into her language and vice versa. Telepathy.
I believe that the right place and time is important. If they
came before the ships, it would give humanity a chance to see how
other beings are possible, another whole specie from our own world.
Yes, but if that happens, there would be those multitudes who are
totally unprepared - have NO clue we have space brothers - both
extraterrestrial and underground - who are non-human looking so
they would be quick to either ki-l any who take a chance on coming
topside or capture them to dissect them. Right? [grin] The right
time and place IS important, I agree!
Can you imagine what a challenge it would be to humanity to try
to teach emotion to another specie?
Emotion is something we are born with and other species have
chosen to repress totally - they would have to learn to open
those closed doors which would be painful and traumatic to them.
Some of the ET species that will someday be visiting also have no
emotion and want to learn. The trick is to teach only the higher
vibrations of emotion. It wouldn't be good to teach road-rage to
drivers of spaceships!
LOL! I got a BIG laugh out of that last sentence! How true! How
VERY true!
Yes, the ETs who have repressed their emotions will have to
learn how to regain them. My Pleiadian mate says he is beginning
to feel emotion again and he can feel my emotions when I am sad, in
pain, happy, etc. It is very disconcerting at times when I catch
him off guard! :)
It is just a suggestion, but there with be an annual Prophet's
Conference in Port Townsend, WA next weekend. If they want to make
contact with peaceful beings, this would be a great place to make
their presence known.

It is not yet time! That is a very GOOD suggestion! I will pass
it on to King Leo but feel it is just not yet the right divine
time.
Thank you so much for sharing your thoughts with me and showing
you are a truly enlightened, sp-ritual being! I wish all humans
could show the willingness that you do!
Blessings & love
e-lie

John F. Winston

unread,

Mar 28, 2003, 4:50:51 PM3/28/03

Subject: Is Part Of Calif. Floating On The Ocean? Mar. 28, 2003.

Here is some information that states we have water ways that
originate in the ocean and extends back underneath part of Calif. I
once went on a paid tour of Kalimu which is about 14 miles West of
Malibu with a Robert Stanley. From a large hill we were standing on
one could see some distance out into the Pacific ocean and
ultimately see one of the Channel Islands.
Robert said there was an entrance into the channel that goes
underwater at that point and extends approximately under the where
we were. He also said that under certain condition, when the water
was clear this opening could be partially seen, at least that's
what he said if I remember right. Now we go into the material at
hand.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: w
Subject: 7. T H E U N D E R G R O U N D E M P I R E
( People, Remember- Saddam's been digging under Babylon. DD )
In March of 1980, John J. Williams, a New Mexico "Pat-iot" who
published the anti-Com-unist oriented "RE-EL MAGAZINE" (at the time
available from: Consumertronics Co., c/o John J. Williams. Pres.,
2011 Crescent Dr., P.O. Drawer 537., Alamogardo, NM 88310) revealed
some incredible details on an alleged subterranean system which the
Navy had been exploring below the western Uni-ed States. The report
appeared in issue No. 6 of his magazine, and was later reproduced in
the Fall, 1985 (#164) issue of SEARCH Magazine, at the time edited by
Marjorie Palmer, widow of the late Ray Palmer. The article,
titled 'CALIFORNIA FLOATS ON OCEAN?', revealed the following: "Some
time ago, I heard a man on a TV interview-show briefly mention that
parts of California and neighboring states are floating on the
Pacific Ocean! He was a high ranking Na-al officer on a top-secret
nuclear submarine that has been (and is) exploring and mapping these
enormous caverns and passage-ways underneath the West for over 10
years now. "A friend of mine finally tracked the man down. He is now
living quietly in retirement and asked that no details pointing to
him be revealed as he does not want publicity and go-ernment
attention. After writing this article, I destroyed my files on him.
This is his story..." Williams explains that not "all" of the areas
in question are actually "resting" or "floating" on the ocean,
however there are allegedly many subterranean cavities below the
western U.S., and they are not limited to California, and many of
them consist of very large water-filled aqua-systems. These have been
explored via nuc-ear submarines to several hundred miles inland,
particularly in the region of southern California and the southern
Oregon - northern California area. Williams continues: "...When he
retired several years ago, in spite of about 10 years of intensive
Na-al study, the N-vy had not gotten even a handle on their exacts
and dimensions. Today, the story may be different. "He makes the
following statements from his observations: "1. The passageways are
labyrinthine with widths from a few to thousands of feet (caverns),
averaging roughly about a 100 feet. "2. Much like dry caverns do,
heights and depths vary a great deal and in some cases, two or more
caverns or passageways pass over or under each other at different
depths. "3. Most of the entrances lie just off the Continental Shelf
(i.e. in the Continental Slope - Branton). "4. Most of the entrances
are too small for submarine investigation; and many that are large
enough lie in waters that are too deep. "5. Some of the caverns (in
S. California) are topped with oil while some others are filled with
gases believed to approximate our atmosphere (in very ancient
times). "6. The San Joaquin Valley is essentially a portion of the
original cavernous area that collapsed eons ago due to it's sheer
weight. "7. What is being passed off as the 'San Andreas Fault' are
large, unsupported chambers that are in the process of collapsing.
When the BIG ONE finally hits, many scientists in the know believe
that most of California will break off like a cold Hershey bar and
slide into the ocean! (it is postulated by some that an ancient land-
mass which some believe may have been connected to what is now
California, broke off and sunk into the ocean during an ancient
cataclysm - Branton) "8. (We are deleting this section due to the
possibility of undue stress and fear which may result from it's
disclosure. Also, because of recent international events which may
have resulted in a solution to this problem. We will merely state
that it involves a scenario similar to that which was portrayed in a
James Bond movie, and which concerned underground caverns, silicon
valley, nuclear weapons, and the San Andreas fault - Branton). "9. A
WELL-KNOWN U.S. nucle-r submarine lost its way in these passages and
disappeared forever. It was reported to have been lost IN OPEN SEA
ELSEWHERE to keep the American people in total ignorance and to
justify an enormous pay-off to an eccentric U.S. billionaire (who
died in recent years) for providing the fictitious "recovery"
effort. "I have no reason to doubt the man. I can't tell for sure
whether or not these caverns and passageways exist or to their
extents. The story does sound a bit fantastic but I have no reason to
doubt the man. I have seen copies of documentation that at least
prove that he was a high ranking Nav-l officer (nuc-ear submarine
duty) and a distinguished scientist. In fact, his scientific
background and reputation are impeccable. He definitely cannot be
labeled as a crackpot, lunatic or publicity- seeker. I would very
much like more information on this topic..." After further inquiries
to Mr. Williams on the part of 'inner earth' researchers, Williams
responded with the following when asked whether or not he had
received any replies to his request for more information about the
alleged passageways below California: "Since publishing our article
on the vast cavern network under much of California, we have received
many responses and inquiries. Some of these responses appear to be
knowledgeable sources. Note that the material sent to us for this
article was written by someone of very high repute whose credentials
I personally checked out. Due to an agreement with him, I cannot
reveal his identity. "One response was from a retired (conventional
submarine duty? - Branton) submarine commander, who according to him,
spent many years in the waters off California. He stated that the
caverns do NOT exist. "Another response was from an anonymous person
who cited unpublished oil company seismographic data, and
stated, 'Although most of the caverns you depict in your drawing are
smaller, larger or located somewhat differently than the actual
caverns, you are essentially correct... My information is more up-to-
date than what you apparently relied upon.' He (or she) did not
supply any maps to pin down our differences, just some written
descriptions. However, some knowledgeable person could probably
deduce his (or her) overall 'map' from the voluminous seismographic
data sent. I am in the process of looking for this input; it's been
several years now and it may have all been thrown out...
Incidentally, the oil company seismic data had much data round the
Fresno area if that helps any. "One incident which tends to confirm
the fact that California is in fact floating on the ocean was a story
which made the headlines in recent years. This incident involved an
oil discovery beneath Long Beach, California. When oil companies
began pumping oil out of the ground beneath Long Beach it was soon
learned that the entire city BEGAN SINKING INTO THE OCEAN! "It sank
up to 26 feet and dikes had to be built to keep out the water. The
problem is (temporarily) being rectified by 'water injection'--i.e.
pumping an equivalent amount of WATER into the ground to the amount
of oil and water taken out, in order to keep the city AFLOAT!" One
thing which may be of interest in connection with Mr. Williams'
account was a statement which was made by a prominent California
Bigfoot investigator by the name of Virginia Louise Swanson, who has
done a good deal of study on caves and their connections to the
Bigfoot phenomena. She refers to these caverns in the following
words: "...Somewhere I got the idea that a big portion of Death
Valley is located on a shelf of FALSE bedrock. A certain type of
earthquake would collapse all of it down to an enormous series of
caverns that would open up into another Grand Canyon." According to
our knowledge, the only n-clear submarines ever to disappear under
mysterious circumstances were the U.S.S. THRESHER and the U.S.S.
SCORPION. It is uncertain whether the retired Na-y Officer who John
J. Williams spoke of was referring to the THRESHER or the SCORPION,
although the disappearance of the Thresher probably caused more
publicity. The Thresher was the LEAD SHIP or 'Flag' ship in the
world's most advanced class of nucle-r attack submarines. She was
designed to operate deeper and more silently than any of her
predecessors and was also endowed with significant advances in sonar
equipment, in noise reduction, and in fire-control. All in all, she
was the most advanced international submarine in the world at the
time of her disappearance and would have been an ideal choice for a
top- se-ret mission such as the exploration of the caverns mentioned
by John Williams' source. On April 10, 1963 (according to official
reports) the Thresher, under the command of Lt. Commander John W.
Harvey, USN, with a total of 129 men (comprised of the crew, civilian
technicians, and observers) disappeared without explanation. NOT A
SINGLE TRACE or clue as to the fate of the craft, or it's occupants,
were ever recovered: no oil slicks, radiation, floating debris, or
similar signs of wreckage were ever seen. It is interesting to note
that almost all of the reports at the time stated the ship
had "disappeared," or was "lost," not "sunk!" One woman whose husband
was on the ill-fated ship reported her belief that her husband was
still alive.

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 1, 2003, 1:19:59 AM4/1/03

Subject: Is Part Of Calf. Floating On The Ocean? Mar. 29, 2003.

This part talks about some underground rivers that can be examined
by taking boats down them for up to 27 miles.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Theologically speaking, the possibility of a long-
distance connection or "communion" on a deep, emotional level between
a husband and a wife should not necessarily be consigned to the realm
of the occult or "ps-chic" phenomena. Many re-igions believe that the
very spiritual natures of a husband and a wife are united upon the
consummation of a marriage, and thus they become, as Ch-istian
teachings say, "one flesh". The actual words of this woman, who was
interviewed by Will Carson and Jeannie Joy--two writers devoted to
pursuing strange events--shortly after the Thresher incident, were as
follows: "My husband was on the submarine Thresher when it
disappeared. I don't consider myself a widow. I don't believe my
husband is dead. No, it's not a matter of just not being able to
believe it, to accept reality; I just can't get over the conviction
that he's still alive somewhere. I love my husband very much. I know
he loved--loves me. We were very close. We could always tell when
something was wrong with each other. Intuition, I guess. I should
have felt something the instant there was trouble, if he was really
in serious trouble and knew it--a matter of life and death--but I
didn't." "What do you believe really happened?" Carson and Joy asked
the attractive young woman. "Most people think I'm crazy when I say
this, but I believe the Thresher was captured." "By whom?" "I can't
say for sure, but there WAS a Russian submarine spotted near there
that day (that is, near where it REPORTEDLY vanished 220 miles off
Boston harbor)--only I can't imagine how even the Russians could
CAPTURE a vessel like the Thresher without leaving the slightest
evidence!"
The following account, concerning an area just east of
BISHOP (OWENS VALLEY), CALIFORNIA, was related by Val Valerian in
his 'LEADING EDGE' Newsletter, Dec. 1989 - Jan. 1990 issue. The
article, titled: 'DEEP SPRING'S, CALIFORNIA', stated: "Deep Springs,
California is an area that is becoming known as the site for very
strange events. According to the information released both on the air
on KVEG-AM and from other sources, the area is full of strange people
wandering around in black suits. There have also been rumors that
there is an underground facility in the area. Checking with gravity
anomaly maps proved that there are large cavities under the ground in
that area. The wildest claims relative to the area have stated that
alien lifeforms are being released there... Deep Springs Lake has
been probed and it appears bottomless. Divers have traveled along an
underground river 27 miles toward the Las Vegas area before having to
turn around." (This 'river' would probably have been a 'partially'
water-filled cave with a large stream or river flowing through it,
rather than an entirely underwater passage, since 27 miles would
undoubtedly be entirely out of the question if it were all underwater
travel, with present diving technology - Branton).
In the April, 1963
issue of SEARCH Magazine, Will Carson and Jeannie Joy, in their
regular column 'PRYING INTO THE UNKNOWN', related the following
incredible story: "It has always been a mystery to us in the first
place how Mr. and Mrs. P.E. can find and afford the time to do the
sort of things most of us only dream of doing. After knowing them for
more than fifteen years, it is inconceivable to suspect their
integrity or sanity - and yet they impose the following excise upon
our credulity... "While exploring for petroglyphs in the Casa Diablo
vicinity of BISHOP, CALIFORNIA, Mr. & Mrs. P.E. came upon a circular
hole in the ground, about nine feet in diameter, which exuded a
sulfurous steam and seemed recently to have been filled with hot
water. A few feet from the surface the shaft took a tangent course
which looked easily accessible and, upon an impulse with which we
cannot sympathize, the dauntless E.'s, armed only with a flashlight,
forthwith crawled down into that hole. "At a depth we've failed to
record the oblique tunnel opened into a horizontal corridor whose
dripping walls, now encrusted with minerals, could only have been
carved by human hands, countless ages ago - of this the E.'s felt
certain. The end of the short passage was blocked by what seemed to
be a huge doorway of solid rock which, however, wouldn't yield. The
light of their flash was turned to a corner where water dripped from
a protuberance - which proved to be a delicately carved face,
distorted now by the crystallized minerals, and from whose gaping
mouth water issued. "As Mr. and Mrs. E. stood there in silent awe -
wondering what lay behind that immovable door - the strangest thing
of all happened...but our chronology will not be incorrect if we wait
till they return to the surface before revealing this, for now the
water began gushing from the carved mouth and from other unseen ducts
elsewhere in that cave and rising at an alarming rate! "They hurried
to the surface, and in less than half an hour there was only a quite
ordinary appearing pool of warm mineral water on the desert
floor. "'Do you know,' Mrs. E. said to her husband, 'while I stood
down there I heard music - the strangest, most weird music I'd ever
heard. But it seemed to come from everywhere at once, or inside my
own head. I guess it was just my imagination.' "Mr. E. turned
pale. 'My G-d,' he said; I thought it was MY imagination, but I heard
it, too - like music from some other world!' "Why do they call that
rock formation near where the E's had their strange experience Casa
Diablo - the D-vil's house? And why did the Indians name that area
Inyo - dwelling place of the great sp-rit?"
Erich A. Aggen, Jr., in
his article 'TOP S-CRET: ALIEN UFO BASES' (SEARCH Magazine, Summer
1991 issue), presented the following revelations concerning the UFO-
Subterranean connection: "...A great deal of UFO research has also
led to the conclusion that various...species of aliens have set up
sec-et underground bases in the Un-ted States and other countries. It
is logical to assume that such bases have also been established
elsewhere in the solar system. If such bases exist, where would we
find them? Existing information allows us to make a few educated
guesses.
"EARTH BASES: UNDERGROUND - The dark, cavernous world
beneath out feet is the source of many baffling mysteries.
Clandestine UFO bases may be hidden deep within the earth in natural
and/or artificial caverns. As a former member of the National
Speleological Society (NSS), I am well aware of the vast extent of
cave systems within the U-ited States. In my own native state of
Missouri, for example, there are over 2,500 known caves and dozens of
new ones being discovered every year. Many of these caves are
intricately linked together by numerous passageways and
interconnecting chambers. "One particular species of blind white
(albino) cave fish, the TYPHLICHTHYS, has been found in many widely
separated cave systems over several states. It has been found in
caves that make a great arc through Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois and
UNDER the Mississippi River extending into Missouri, Arkansas, and
Oklahoma! A VAST SECTION OF THE CENTRAL AND SOUTHERN UNI-ED STATES
MUST LIE ABOVE ONE IMMENSE CAVERN SYSTEM! "Many caves possess rooms
hundreds of feet in length, width, and height. In most cases, these
huge natural caverns can only be reached and explored with the utmost
skill and perseverance. There are only a few thousand NSS members in
the Unit-d States and only a few hundred of this number are active
spelunkers. With so few spelunkers spread over such a large area,
only a very small fraction of the tens of thousands of known caves in
this country have been carefully mapped and explored. Thousands of
other caves remain undiscovered and unexplored. "Extensive evidence
indicates that caves in the Un-ted States may be connected with caves
in other parts of the world. In Mexico, the cave known as 'Sotano de
las Golondrinas', (or) basement of the swallows, in the Municipio de
Aquismo, S.L.P., reaches a depth of 1100 feet (334 meters). The cave
is actually a giant 'sinkhole' or 'hole' in the ground with a nearly
circular opening at the top, hundreds of feet in diameter. It is
impossible to climb down the sides of Golondrinas because the walls
of the opening are too smooth and "belled-out". To reach the bottom
of the cave, a special rope over 1100 feet long must be secured at
the top of the opening and dropped into the sinkhole. Explorers must
then descend into the yawning hole one at a time using special cave
repelling gear and climbing techniques. At the bottom of Sotano de
las Golondrinas are numerous 'leads' or openings to a multiplicity of
different crevices, passages, crawlways, and rooms which have never
been mapped or investigated. "The entrance to Golondrinas is located
in one of the most primitive and uncivilized areas of Mexico and
local inhabitants are afraid to approach the cave because they
believe it is full of 'e-il spi-its' which lure people to their
deaths. They tell stories of people mysteriously disappearing never
to be heard from again while passing near the cave entrance. These
stories may be based more on fact than fiction: they are similar in
some respects to UFO abduction reports. Because of its huge size,
remote location, and unique geological structure, Golondrinas would
be an ideal UFO base. Naturally camouflaged caves in other parts of
the world may serve as excellent natural bases, way stations,
and 'depots' for UFOs.

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 1, 2003, 1:25:52 AM4/1/03

Subject: Is Calif. Floating On The Ocean? Part 3. Mar. 31, 2003.

Here are a few things that have been happening to me lately.
About Thursday of a week ago they took my picture down at the Museum
while I was checking out some mastodon bones and put it in the paper.
This covered a complete page. Many people didn't realize it was me
because I had dressed up and looked like a professor.
During part time for the last month I have also been checking out
information about the deep hole in or near Yosimite National Park
and also the place where the Indians had hidden some guns behind
Bridle Falls in Yosimite, ( I was originally told that it was
Yosimite Falls).
While checking out the deep hole in Yosimite a Forest Ranger
suggested that I may be looking for in a cave called Bower Cave.
I was given the general directions to this cave and went out there
one day just on the spur of the moment.

The name of the cave is Bower Cave and roughly 100 years ago there
was a dance hall out there, inside of the cave. This place is West
of Coulterville, Calif. It is right next to the Merced River. As
you go down into the cave there is a normal sized area and then you
find a small amount of water. In the past a relative of the Charles
Linbergh, the flyer who was then going to Stanford University made
an underwater exploration of the cave. His name is or was Charlie
Linbergh. If a person goes into the water to a depth of 8 or more
feet, by using an aqua lung diving device, you can make your way
into a very large cavern. This cavern is very big and contains
stalactites and stalagmites. This large cavern can hold a lot of
people.

It turned out that a friend of mine who was the former Johnnie
Rice had an uncle, who at one time owned the Bower Cave. Art
Linketter the TV. star had a son that died due to drugs and Art
bought some of this area hoping to start a drug relab center.
The local government wouldn't let him do that. Sometime during
this time some hunters got into this larger cave and shot up the
stalactites and S-mite with high power guns so the go-ernment
wouldn't let any one go into the large cavern any more.

I then suggested to the people telling me about this the fact
that a person could dig a hole under the 8 feet deep ledge
separation the chamber and put a pipe going to the outside river
and they would have a nearly unlimited supply of water. I was
told that the people who explored this cave had the same idea
but were stopped when the people started destroying the area with
guns.

Last of all the State bought the area and made a park out of it.
They covered the area so you can't get into the cave anymore and
all that is left is a parking lot, a sign, and an opening in the
fence with a small trail though some weeds going towards the
cave. The dance hall is gone as well. They say the water comes
from an area further north-east of the cave by a distance of many
miles. The water level in the cave stays at a given level and
is regulated by where the water table is at that time. The Merced
River doesn't run very much during the dry season as far as I
know and could be supplimented by this water in this cave. The
water coming out of this cave in my opinion would be large enough
to supply a lake like Lake Don Pedro. The Merced river is the
river that goes through Yosimite.

.............

"An underground nuclear test called
the 'Schooner Experiment' conducted in December, 1968, substantiates
the theory that caves in North and South America are intimately
linked. In this test, a 35-kiloton nuclear bomb was exploded under
the desert of Nevada. Five days after the test, the radiation level
rose from 10 to 20 times in Canada, 1000 miles away from the Nevada
test site! The only way the radioactive dust could have traveled that
far is through an interconnected system of caves extending all the
way from Nevada to Canada!" Bourke Lee, in his book 'DEATH VALLEY
MEN' (MacMillan Co., N.Y. 1932), chapter: "Old Gold", describes a
conversation which he had several years ago with a small group of
Death valley residents.
The conversation had eventually turned to the
subject of Paihute Indian legends. At one point two of the men, Jack
and Bill, described their experience with an 'underground city' which
they claimed to have discovered after one of them had fallen through
the bottom of an old mine shaft near Wingate Pass. They found
themselves in a natural underground cavern which they claimed to have
followed about 20 miles north into the heart of the Panamint
Mountains. To their amazement, they allegedly found themselves in an
huge, ancient, underground cavern city. They claimed that they
discovered within the city several perfectly preserved 'mummies',
which wore thick arm bands, wielded gold spears, etc. The city had
apparently been abandoned for ages, except for the mummies, and the
entire underground system looked very ancient. It was formerly lit,
they found out by accident, by an ingenious system of lights fed by
subterranean gases. They claimed to have seen a large,
polished "round table" which looked as if it may have been part of an
ancient council chamber, giant statues of solid gold, stone vaults
and "drawers" full of gold bars and gemstones of all kinds, heavy
stone "wheelbarrows" which were perfectly balanced and scientifically-
constructed so that a child could use them, huge stone doors which
were almost perfectly balanced by counter-weights, and other
incredible sights. They also claimed to have followed the caverns
upwards to a higher level which ultimately opened out onto the face
of the Panamints, about half-way up the eastern slope, in the form of
a few ancient tunnel-like quays. They realized that the valley below
was once under water and they eventually came to the conclusion that
the arched openings were ancient 'docks' for sea vessels. They could
allegedly see Furnace Creek Ranch and Wash far below them. They told
Bourke Lee that they had brought some of the treasure out of the
caverns and tried to set up a deal with certain people, including
scientists associated with the Smithsonian Institute, in order to
gain help to explore and publicize the city as one of the 'wonders of
the world'. These efforts ended in disappointment however when
a 'friend' of theirs stole the treasure (which was also the evidence)
and they were scoffed at and rejected by the scientists when they
went to show them the 'mine' entrance and could not find it. A recent
cloud- burst, they claimed, had altered and rearranged the entire
countryside and the landscape did not look like it had been before.
When Lee last heard from the two men, Bill and Jack, they were
preparing to climb the east face of the Panamints to locate the
ancient tunnel openings or quays high up the side of the steep slope.
Bourke Lee never did see or hear from his friends ever again. During
the lengthy conversation wherein they first revealed the secret of
the underground city to Lee and others, the discussion turned to the
topic of a Paihute Indian legend that they had heard which was
remarkably similar to an ancient Grecian myth. The Paihute legend
concerned a tribal chief whose wife had died, and who according to
the tradition took a spi-itual journey to the underworld to find her,
and upon returning with her he 'looked back' and as this was
forbidden he was not allowed to bring his wife back with him from the
dead. This would not be the same as the more tangible story related
in an earlier file, as told by the Navaho Oga-Make, concerning a
Paihute chief who was allegedly PHYSICALLY taken into the underground
cities of the Hav-musuvs deep below the Panamints. After this legend
was referred to, the conversation turned to a discussion of an
alleged subterranean race, who were believed to inhabit very deep
caverns far below the Death Valley area. Paihute legends of the "Hav-
musuvs" indicate that these ancient dwellers of the Panamints
abandoned the ancient city within the mountain itself and migrated to
deeper and larger caverns below. Could the following story tie-in
with the Paihute legends of the Hav-musuvs? We will enter the
conversation with the following discourse from Bourke Lee: "...The
professor and Jack and Bill sat in the little canvas house in
Emigrant Canyon and heard the legend all the way through. The
professor said, 'That story, in its essentials, is the story of
Orpheus and Eurydice.' "'Yes,' I said. 'It's also a Paiute legend.
musuvs" indicate that these ancient dwellers of the Panamints
abandoned the ancient city within the mountain itself and migrated to
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Some Indians told that legend to John Wesley Powell in the
sixties.' "'That's very interesting,' said the professor. 'It's so
close a parallel to Orpheus and Eurydice that the story might well
have been lifted bodily from the Greeks.' "Jack said, 'I wouldn't be
surprised. I knew a Greek. I forgot his name, but he ran a restaurant
in almost every mining town I ever was in. He was an extensive
wanderer. The Greeks are great travelers.' "Bill said, 'They don't
mean restaurant Greeks. The Greeks they're talked about have been
dead for thousands of years.' "'What of it?' asked Jack, 'maybe the
early Greeks was great travelers, too.' "The professor said, 'It's
very interesting.' "'Now! About that tunnel,' said Bill, with his
forehead wrapped in a frown. 'You said this Indian went through a
tunnel into a strange country, didn't you?' "'Yes,' I said. 'I think
I called it a cave or a cavern, but I suppose a miner would call it a
tunnel. Why?' "'Here's a funny thing,' said Bill. 'This Indian
trapper livin' right across the canyon has a story about a tunnel, an
it's not a thousand years old either. Tom Wilson told me that his
grandfather went through this tunnel and disappeared. He was gone
three years, an when he came back he said he'd been in a strange
country livin' among strange people. That tunnel is supposed to be
somewhere in the Panamints not awful far from where we're sittin'.
Now! What do you make of that?' "Jack said, 'I think Tom's
grandfather was an awful liar.' "I said, 'Tom's grandfather lived
when the Paiutes were keeping their tribal lore alive. He probably
knew the old legend. Powell heard it in Nevada only sixty-five years
ago.' "'It's very interesting,' said the professor. "'I got an idea
about it,' said Bill, thoughtfully. 'Tom's grandfather might have
wandered into some tunnel all goofy from chewin' jimson weed and then
come out an found some early whi-es an stayed with them.

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 3, 2003, 10:17:26 AM4/3/03

Subject: If It's In The Newspaper Then It Must Be True.
April 1, 2002.

That statement may have been true many years ago but It may not
be true now.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: H
Subject: Why I don't believe our news media
This came to me without a source.
From the mouths of those who were fired for wanting to tell the
Truth to the people.
Into the Buzzsaw
Leading Journalists Expose the Myth of a Free Press
The following are excerpts from the fascinating accounts of 18
award-winning journalists in the book INTO THE BUZZSAW, edited by
Kristina Borjesson. All of these writers were prevented by
corporate media ownership from reporting major, incredibly revealing
news! Some were even fired or laid off! These journalists have
won numerous awards, including several Emmies and a Pulitzer Award.
If we want to make our world a better place, it's vitally important
that we spread this news across the land.
Jane Akrehas -- F-x News reporter.
After our struggle to air an honest report, Fo- fired
the general manager [of our station]. The new GM explained
that if we didn't agree to changes that the lawyers were insisting
upon, we'd be fired for insubordination within 48 hours! We
pleaded with [him] to look at the facts we'd uncovered. His reply:
"We paid $3 billion dollars for these TV stations! We'll tell
you what the news is! The news is what we say it is! " [After
we refused,] -ox's general manager presented us an agreement that
would give us a full year of our salaries, and benefits worth
close to $200,000 in "consulting jobs", but with strings attached:
no mention of how F-x covered up the story and no opportunity to
ever expose the facts! [After declining] we were fired.
P. 43-45, 49
Kristina Borjesson -- C-S reporter, Emmy award winner.
Pierre Salinger announced to the world on Nov. 8, 1996, that
he'd received documents proving that a US Navy missile had
accidentally downed [TWA flight 800]. That same day, F-I's Jim
Kal-strom called a press conference. A man raised his hand and
asked why the navy was involved in the recovery and investigation
while a possible suspect. "Remove him!" [Kall-trom] yelled. Two men
leapt over to the questioner and grabbed him by the arm! There was
a momentary chill in the air after the guy had been dragged out of
the room. Kalls-rom and entourage acted as if nothing had happened.
P. 110, 111
Philip Weiss -- writer for New York Times Magazine.
James Kallstr-m, then of the -BI, said vehemently at a press
conference that every boat in the area of the [TWA flight 800]
crash had been identified. Subsequently, gov-rnment radar data was
released showing that the boat closest to the crash had never been
identified and sped away at more than thirty knots an hour.
K-llstrom was later fired by CB-!
P. 186
April Oliver -- C-N reporter. CN- was a willing accomplice in
[the] campaign to crush the [Tailwind] story. -NN management ran at
the first sign of heat. The heat included everyone from Henry
Kissinger and Colin Powell to Special Forces veterans! My
co-producer and I were fired. We were branded journalistic felons!
C-N's goal, in the words of one manager, "k-ll this thing, drive a
stake through its heart and bury it."
P. 217, 218
Greg Pa-ast -- Reporter for B-C. In the months leading up to the
November [2000] balloting, Governor J-b Bu-h ordered elections
supervisors to purge 58,000 voters on the grounds they were felons
not entitled to vote. As it turns out, only a handful of these
voters were felon! This extraordinary news ran on page one of the
country's leading paper. Unfortunately, it was in the wrong country:
Britain. In the U-A, it was not covered. The office of the governor
[also] illegally ordered the removal of felons from the voter rolls
-- real felons -- but with the right to vote under Florida law. As
a result, 50,000 of these voters could not vote. The fact that 90%
of these voters were Dem-crats should have made it news because this
alone more than accounted for B-sh's victory.
P. 65, 66
Monika Jensen-Ste-enson -- Emmy-winning producer for 60 minutes!
Robert R. Gar-ood -- 14 years a prisoner of the Vietnamese, was
found guilty in the longest court-martial in US history. At the end
of the court-martial, there seemed no question that Garw-od was a
monstrous tra-tor. In 1985, Garwoo- was speaking publicly about
something that had never made the news during his court-martial.
He knew of other American prisoners in Vietnam long after the w-r
was over. He was supported by Vietnam veterans whose war records
were impeccable. My sources included outstanding experts like former
head of the Defense Int-lligence Agency General Ti-he and Captain
McD-niel, who held the Navy's top award for bravery. With such
advocates, it was hard not to consider the possibility that
prisoners (some 3,500) had in fact been kept by the Vietnamese as
hostages to make sure the US would pay the more than $3 billion in
wa- reparations! [After the -ar] American POWs had become worthless
pawns! The US had not paid the promised monies and had no intention
of paying in the future.
P. 225, 226, 233
Michael Le-ine -- 25-year veteran of D-A, writer for New Yor Times,
Los Angeles Times, and USA Today. The Chang Mai "factory" that the
CI- prevented me from destroying was the source of massive amounts
of her-in being smuggled into the US in the bodies and body bags of
GIs ki-led in Vietnam. Case after case was ki-led by C-A and State
Depar-ment intervention and there wasn't a thing we could do about
it. In 1980, C-A-recruited mercenaries and dr-g traffickers unseated
Bol-via's democratically elected president. Boli-ia [was] the source
of virtually 100% of the cocaine entering the US.
Immediately after the coup, coc-ine production increased
massively. This was the beginning of the crack "pl-gue". The
CI- along with State and Jus-ice departments had to protect their
drug-dealing assets by destroying a -EA investigation.
How do I know? I was the inside source!. I sat down at my desk
in the embassy and wrote evidence of my charge! I addressed it to
News-eek. Three weeks later -EA's internal security [called] to
notify me that I was under investigation!
The highlight of the 60 Mi-utes piece is when the administrator
of the D-A Federal Judge Robert Bo-ner, tells Mike Wallace, "There
is no other way to put it, Mike, [what the CI- did] is drug
smuggling. It's illegal."
P. 264-268, 271, 289
Gary Webb -- San Jose Mercury News writer, Pulitzer Prize winner.
In 1996, I wrote a series of stories that began this way: For the
better part of a decade, a Bay Area d-ug ring sold tons of co-caine
to the Cr-ps and Bl-ods gangs of LA and funneled millions in dr-g
profits to a guerilla army run by the -IA.
The co-aine that flooded in helped spark a cr-ck explosion in
urban America! The story was developing a momentum all of its own
despite a virtual news blackout from the major media.
Ultimately, it was public pressure that forced the national
newspapers into the fray. The Washington Post, the New York Times,
and the Los Angeles Times published stories, but spent little time
exploring the -IA's activities! Instead, my reporting and I became
the focus of their scrutiny. It was remarkable [Mercury News
editor] Ce-pos wrote, that the four Post reporters assigned to
debunk the series "could not find a single significant factual
error." The Mercury News [due to intense -IA pressure eventually]
backed away from the story, publishing a long column by Ce-pos
apologizing for "shortcomings" in the series! The New York Times
hailed Ce-pos and splashed his apology on their front page, the
first time the series had ever been mentioned there. I quit the
Mercury News not long after that! Do we have a free press today?
Sure. It's free to report all the s-x scandals, all the stock
market news, [and] every new health fad that comes down the pike.
B*ut when it comes to the real down and dirty stuff -- such stories
are not even open for discussion.
P. 297, 303-310
John Kelly -- author, A-C producer. AB- hired me to help produce a
story about an investment firm that was heavily involved with the
C-A. Part of the A-C report charged that the CI- had plotted to
assassinate an American, Ron Rew-ld, the president of [the investment
firm]. Scott B-rnes said on camera that the -IA had asked him to
k-ll Rewald. After the show aired, CI- officials met with A-C
executive David Bu-ke, [who] was sufficiently impressed "by the
vigor with which they made their case" to order an on-air
"clarification." But that was not enough. [-IA Director] Ca-ey
called AB- Chairman Gol-enson. [Thus] despite all the documented
evidence presented in the program, Peter Jennings reported that -BC
could no longer substantiate the charges! That same day, the
C-A filed a formal complaint with the F-C charging that AB- had
"deliberately distorted" the news! In the complaint, Case- asked
that -BC be stripped of its TV and radio Licenses! During this
time, Capital Ci-ies Communications was maneuvering to buy A-C.
[CI- Director] Ca-ey was one of the founders of Cap Ci-ies! Cap
Cit-es bought A-C.
Within months, the entire investigative unit was dispersed.
P. 326-329
Robert Mc-hesney -- 500 radio & TV appearances. [There has
been] striking consolidation of the media from hundreds of firms
to an industry dominated by less than ten enormous transnational
conglomerates! The largest ten media firms own all US TV networks,
most TV stations, all major film studios, all major music companies,
nearly all cable TV channels, much of the book and magazine
publishing [industry], and much, much more. Expensive investigative
journalism -- especially that which goes after powerful corporate
interests -- is discouraged. Largely irrelevant human
interest/tragedy stories get extensive coverage. A few weeks after
the -ar began in Afghanistan, -NN president Isa-cson authorized
C-N to provide two different versions of the w-r: a more critical
one for the global audience and a sugarcoated one for Americans!
It is nearly impossible to conceive of a better world without
some changes in the media status quo. We have no time to waste.
P. 371-373, 380, 381
_____________
Harvey Fl-tbush
ha...@iomet.com
on 03/30/2003

unread,

Apr 9, 2003, 1:44:47 AM4/9/03

Subject: Do We Still Use Depleated Uranium? April 8, 2003.

From: a
Subject: WHAT WE DON'T KNOW ABOUT THIS WAR
by JON RAPPOPORT
---an open letter to Christopher Hitchens, Bill O'Reilly, Sean
Hannity, Sean Penn, Susan Sarandon, Martin Sheen, the VFW, Ted
Turner, David Hackworth, Madonna, Michael Moore, Robert Byrd, Rush
Limbaugh, Dan Rather, Richard Perle, Ariel Sharon, the Pope, David
Rockefeller, Amnesty International, and the King of Siam--- ( JW
Be sure and send it to Chicken Little also. She'll know what to do
about this. I screamed about this depleated uranium during the
last Gulf War but not too many people listened, they are still
using it. This is very negative information. So if you don't care
for that sort of thing please don't read the following.)

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

April 7. Yesterday, in an attempt to find out more about the death
of NBC reporter, David Bloom, I spoke with the former head of the
Pen-agon Depleted Uranium Investigation Team, Dr. Doug Rokke. Rokke
was the man who went to Iraq a decade ago on a mission to report on
depleted uranium (DU). What he found was so horrifying the Pentagon
scuttled his work and tried to make him an invisible man.
Rokke suffered uranium poisoning himself. But his medical records,
and those, of who knows how many thousands of other soldiers, do not
reflect that.

History has been suppressed, has been re-written.

Our conversation began with me asking Rokke if he thought that the
announced cause of David Bloom's death, pulmonary embolism, could
have resulted from DU.
But Rokke stopped me short. He said, "This was the diagnosis they
immediately gave out? I don't see how. You can't diagnose that from
the battlefield. You really need an autopsy to discover whether
that's the cause .."
Which opened up new questions.
Rokke began to talk about conditions in the Gulf now.
He said that the PR about the US limiting civilian casualties is
absurd, because, for example, the Pent-gon admits to losing 700
cruise missiles that have been fired at Baghdad in the current
campaign. In other words, those missiles strayed off course and no
one really knows where they landed and exploded. "700 missiles,
each one loaded with DU, is 700,000 pounds of explosives," he said.
700,000 pounds of explosives going off, spreading ca-cer-causing
uranium in all directions.
Rokke then informed me that, since 1990, and up to the beginning
of Gulf War 2, some 260,000 US soldiers have been granted
disability. 10,000 have died.
I'm relaying these facts to you in a sober way, but of course I
was staggered as Rokke talked. He painted a picture of the Iraqi
landscape as a toxic soup. DU, yes. But also many other toxins,
because as he explained, when bombs and missiles rip up ANY
material that is composite or synthetic, like plastics, you get
all sorts of poisonous byproducts.
And that, for example, is what happened at the WTC on 9/11. Rokke
said, "I trained a lot of those first health responders. They're
dead now."
Rokke, over the years, together with colleagues, has issued
report after report describing what, in essence, are the inevitable
consequences of modern warfare as it is carried out. A lingering
toxic landscape that ki-ls over time.
When Rokke was in the Gulf a decade ago, one of his fears was
confirmed: the masks worn to protect against DU don't work. They
can't filter out the smallest and deadliest particles of uranium.
We could taste the stuff [uranium]," he said.
Rokke states that the P-ntagon is completely aware of the dangers
to US solders and combatants, and just doesn't care.
I asked him why DU is used in projectile shells and missiles.
He told me it was because uranium is so dense the weight of impact
on a target causes a lot more damage. And, he said, these shells
are not merely coated or tipped with uranium, as some Pen-agon
people have stated. They are packed with it.
Rokke likened the situation to having uranium rods in your
backyard.
He went on to explain that the PB pills US soldiers have been
taking, as protection against nerve gas, are themselves nerve
agents. If taken immediately before a nerve-gas attack---and then
followed up with two other medicines---the soldier might get
protection from nerve gas. But the PB pills are being swallowed
long in advance of any possible contact with nerve gas. In essence,
soldiers are getting "nerve gas" attacks FROM THE POISON PILLS.
Rokke mentioned a number of sites around the world---Afghanistan
and the former Yugoslavia, and places in the US---where DU is a
major problem right now.
By this point in our conversation, Rokke was piecing together an
emerging picture of modern wa- as both mu-der and suicide.
He predicted the consequences of the Iraq -ar are going to be
worse than Gulf War 1.
Worse, in terms of damage and death to US troops and the Iraqi
people. I hung up the phone stunned. I can only ask that you get
this information out to as many people as possible.
To give the widest possible benefit of the doubt to mainstream news
reporters, THEY JUST DON'T KNOW. They have no idea what they are
supporting when they allow the picture of this w-r to be painted as
a careful and controlled campaign. All those maps and arrows and
targets---they need to be enveloped in a cloud of MULTIPLE POISONS.
Then we would have some concept of what is really going on---and
what is going to happen when it's over.
Rokke mentioned that, between Gulf War 1 and the start of Gulf 2,
the Iraqis tried to build new water treatment facilities in Basra.
To clean up their horrible, illness-causing contaminated water.
Each time they tried, he said, those emerging facilities were
destroyed...
What is happening in the Gulf is not merely the result of
ignorance. It is not only depraved indifference. It is a plan to
depopulate and destroy. US soldiers will be sacrificed, in huge
numbers, to forward the larger goal.

The depopulation and debilitation of Iraq.

Yet, the news networks still display that graphic: OPERATION
IRAQI FREEDOM.
And DO- spokesmen keep saying the protection of the Iraqi oil
fields is being done to preserve "the future wealth of the Iraqi
people." That sick joke takes on a new and very ominous meaning.
If 260,000 US vets now on disability from Gulf 1 can be hidden from
the stup-fied American people, what else can be hidden, here and
in Iraq, in the coming months and years? How many cases of can-er?
How many birth defects? How many kidney and liver failures? How
many immune-system destructions? How many American families who
support their children now doing time in the Gulf will later watch
those sons and daughters waste away, while the Pent-gon claims
it's all post-traumatic stress?
How far do all the toxic clouds drift? How many cases of illness
are being misdiagnosed as the result of germs?
We are in a time of madness. I can't fault prayer or the
distractions of television or even the desperate accoutrements of
so-called pat-iotism. But somehow we have to live beyond cliches
and summon up the outrage equal to the destruction. Equal to the
moment.
The wretched ha-rless generals are striding through the Pe-tagon
thinking they are on a course of victory, thinking whatever they
have to think to avoid the truth that is chasing them like a snake.
Let the cardboard floors of lies give way and collapse. Let the
voices of the intelligent pro-war advocates incorporate this news.
Let them, finally, arrive at a further shore of conscience that
compels them to take a stand.
They are viewing old images, they are seeing a fantasy of -ar,
they are imagining situations that no longer exist.
W-r is now different. It is a sword you always fall on.
WAKE UP.
JON RAPPOPORT www.nomorefakenews.com
http://www.nomorefakenews.com

JW Let me state that I'm proud of our military people who are in
the fight against Iraq. I'm a veteran myself and served in the US
Navy. They are doing the best that they know how.
_________________________________________
Illusions Mailing List
illu...@lists.beyond-the-illusion.com
http://lists.beyond-the-illusion.com/mailman/listinfo/illusions

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 9, 2003, 1:49:17 AM4/9/03

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 9, 2003, 1:53:37 AM4/9/03

Do We Still Use Depleted Uranium? Correction.
Dear Folks: I should not have posted this material twice.
John Winston.

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 11, 2003, 2:12:29 AM4/11/03

Subject: Are Parts Of Calif. Floating On The Ocean? Part 8.
April 10, 2003.

This part mentions a little bit about my favorite subject, The
Telsians Of Mt. Shasta. Telos is the city inside of Mt. Shasta
not more than 12 miles from my property on the sides of The
Mountain.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

I have experienced
some strange things going on with my body lately and I find myself
feeling compelled to do certain things--especially like going to
certain locations; most recently all the way to Arizona! I do not
wish to continue living like I have been for the past four years
(Note: she also explained that the controllers motivated her into
studying "Zen Buddhism" at the age of 12, and at age 20 she had come
to the point of advanced Zen meditation. Could this be an attempt on
the part of the controllers to put her into a semi-tranced state in
which she could via the implant be all-the-easier influenced
mentally? Many occult lodges attempt to get the "initiate" to
surrender to certain spiritual entities by teaching them a form
of "meditation" which involves "blanking out" the mind. As they say,
nature hates a vacuum, and if a human surrenders control of their own
mind and thoughts, some "thing" else will take control -
Branton) "...I have called all over the country and found support
groups, but none in my area. I even asked Mr. Budd Hopkins if he
would see me, but he became rather unenthusiastic when I insisted
there were human beings in my memories (he does not believe there are
humans involved/working with 'aliens'). He promised to put me in
touch with 'his people' working in San Francisco, but as of yet... I
have not heard from him. "I don't mean to complain, but I guess I
just wanted to convey my level of frustration. "...You mentioned in
your talk a woman researcher in Hawaii (you did not say her name) who
claims to have had success in locating and deactivating these various
implants. You mentioned she had some kind of instrument available
that could detect these things. I would greatly appreciate it if you
could tell me how to get in touch with her. If you could send me her
name and address or phone number or the name and address of anybody
you think might be able to help me at any level. If you know anyone
in my area who works with people like me... I would also appreciate
their name(s). You mentioned that in England they have extracted some
implants, do you know who and where? I feel as though I've been
brainwashed and need to be 'de-programmed' but I can't seem to
convince anybody that any of this really happened....well I did
convince one person, unfortunately he's an optometrist. I guess I
find that to be really funny, but I'm not sure why. "I am willing to
go anywhere inside or outside of the country. I do not have a lot of
money, but I do have some resources available to me..."
Unfortunately, this woman is not the only one in this desperate
situation.
Who out there has the compassion and the means to help
these poor people? If your out there, we ENCOURAGE you to use your
talents to help these victims and, if possible, aid them in removing
the mind-manipulating implants which have been used by the 'aliens'
as thought-control mechanisms used, no doubt, as part of their
overall strategy of manipulation, subversion and infiltration of the
human r-ce.
At this point we will return to the main theme of this File, the
relatively 'benevolent' human societies living and operating within
the interior realms below the surface of the earth.
Below central Asia there is said to exist one of the largest and
most ancient human subterranean societies in the world. All in all,
this society which has been referred to by many as 'Agharta' or
'Agharti' consists of humans, most of whom have no real enmity
towards those on the surface, other than 'their' desire to protect
their world from intrusion from undesirables. Although, as in most
other civilizations in the world, small groups of 'renegades' may
exist among them who may be tied into the MIB-Reptilian scenario;
but for the most part the inhabitants of this realm are believed
to be relatively friendly In fact, according to one source this
civilization was founded upon conflict with the serpent race or
'Lizard' beings, who were allegedly driven from those particular
caverns when the ancestors of the present Aghartians or SOME of the
present inhabitants of Agharti encountered them. This ancient 'w-r'
was believed to have taken place after their ancestors, who at
one time lived on the surface, first discovered this ancient
underground realm and the malevolent influences of the serpent
rac-s which had for ages been manipulating the minds of people on
the surface via 'wit-hcraft.' Also, many of the cavern
civilizations in the western hemisphere are believed to be allied
with the Aghartians, the Telosians of Mt. Shasta being included as
one of the North American sub-colonies allegedly tied in with the
Agharti network. Perhaps the most complete descriptions of this
underground realm come from the two travelers Ferdinand Ossendowski
and Nicholas Roerich. To begin, we will quote from Ossendowski's
writings as they appear in his book 'BEASTS, MEN AND G-DS' (1922.
E.P. Dutton & Co., N.Y.). Quoting from the chapter 'THE SUBTERRANEAN
KINGDOM' (pp. 300-311) we read: "...On my journey into Central
Asia I came to know for the first time about the 'Mystery of
Mysteries,' which I can call by no other name. At the outset I did
not pay much attention to it and did not attach to it such
importance as I afterwards realized belonged to it, when I had
analyzed and connected many sporadic, hazy and often controversial
bits of evidence. "The old people on the shore of the river Amyl
related to me an ancient legend to the effect that a certain
Mongolian tribe in their escape from the demands of Genghis Khan
hid themselves in a subterranean country. Afterwards a Soyot from
near the Lake of Nogan Kul showed me the smoking gate that serves
as the entrance to the 'Kingdom of Agharti.' Through this gate a
hunter formerly entered into the Kingdom and, after his return,
began to relate what he had seen there. The Lamas cut out his
tongue in order to prevent him from telling about the Mystery of
Mysteries. When he arrived at old age, he came back to the entrance
of this cave and disappeared into the subterranean kingdom, the
memory of which had ornamented and lightened his nomad heart. "...
The favorite Gelong Lama of Prince Chultun Beyli and the Prince
himself gave me an account of the subterranean kingdom. "'Everything
in the world,' said the Gelong, 'is constantly in a state of change
and transition--peoples, science, re-igions, laws and customs. How
many great empires and brilliant cultures have perished! And that
alone which remains unchanged is E-il, the tool of Bad Spirits. More
than 60,000 years ago a holyman disappeared with a whole tribe of
people under the ground and never appeared again on the surface of
the earth. Many people, however, have since visited this kingdom,
Sakkia Mouni, Undur Gheghen, Paspa, Khan Baber and others. No one
knows where this place is. One says Afghanistan, others India. All
the people there are protected against Ev-l and crimes to not
exist within its bourns.
Science has there developed calmly and nothing is threatened with
destruction. The subterranean people have reached the highest
knowledge..." (Note: The 60,000 year period is probably greatly
exaggerated. According to an American "monk" by the name of Ernest
Dickhoff, as described in his book 'AGHARTA', the human habitation
of this realm was initiated no more than a few thousand years ago,
after the deluge, when an Asian Prince entered with an army of
humans and fought with the Reptilians who had taken possession of
these caverns.
Much activity and growth may have nonetheless taken place within
such an uncontested civilization within the few thousand years
since, according to Dickhoff, it's human habitation. According to
one source, over 20,000,000 persons now reside in Agharti, and
many more on the surface accept it's existence. It is said that an
ancient "library" exists between the surface and Agharti, in
underground vaults to which certain Asian 'initiates' have access.
Below or beyond these vaults, the kingdom itself is said to exist. -
Branton) "Prince Chultun Beyli added: 'This kingdom is Agharti. It
extends throughout all the subterranean passages of the whole world.
I heard a learned Lama of China relating to Bogdo Khan that all the
subterranean caves of America are inhabited by the ancient people
who have disappeared underground. Traces of them are still found
on the surface of the land. These subterranean peoples and spaces
are governed by rulers owing allegiance to the King of the World
...'"
(Note: If the subterranea of America was once MOSTLY inhabited by
humans who migrated there from the surface or other parts of the
inner world, then the fact of the MODERN DAY infiltration of the
saurian or serpent ra-es into the underground of America must
suggest that the major infestation occurred sometime within the last
two or three centuries. The so-named 'King of the World' is
apparently a reference to the present leader of the council of
Agharti, which would probably make whoever held such a position the
most influential man in the world, for good or evil. And in fact,
according to former Dulce Base security worker 'Thomas C.', certain
of the U.S. Pr-sidents in the past have held conferences with these
kings of Agharti. A succession of many such 'kings' have allegedly
reigned over this underground realm, most of them probably receiving
more adoration than they deserve and have apparently been regarded
as 'go-s' some of the residents of the subterranean world. This
would not necessarily be the fault of these 'kings', many of whom
according to sources HAVE acknowledged a higher potentate than
themselves and allegedly even pray to Almighty '-od' on behalf of
humanity. Just like the Po-es of Rome or rulers and pre-idents of the
surface nations, these Agharian 'kings' possessed their own
personalities, some being perhaps more suited to reign than others,
but nevertheless should be respected as the elected(?)
representatives of perhaps tens of millions of persons who dwell
within the inner world. The name of one such king, according to one
source, was 'Rigdon Jyepo'.

Part 8.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 13, 2003, 10:59:46 AM4/13/03

Subject: Why Do Bad Things Happen To Good Guys Like Us?
April 12, 2003.

Do you ever get the feeling that a lot of bad things are happening
to Us Good Ole Boys and Girls and wonder why?

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: l
Subject: Multi-D News Congressman McDermott Depleted Uranium Bill
HR 1483
McDERMOTT INTRODUCES DEPLETED URANIUM BILL
March 27, 2003
http://www.house.gov/mcdermott/pr030327.html

Congressman Jim McDermott (D-WA) today introduced legislation
requiring studies on the health and environmental impact of depleted
uranium (DU) munitions, as well as cleanup and mitigation of
depleted uranium contamination at sites within the Uni-ed States
where DU has been used or produced.

McDermott, a medical doctor, has been concerned about this issue
since veterans of the Gulf War started experiencing unexplained
illnesses. His concern deepened, he said, after visiting Iraq,
where Iraqi pediatricians told him that the incidence of severely
deformed infants and childhood can-ers has skyrocketed.

"Depleted uranium is toxic and carcinogenic and it may well be
associated with elevated rates of birth defects in babies born to
those exposed to it," said McDermott. "We had troops coming home
sick after the Gulf War, and depleted uranium may be one of the
factors responsible for that."

Because of its density, the military uses depleted uranium as a
protective shield around tanks. It is also part of munitions like
armor-piercing bullets. Because it tends to spontaneously ignite
upon impact, it is used to cause explosions.

But depleted uranium, a by-product of the uranium enrichment
process, is also linked to grave health concerns because of its
chemical toxicity and low-level radioactivity. When depleted
uranium explodes, soldiers are exposed to DU in the form of
alpha-emitting airborne particles that are inhaled and shrapnel
that gets embedded in the body. They are also exposed through
unprotected contact with equipment.

About 300 metric tons of depleted uranium was used in the Iraq
during the Gulf War, and many citizens of Iraq as well as veterans
of the Gulf War have experienced terrible health problems-many
say as a consequence of depleted uranium. Increased rates of
c-ncers, leukemia, and birth malformations are among the health
problems that may be linked to DU.

The Pent-gon has sent mixed signals about the effects of depleted
uranium, at times claiming DU is not a health hazard, and at other
times acknowledging the need for sophisticated protective gear and
safety training regarding exposure to DU.

"The need for these studies is imperative and immediate," said
McDermott. "We cannot knowingly put the men and women of our armed
forces in harm's way."

The Depleted Uranium Munitions Study Act of 2003 has several
original co-sponsors, including Reps. Charles Rangel (D-N.Y.),
Edward Markey (D-Mass.), John Conyers (D-Mich.), Stephanie Tubbs
Jones (D-Ohio), Barbara Lee (D-Calif.), and Tammy Baldwin (D-Wis.).

Congressman Jim McDermott Contact Information:
http://www.house.gov/mcdermott/contact.html

------------

THE WAR AGAINST OURSELVES
An interview with Dr. Doug Rokke
http://www.futurenet.org/25environmentandhealth/rokke.htm

DEPLETED URANIUM: THE AMERICAN LEGACY
By Sarah DeHart and Louis Farshee
http://www.americaheldhostile.com/ed031503.shtml

IT'S TIME FOR ANSWERS
By Scott Taylor
http://www.commondreams.org/headlines/091200-02.html

TheMulti-DimensionalN...@yahoogroups.com

John Winston. john...@mlod.com

...........

From: C
Subject: Depleted Uranium Weapons in W-r
Dear John,
I recently had a personal, face-to-face conversation on a dark
night in Arizona with a rough-and-tumble man who claimed to be a
former U.S. Spec-al Forces soldier in Viet Nam -- and a former
C-A contract ope-ative.
In response to my concern and question about uranium-depleted
warheads, he explained that they were mostly used for
armor-piercing ordinance against enemy tanks. The reason
uranium was used is that it's extremely hard -- allowing
U.S. shells to pierce enemy tanks.
John Winston continued:

Let me state that I'm proud of our military people who are in
the fight against Iraq. I'm a veteran myself and served in
the US Navy. They are doing the best that they know how.

C commented:
Yes -- and all our American soldiers want to go home as soon
as possible.
However, as long as bad people shoot at us, we are going to
stay in Iraq so the nice Iraqi people will have a better life.
Warfare is very brutal, but sometimes, after many chances,
it's the only way to free people from a dictator like Saddam.

.............

From: P
Subject: News Gulf War Syndrome, The Sequel- 'People Are Sick Over
There Already'
Gulf War Syndrome, The Sequel
'People Are Sick Over There Already'

Steven Rosenfeld is a commentary editor and audio producer
for TomPaine.com.
Soldiers now fighting in Iraq are being exposed to battlefield
hazards that have been associated with the Gulf War Syndrome that
afflicts a quarter-million veterans of the 1991 war, said a former
Central Command Army officer in Operation Desert Storm.
Part of the threat today includes greater exposure to battlefield
byproducts of depleted uranium munitions used in combat, said the
former officer and other Desert Storm veterans trained in
battlefield health and safety.
Their concern comes as troops are engaged in the most intensive
fighting of the Iraq War.
Complicating efforts to understand any potential health impacts is
the Pen-agon's failure, acknowleged in House hearings on March 25,
to follow a 1997 law requiring baseline medical screening of troops
before and after deployment.
"People are sick over there already," said Dr. Doug Rokke, former
director of the Army's depleted uranium (DU) project. "It's not just
uranium.
You've got all the complex organics and inorganics [compounds]
that are released in those fires and detonations. And they're
sucking this in.... You've got the whole toxic wasteland."
In 1991, Desert Storm Commander Gen. Norman Schwarzkopf asked Rokke
to oversee the environmental clean up and medical care of soldiers
injured in friendly fire incidents involving DU weapons. Rokke later
wrote the DU safety rules adopted by the Army, but was relieved of
subsequent duties after he criticized commanders for not following
those rules and not treating exposed troops from NATO's war in
Yugoslavia.
Rokke said today's troops have been fighting on land polluted with
chemical, biological and radioactive weapon residue from the first
Gulf War and its aftermath. In this setting, troops have been exposed
not only to sandstorms, which degrade the lungs, but to oil fires
and waste created by the use of uranium projectiles in tanks,
aircraft, machine guns and missiles.
"That's why people started getting sick right away, when they
started going in months ago with respiratory, diarrhea and rashes
- horrible skin conditions," Rokke said. "That's coming back on and
they have been treating them at various medical facilities. And
one of the doctors at one of the major Army medical facilities --
he and I talk almost every day -- and he is madder than h--l."
DU, or Uranium-238, is a byproduct of making nuclear reactor fuel.
It is denser and more penetrating than lead, burns as it flies, and
breaks up and vaporizes on impact -- which makes it very deadly.
Each round fired by a tank shoots one 10-pound uranium dart that,
in addition to destroying targets, scatters into burning fragments
and creates a cloud of uranium particles as small as one micron.
Particles that small can enter lung tissue and remain embedded.
Efforts to contact Pen-agon officials for comment at the Office
of the Special Assistant for Gulf War Illnesses and officials at
the Veterans Administration who deal with DU-related illness were
not returned.
What Rokke and other outspoken Desert Storm veterans fear is
today's troops are being exposed to many of the same battlefield
conditions that they believe are responsible for Gulf War Syndrome.
These illnesses have left 221,000 veterans on medical disability
and another 51,000 seeking that status from the Veterans
Administration as of May 2002.
"Yeah, I do fear that," said Denise Nichols, a retired Air Force
Major and nurse, who served in Desert Storm and is now vice-chairman
of the National Vietnam and Gulf War Veterans Coalition. "We're
sitting here watching it happen again and wondering if the soldiers
are going to be taken care of any better [than after the 1991 wa-]."
Nichols' lobbying sparked Congress to pass a 1997 law requiring
the P-ntagon to conduct a physical and take blood samples of all
soldiers before and after deployment. In a House hearing on March
25 on that requirement, Public Law 105-85, Pent-gon officials said
the mili-ary had not conducted those baseline tests for Iraq War
soldiers, saying they asked troops to fill out a questionnaire
instead.
"Their actions not to fully implement PL 105-85 and go beyond the
words of the law, show their lack of caring for the human beings
that do the work and place their lives in jeopardy for this nation,"
Nichols said in testimony submitted to the Rep. Chris Shays
(R-Conn.) the Go-ernment Reform-National Sec-ity Subcommittee
chairman, who held the hearing and told military officials they
were "not meeting" the letter or spirit of the law.
"I hope that when the soldiers return that the standard tactic of
blaming PTSD [Post-Traumatic-Stress Disorder] or stress will never
be allowed to block soldiers from getting fast answers to what is
happening to their health," Nichols testified.
"If you don't look, you don't find," Rokke said, commenting on the
Penta-on's failure to assess soldiers' health. "If you don't find,
there is no correlation. If there's no correlation, there's no
liability."
Both Rokke and Nichols says health problems associated with DU
exposure are likely to be more widespread in the current war than in
1991. That's because the military relies more heavily on DU
munitions today and there's more fighting in this war.
When Rokke sees images of soldiers and civilians driving past
burning Iraqi trucks that have been destroyed by tank fire, or
soldiers or civilians inspecting buildings destroyed by missiles,
and these people are not wearing respirators, he says they all
risk radiation poisoning, which can have lifelong consequences.
"He's going to be sick," Rokke said. "He's supposed to have full
respiratory protection on. That's required by his Common Task
[training manual]. And when he comes by and he's downwind, he
supposed to have a radio-bio-assay. That's urine, feces and nasal
swabs within 24 hours."
When asked why those protocols -- part of the DU rules he wrote
for the Army -- apparently aren't being followed, Rokke said the
mi-itary doesn't want to lose the use of DU weapons. He said as
early as 1991 the mi-itary issued memos saying DU ammo could become
"politically unacceptable and thus be deleted" if health and
environmental impacts were emphasized.
Outside the m-litary, medical journals say the jury is still out
on DU's potential health impacts. Although the gove-nment says it
is safe, medical researchers say not enough is understood about
DU's acute and long-term effects, wrote Brian Vastag in the April
2 edition of the Journal of the American Me-ical Association.
Veterans disagree, however, saying the m-litary has known about
low-level radiation poisoning since the development of atomic
weapons in the 1940s. They say the mili-ary will not disclose its
DU test results and that it's almost impossible to do medical
research while combat rages.
Meanwhile, in political circles, the White House has dismissed DU
issues. On March 18, it issued "Apparatus of Lies," a report which,
among other things, attacked claims that DU fallout from Operation
Desert Storm has caused higher disease rates among Iraqi citizens.
Those claims were part of "Saddam's disinformation and propaganda"
campaign, the White House said.
Click here to subscribe to our free e-mail dispatch and get the
latest on what's new at TomPaine.com before everyone else! You can
unsubscribe at any time and we will never distribute your
information to any other entity.
Published: Apr 08 2003

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 15, 2003, 1:19:35 AM4/15/03

Subject: Just The Facts, Man, About Mt. Shasta. April 14, 2003.

Here are some of the basic material about Mt. Shasta and the things
that go on there.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: D
Subject: Secret Underground City....
Legends of an underground city beneath the majestic Mount Shasta
go back two thousand years. Hopi legends say the mountain is one of
the thirteen homes of the Lizard People, and California tribes
considered isolated fourteen-thousand foot high mountain taboo, the
dwelling place of an invisible race of men.
Later accounts describe Mount Shasta as an inlet to the Lemurian
world, a fifteen thousand year old civilization was said to survive
in the tunnels of dead volcanoes.
Some authors have suggested the mountain is a meeting place for
the Lothinian Brotherhood, who use a strange force called "vis
Mortuus" to carve caverns out of solid rock.
In 1904, J.C. Brown, an explorer for a British mining company,
reported that he had discovered a caved in hollow in the side of
the mountain that contained a giant skeleton and hieroglyphic
writing on the walls. Brown later quit his job and settled in
Stockton, where he lived out his life selling gold trinckets that
he had found in the cave. In 1932, Edward Lanser reported that a
clan of people dressed in white robes, and possessing a huge supply
of pure gold, was living at Shasta's higher elevations.
In 1934, Abraham Mansfield said he encountered a tribe of
Lemurians, who had dug tunnels connecting Mount Shasta and the
Bluff Creek area.
In 1930, G.W. Ballard had accumulated nearly five thousand devoted
followers, most of whom attended annual meeting at the Quail Hill
Amplitheater at Mount Shasta. In 1972, a San Jose man hiking on the
southern slope came across what he called "a reptilian humanoid."
Other visitors to the mountain have reported seeing dwards, ape-men,
and white robed giants.
On August 16, 1987, thousands of New Ag- enthusiasts gathered at
the mountain as part of an international "Harmonic Convergence,"
designed to bring peace to the whole world. Mount Shasta was
designated one of the seven major planetary chakras of spitiual
"tuning forks." Because of its location at the foot of the
moutnatin, the tiny town of Shasta is now headquarters for a wide
variety of New A-e groups.
(Mount Shasta is located in Siskiyou County, near the junction of
I-5 and Highway 89. Follow the Essential exit to the Shasta Ranger
Station. For information write: Mount Shasta Ranger District, 204
West Alma, Mount Shasta, CA 96067. Phone: 916-926-4511.).
---

<<<< RealUFOs >>>>
We know the truth is out there!

====================================
Post message: Real...@yahoogroups.com
Subscribe: RealUFOs-...@yahoogroups.com
List Owner: RealUFO...@yahoogroups.com

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

.........

(JW Now this is a friend of mine talking about a trip he has
planned to take using a small plane. At the present time I don't
plan to take the trip with him.)

From: S
Subject: Shasta Flight
Today someone showed up asking me if I would fly them to a Hot
Springs (JW He might be talking about a town called Deep Springs.
where there are said to be a few men and dark or black suits
walking on the streets) in N. California east of Mt. Shasta and
stay for a couple of days.
Since I have been planning a crosscountry flight to Mount Shasta
to photograph the areas where anomalous energy radiations have been
photographed, and the it has been very cold, the synchronicity of
this could not have been more welcome.
If anyone has ideas regarding specific areas, and if possibly
could post a link with a map or a terraserver image of the area
that they would like us to focus on with photos on transparency
film that may show ultraviolet as well as visible light radiation,
this would be very helpful. John and DK may be able to help. If
anyone lives near Mt. Shasta I can pick them up for a ride around
the mountain. We plan to do this about the third week in May.
This is a view of the 3d perspective to the east, made from
OzieExplorer and OzieExplorer 3D from the Klamath sectional from
aeroplanner.com.
http://www.anomalous-images.com/temp/Shasta_Southard.jpg
S
--------------
This email was sent to: john...@mlode.com
Or send an email to: IUFO-uns...@topica.com

TOPICA - Start your own email discussion group. FREE!
http://www.topica.com/partner/tag02/create/index2.html

=======================================================

(JW It was said by Nola VanValer that there is a door made of
nearly clear lava rock, on the sides of Mt. Shasta at 12,000 feet
elevation.
It is just at the start of Mud Creek. If you are at the door
you can walk out over a short distance and look over a small
rise and see McCloud, Calif. She took many people inside the
mountain through this door in the 1930s and 1940, of course you
have to get get someone to open it from inside the mountain. You
just might get a picture of it from you airplane but be careful,
for there are many updrafts and downdrafts and even a helicopter
crashed up there a few years ago.

(JW Here is the e-mail address of S who is the person taking the
airplane trip around Mt. Shasta.

stev...@pacbell.net

John Winston. john...@mlod.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 16, 2003, 7:20:22 PM4/16/03

Subject: Are Parts Of Calif. Floating On The Ocean? Part 9.
April 16, 2003.

This part mentions flying carpets.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Names of other Agharian rulers are
unknown except, perhaps, to the inhabitants of Agharti itself. -
Branton) Prince Chultun, speaking to the author, continued: "'...In
underground caves there exists a peculiar light which affords growth
to the grains and vegetables and long life without disease to the
people. There are many different peoples and many different tribes.
An old Buddhist Brahman in Nepal was carrying out the will of
the 'g-ds' in making a visit to the ancient kingdom of Genghis,--
Siam,--where he met a fisherman who ordered him to take a place in
his boat and sail with him upon the sea. On the third day they
reached an island where he met a people having two tongues which
could speak separately in different languages. They showed to him
peculiar, unfamiliar animals, tortoises with sixteen feet and one
eye, huge snakes with a very tasty flesh and birds with teeth which
caught fish for their masters in the sea. These people told him that
they had come up out of the subterranean kingdom and described to him
certain parts of the underground country.' "The Lama Turgut traveling
with me from Urga to Peking gave me further details. "'The capital of
Agharti is surrounded with towns of high priests and scientists. It
reminds one of Lhasa where the palace of the Dalai Lama, the Potala,
is the top of a mountain covered with monasteries and
temples. "'...In cars strange and unknown to us they rush through the
narrow cleavages inside our planet. Some Indian Brahmans and Tibetan
Dalai Lamas during their laborious struggles to the peaks of
mountains which no other human feet had trod have found there
inscriptions on the rocks, footprints in the snow and tracks of
wheels. The blissful Sakkia Mouni found on one mountain top tablets
of stone carrying words which he only understood in his old age and
afterwards penetrated into the Kingdom of Agharti, from which he
brought back crumbs of the sacred learning preserved in his memory.'"
Ferdinand remembered a particular conversation with one Lama: "'How
many persons have ever been to Agharti?' I questioned him. "'Very
many,' answered the Lama, 'but all these people have kept se-ret that
which they saw there. When the Olets destroyed Lhasa, one of their
detachments in the southwestern mountains penetrated to the outskirts
of Agharti. Here they learned some of the lesser mysterious sciences
and brought them to the surface of our earth. This is why the Olets
and Kalmucks are artful sorcerers and prophets. Also from the eastern
country some tribes of bl-ck people penetrated to Agharti and lived
there many centuries. Afterwards they were thrust out from the
kingdom and returned to the earth, bringing with them the mystery of
predictions according to cards, grasses and the lines of the palm.
They are the Gypsies... Somewhere in the north of Asia a tribe exists
which is now dying and which came from the cave of Agharti, skilled
in calling back the (so-called) spi-its of the dead as they float
through the air.'"
As is the case of many of the peoples inhabiting
the surface of central Asia, some of the underground peoples
apparently are prone to practicing certain forms of occultism or
sp-ritism. This might explain why some 'MIB' have been described
as 'oriental-appearing' humans who have demonstrated occult powers to
those they have contacted. This as we've said, might only consist of
a relatively small percentage of the underground inhabitants of the
Agharian network, a small percentage which might have (as is the case
with almost every other nation) "sold out" to the reptilians in
exchange for power over their fellow human beings. In his
book 'SHAMBHALA' (1930. Frederick A. Stokes Co., N.Y.), writer and
traveler Nicholas Roerich adds some additional insights into human
habitation of underground regions of central Asia. In his
chapter 'SUBTERRANEAN DWELLERS' (pp. 210-219) we read the following
words: "Once on our travels we reached a half-ruined village. There
was a glimmer of light in only two houses. In a small room, an old
man sat cleaning a utensil. He became our host for the night. I asked
him the reason for his isolation. He answered, 'Every one has
departed. They have found more suitable sites for their dwellings.
They were strong and enterprising. Something new attracted them. But
I knew that nothing new exists on earth. And I did not wish to change
the place of my death.' "Thus the strongest ones depart. The decaying
ones patiently await dea-h. Is this not the story of all migrations,
of all enterprises? "The subject of the great migrations is the most
fascinating in the history of humanity. What sp-rit was it that thus
moved whole nations and innumerable tribes? What cataclysm drove the
hordes from their familiar steppes? What new happiness and privileges
did they anticipate in the blue mist of the immense desert? "On rocks
in Dardistan we saw ancient drawings. We also saw the same kind of
drawings upon the rocks near the Brahmaputra, as well as on the rocks
of Orkon in Mongolia, and in the tumuli of Minusinsk in Siberia. And
finally we discerned the same creative psychology in the
halristningars of Sweden and Norway. And later we stopped in
admiration before the mighty signs of the early Romanesque which we
found, based on the same creative aspirations of the great
migrators. "In every city, in every encampment of Asia, I tried to
discover what memories were being cherished in the folk-memory.
Through these guarded and preserved tales you can recognize the
reality of the past. In every spark of folk-lore, there is a drop of
great Truth adorned or distorted. Not long ago we were too vain to
appreciate these treasures of folk-lore. 'What could these illiterate
people know!' But afterwards we learned that even the great Rig-Vedas
were written down only in the comparatively recent past, and perhaps
for many centuries they were passed down by word of mouth. We thought
that the flying carpet of fairy-tales belonged only to the children
but we soon recognized that although each fantasy, in its own
individual way, weaves a beautiful carpet ornamenting life,
nevertheless the very carpet bears the footprints of great reality of
the past. "Among the innumerable legends and fairy tales of various
countries may be found the tales of lost tribes and subterranean
dwellers. In wide and diverse directions, people are speaking of the
identical facts. But in correlating them you can readily see that
these are but chapters from the one story. At first it seems
impossible that there should exist any scientific connection between
these distorted whispers under the light of the desert bonfires. But
afterwards you begin to grasp the peculiar coincidence of these
manifold legends related by peoples who are even ignorant of each
other's names. "You recognize the same relationship in the folk-lores
of Tibet, Mongolia, China, Turkestan, Kashmir, Persia, Altai,
Siberia, the Ural, Caucasia, the Russian steppes, Lithuania, Poland,
Hungary, Germany, France; from the highest mountains to the deepest
oceans. You will hear wonderfully elaborated tales in the Tourfan
district. They tell you how the people, not willing to submit to the
cruelty, closed themselves in subterranean mountains. They even ask
you if you want to see the entrance to the cave through which the
saintly persecuted folk fled. "In Kuchar you will hear of King Po-
chan, ruler of the Tokhars, and how, when the enemy approached, he
disappeared with all the treasure of his kingdom, leaving only sand,
stones and ruins behind him. "...Each entrance to a cave suggests
that some one has already entered there. Every creek--especially the
subterranean creeks--draw one's fantasy to the underground passages.
In many places in Central Asia, they speak of the Agharti, the
subterranean people. In numerous beautiful legends they outline the
same story of how the best people abandoned the treacherous earth and
sought salvation in hidden countries where they acquired new forces
and conquered powerful energies. "In the Altai Mountains, in the
beautiful upland valley of Uimon, a hoary Old Believer (Starover)
said to me: 'I shall prove to you that the tale about the Chud, the
subterranean people, is not a fantasy! I shall lead you to the
entrance of the subterranean kingdom.' "On the way through the valley
surrounded by snowy mountains, my host told us many tales about the
Chud. It is remarkable that 'Chud' in Russian has the same origin as
the word WONDER. So, perhaps, we may consider the Chud a wonderful
tribe. My bearded guide told how 'once upon a time, in this fertile
valley lived and flourished the powerful tribe of Chud. They knew how
to prospect for minerals and how to reap the best harvest. Most
peaceful and most industrious, was this tribe. But then came a Wh-te
Tzar with innumerable hordes of cruel warriors. The peaceful,
industrious Chud could not resist the assaults of the conquerors, and
not wishing to lose their liberty, they remained as serfs to the
Whi-e Tzar. Then, for the first time, a w-ite birch began to grow in
this region. And, according to old prophecies, the Chud knew that it
was the time for their departure. And the Chud, unwilling to remain
subject to the Whit- Tzar, departed under the earth. Only sometimes
can you hear the holy people singing; now their bells ring out in the
subterranean temples. But there shall come the glorious time of human
purification, and in those days, the great Chud shall again appear in
full glory.' "Thus the Old Believer concluded. We approached some low
stony hill. Proudly he showed me, 'Here we are. Here is the entrance
to the great subterranean kingdom! When the Chud entered the
subterranean passage they closed the entrance with stones. Now we
stand just beside this holy entrance.' "We stood before a huge tomb
encircled by great stones, so typical of the period of the great
migrations. Such tombs, with the beautiful remains of Gothic relics,
we saw in South Russian steppes, in foothills of the Northern
Caucasus.

Part 9.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 18, 2003, 2:28:44 AM4/18/03

Subject: Are Parts Of Calif. Floating On The Ocean? Part 10.
April 17, 2003.

This part talks about Tim Beckley who I met personally in
Arizona. It also talks about Richard Shaver an author who I
wrote to many times. He even sent me some rocks that had pictures
in them. I was unable to make them out myself but a friend of
mine claims to be able to see them very good. He said you had
to squint your eyes to see them. I guess I'm not a very good
squinted.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Studying this hill, I remembered how during our crossing of
the Karakorum pass, My Sais, the Ladaki, asked me, 'Do you know that
in the subterranean caves here many treasures are hidden and that in
them lives a wonderful tribe which abhors the si-s of earth?' "And
again when we approached Khotan the hoofs of our horses sounded
hollow as though we rode above caves or hollows. Our caravan people
called attention to this, saying, 'Do you hear what hollow
subterranean passages we are crossing? Through these passages, people
who are familiar with them can reach far-off countries.' When we saw
entrances to caves, our caravaneers told us, 'Long ago people lived
there; now they have gone inside; they have found a subterranean
passage to the subterranean kingdom. Only rarely do some of them
appear again on the earth. At our bazaar such people come with
strange, very ancient money, but nobody could ever remember a time
when such money was in usage here.' I asked them, if we could also
see such people. And they answered, 'Yes, if your thoughts are
similarly high and in contact with these holy people, because only
sinners are upon the earth and the pure and courageous people pass on
to something more beautiful.' "Great is the belief in the Kingdom of
the subterranean people. Through all of Asia, through the spaces of
all deserts, from the Pacific to the Urals, you can hear the same
wondrous tale of the vanished holy people. And even far beyond the
Ural Mountains, the echo of the same tale will reach you. Often you
hear about subterranean tribes. Sometimes an invisible holy people is
said to be living behind a mountain. Sometimes either poisonous or
vitalizing gases are spread over the earth, to protect some one.
Sometimes you hear how the sands of the great desert shift, and for a
moment disclose treasures of the entrances of subterranean kingdoms.
But none would dare to touch those treasures. You will hear how, in
the rocks, in the most deserted mountain ranges, you can see openings
which connect with these subterranean passes, and how beautiful
princesses once upon a time occupied these natural castles. "From
distances one might take these openings for eries, because all which
belongs to the subterranean people is concealed. Sometimes the Holy
City is submerged, as in the folk- lore of Netherlands and
Switzerland. And there is folk-lore that coincides with actual
discoveries in the lakes and along the sea coasts. In Siberia, in
Russia, Lithuania and Poland, you find many legends and fairy tales
about giants who lived at times in these countries but afterwards,
disliking the new customs, disappeared. In these legends, one may
recognize the specific foundations of the ancient clans. The giants
are brothers. Very often the sisters of the giants live on the other
shores of the lakes or the other side of the mountains. Very often
they do not like to move from the site but some special event drives
them from their patrimonial dwelling. Birds and animals are always
near these giants; as witnesses they follow them and announce their
departure. "...The endless Kurgans of the southern steppes retain
around them numerous stories about the appearance of the unknown
warrior, nobody knows from whence. The Carpathian Mountains in
Hungary have many similar stories of unknown tribes, giant- warriors
and mysterious cities. If, without prejudice, you patiently point out
on you map all the legends and stories of this nature you will be
astonished at the result. When you collect all the fairy-tales of
lost and subterranean tribes, will you not have before you a full map
of the migrations?" During the 'Subterranean World' controversy which
filled the pages of AMAZING STORIES Magazine in the late 1940's as a
result of the writings of Palmer, Shaver and numerous readers who
sent in their own contributions, a couple by the name of John &
Dorothy de Courcy became involved as well. They had sent in a
fictionalized novelette based loosely on the 'Agharti' legends, which
was published in the magazine. Sometimes afterwards, in the Dec. 1946
issue of A.S. (p. 173), they submitted another letter describing a
strange 'response' to their story: "Sirs. "The most singular thing
has happened and we are at a loss to offer an explanation. It might
be a prank, but unless someone is willing to spend a good deal of
money on a prank, it must be the truth! "On July 29, a tall man
wearing a long blue or black overcoat and a dark hat drawn down to
conceal his face, went to a former residence of ours in San Francisco
asking for us. He was told we had moved and the landlord tried to
find a card bearing our forwarding address. Try as he might, he
couldn't, nor could he remember even the city, but he said he thought
it was Portland. When told, the man answered, 'I quite understand. If
you find the address, kindly write them and say, "the man from
Agharti" seeks them.' "On August 5 he reappeared in Portland at an
apartment house where we had once lived. Again our address was
missing and again he left the same message, adding, 'I bear a message
for them from the King.' "In both cases, after we had gone, our
forwarding addresses were found and both landlords wrote to us
immediately apologizing for their oversight. They said he impressed
them so much they couldn't forget him. Both of them misspelled
Agharti in their letters. "Who is the King? Can he be referring to
the fabulous King of the World? The only solution we can suggest is
to publish this letter with our address and hope that this time the
man from Agharti, if he be such, will find us. " -- John & Dorothy de
Courcy., 665 S. W. 113th Place., Seattle 66, Washington." As further
evidence that not ALL subterran societies are of the insidious,
reptilian or reptilian-controlled variety, we add the following
revelations from 'Commander X', the mysterious anonymous U.S.
Intelligence official who has revealed much about 'inside' go-ernment
knowledge of alien civilization both beyond and beneath the earth. He
is the author of the book 'UNDERGROUND ALIEN BASES', published by Tim
Beckley's UFO REVIEW-Abelard Press, N.Y. Mr. 'X' was apparently very
familiar with the Subterranean-world controversies that surrounded
AMAZING STORIES and related publications in the early years, which
may explain his present position in U.S. Intelligence. He reveals the
following subterranea-related accounts from South America: "..Of all
the countries on the face of the Earth, none is more mysterious, or
less explored, than is Brazil. Miles upon miles of this country have
never been set foot upon by white man. In these areas live whole
tribes of savage Indians whose civilizations are said to be akin to
those existing at the time of the Stone Age. Many of those who have
dared venturing into these pockets of unexplored jungle have never
come out. Perhaps the case of Colonel Fawcett will be familiar to
readers as an example of what I mean. He supposedly was captured by a
tribe of wild Indians while in search of a 'hidden city' said to be
located in the confines of the dense jungle... "Before his death, Dr.
(Raymond) Bernard had sent this writer many personal letters
regarding his findings related to... underground civilization(s). We
quote from these communications in the following: "'I arrived in
Brazil in 1956 and have been carrying on my research since I met a
Theosophical leader who told me about the subterranean cities... that
exist in Brazil. He referred to Professor Henrique de Souza,
president of the Brazilian Theosophical Society, at Sao Lourenco in
the state of Minas Gerais, who erected a temple dedicated to Agharta,
which is the Buddhist name of the subterranean World. Here in Brazil
live Theosophists from all parts of the world, all of whom believe in
the existence of the subterranean cities. "Professor de Souza told me
that the great English explorer Colonel Fawcett is still alive,
living in a subterranean city in the Roncador Mountains of Matto
Grosso, where he found the subterranean city of Atlanteans for which
he searched (Note: Bernard refers to the inhabitants of this city
as 'Atlanteans', when in fact other accounts suggest that--like the
underground cities below the east coast of North America--many of
these cavern cities were originally constructed by an ancient
antediluvian race which might have been very similar to the lost race
spoken of in the 'Atlantis' legendary, and were later re- inhabited
after the flood. In 'this' sense they might be referred to
as 'Atlanteans' although the present inhabitants of such cities
probably do not have any direct 'genetic' ties to the
antediluvian 'Atlanteans'. - Branton), but is held prisoner lest he
reveal the secret of his whereabouts. He was not killed by Indians as
is commonly believed. Professor de Souza claimed he has visited
subterranean cities, including Shamballah, the world capital of the
subterranean empire of Agharta. I then went to Matto Grosso to find
the subterranean city where Fawcett is claimed to be living with his
son Jack, but failed to do so. I then returned to Joinville in the
state of Santa Catarina, and there continued my research. "Just
recently two explorers returned from entering a tunnel near Ponte
Grosse in the state of Parana. One of them had recently entered alone
and spent five days in the underworld city there. It had about 50
inhabitants plus children. The fruit orchards were recently planted,
and the inhabitants received fruit from another subterranean city.
During the last visit, the two explorers were met at the entrance of
the tunnel by a guardian and the chief of the city, who told them
that they should return in two years when the fruit trees will start
to bear, but cannot enter now. "The same two explorers entered a
tunnel in Rincon, state of Parana, and finally came to a chimney-like
structure with four chains hanging down. They descended on the chains
but when they came near the bottom a gas with a chemical odor started
to come up and forced them to ascend.

Part 10.

John Winston john...@mlode.com

Michael Davis

unread,

Apr 18, 2003, 8:37:04 AM4/18/03

John F. Winston wrote:
> Subject: Are Parts Of Calif. Floating On The Ocean?

No. That's just plain crazy, even by your standards.

HTH.

--
The Evil Michael Davis™
http://mdavis19.tripod.com
http://skepticult.org Member #264-70198-536
Member #33 1/3 of The "I Have Been Killfiled By Tommy" Club

"There's a sucker born every minute" - David Hannum (often
erroneously attributed to P. T. Barnum)

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 22, 2003, 2:24:37 AM4/22/03

Subject: Are Parts Of Calif. Floating On The Ocean? Part 11.
April 21, 2003.

This part talks about some tunnels that may be connected to
Mt. Shasta.

.................................................................
.................................................................

On the
surface this might sound next to impossible, unless a revolutionary
scientific breakthrough on the part of these human 'aliens' has allowed
them to retard the aging process to an extreme degree, or could the
possibly that they are separated from the degenerating radiations of solar
rays explain their allegedly greater longevity? Another possibility would
be that through bionics/biological transplants/prosthetics, etc. the
lifespan of human beings possessing advanced biological and technological
sciences might theoretically be increased dramatically. Incidentally, the
writer and traveler Robert Stacy-Judd in some of his books described an
exploration he and others in his party made of the peripheral areas of the
Loltun caves of Yucatan. Legend says that at least one group of people,
fleeing persecution, entered en masse into the massive Loltun caves and
were never seen again. Stacy-Judd tells of his own encounter with a 'cave
hermit' deep in the cavern chambers who claimed to be well over 1000 years
old, and who said he was a guardian of the cave and of the treasures--and
city?--which lay deep below in the unknown depths, 'unknown' that is,
except to the strange 'hermit'. Aside from photographs of this hermit
which appeared in some of his works, the author also revealed photographs
of 'underground gardens' consisting of areas of the cave which contain
small patches of 'jungle', watered and lit through parts of the cavern
ceilings which had collapsed, exposing them to the outer world. Whether
such claims of longevity are real or whether the "subterranean" people
were just playing with the minds of such explorers who encountered them,
is uncertain - Branton). "Still another explorer named D.O. visited this
same tunnel near Gaspar, Santa Catarina, and behind a wonderful fruit
orchard saw a subterranean woman with a child in her arms reading to it
aloud from a huge book written in an unknown language... After she read
each sentence the child repeated the same and in this way was taught how
to read. All of these subterranean cities are illuminated by strange
light...'" In relation to the apparent connection between subterranean
civilizations and unidentified flying objects (Bernard and de Souza,
incidentally, believed 'flying saucers' to be of subterranean origin), (JW
I believe some of the flying saucers are
from underground bases on Earth but others of them are from other
planets and dimensions.), we will here quote from Paris Flammonde,
author of 'THE AGE OF FLYING SAUCERS' (Hawthorne Books, Inc., N.Y.),
who tends to confirm this hypothesis. He in turn quoted Raymond A.
Palmer as a major proponent of this belief: "...The new decade was
not without a new theory, or, at least, a variation of an old one--
that not only were Flying Saucers not originating from beyond the
farthest reaches of our planet, they were expelled from within it...
Ray Palmer wrote a lengthy article elaborating his interesting and
imaginative thesis, and prefaced it with the assertion that he was
prepared 'to prove that flying saucers are native to planet earth; that
the gov-rnments of more than one nation (if not all of them) know this to
be the fact; that a concerted effort is being made to learn all about
them, and to explore their native land; and that facts already known are
considered so important that they are the world's top se-ret...' The
continuation of his contention reads: '...is there any area on Earth which
can be regarded as a possible origin for flying saucers? There
are...four...the two major, in order of importance, are Antarctica and the
Arctic...the two minor areas are South America's Motto Grosso and Asia's
Tibetan Highlands.'" Raymond Bernard (actual name 'Walter Seigmeister'),
writing in the Oct. 1959 issue of SEARCH Magazine, p. 48, described yet
another alleged encounter with a subterranean race. What are we to make of
all these stories? Are we to assume that some of the individuals who told
Bernard such accounts actually made them up, as some suggest, in order to
receive the 'reward' Bernard was known to offer on documentable accounts
of ancient tunnels? Or, are we to accept these accounts for just what
their sources claim them to be, actual encounters with a subterranean
world? Bernard stated the following: "...Last week my investigators
returned and said they visited their city (i.e. the 'city' of a race of
dwarf-humans whom Bernard referred to as the 'Niebelungs', who live in a
subterranean region with it's own system of illumination - Branton) and
are able to bring any of my American friends to visit it, but I require
one condition: absolute se-recy, as I don't want go-ernments to send
armies into the tunnel to disturb these peaceful people. "To reach them
requires a 3-day journey of about 40 miles through a tunnel.
stone blocks below, above and on the sides. That was quite an engineering
feat. I think the tunnel was made long to keep out curiosity seekers, and
only the most determined will travel that distance. "Here is the report of
my investigations: (They are two ranchers, father and son, who discovered
the tunnel accidentally): "'We left our house 5 A.M. for the tunnel on top
of a mountain and reached it 3 P.M. We were tired and camped near the
entrance of the tunnel. For three days we proceeded through the tunnel. We
told time by our watches, as we could not tell when it was day or night.
We went to sleep at 10 P.M. and awoke at 3 A.M. and continued walking. By
the third day the tunnel started to go downward by steps. It was built of
stone blocks on all sides. By the night of the third day the tunnel
suddenly opened into a great space covered with what appeared as a sky
with a yellow light that made everything luminous, like daylight. We saw a
city with many houses and saw many people in the distance. They were
dwarfs with long white beards and long hair and we saw women and children,
and heard them crying. The third member of our party got frightened so we
had to return.' "These men found three such tunnels. They entered another
for three days, but after hearing voices further in, got scared and
returned. Now they are entering the third..." Eric Norman relates the
words of
one correspondent who described the ancient subterranean tunnels believed
by many to exist beneath the Andes: "'...at first I scoffed at such
stories about mysterious tunnels and an alien civilization beneath the
surface... I joined an inner earth group for the simple enjoyment of
discussing outlandish ideas in a humorless, serious manner. Gradually, I
became interested by the considerable volume of circumstantial evidence. I
now believe the earth is absolutely honeycombed by a web of tunnels that
run beneath the continents, under the oceans, and these passageways link
the subterranean cities of the inner world. "'...There are many reports
concerning a vast tunnel called the 'Roadway of the Incas' which has an
entrance somewhere in Peru. It runs south more than a thousand miles.
There is another entrance to this fabulous tunnel in the Desert of
Atacamba in Chile. The 'Highway of the Incas' passes under Cuzco, the
legendary city of Peru. There is another, smaller, but very well hidden
entrance to the tunnel in the mountains near Machu Picchu, which is the
capital city of the first and last Inca emperor. It is called 'The Lost
City of the Incas' and was not discovered until 1911 by an American, Hiram
Bringham. It is considered the 'Eighth Wonder of the World.'
"'...Everything at Machu Picchu is an excellent preservation...there are
more than two hundred buildings constructed from white
granite...fountains...shrines...and gigantic stairways carved from a
single massive boulder. "'...This was a thriving city. It is intact except
for the thatched roofs of the houses having deteriorated over the
centuries...and, the doors are missing...it is as if the inhabitants
selected a single day and mysteriously vanished. Did they enter the
'Highway of the Incas' and migrate to the inner earth?' "Was this
correspondent brainwashed by his colleagues to believe in the subterranean
world? Or, was he a skeptical man who changed his mind in the face of a
tremendous amount of information? His mention of the 'Highway of the
Incas' strikes a familiar note... A physician in Argentina has devoted his
spare time to an investigation of this legendary inter-continental tunnel
of the Under-People. He commented: "'...I have always been intrigued by
the unknown and please convey my thanks to Dr. H--- for providing the
opportunity to publish my views... I started to investigate the 'Highway
of the Incas' when I was a young, curious youth and I have hundreds of
witnessed, notarized statements. These documents and tape recordings fill
one room of my home. The Incas knew of the tunnel and, although gold was
of little value to them, they hid their treasures in these caverns to keep
it from the greedy Spanish conquerors.
No one had provided a satisfactory explanation for their
treasures in these caverns to keep it from the greedy Spanish conquerors.
There was an empire of several million people that vanished from the
surface of the earth. They entered the tunnel and left the Quechua Indians
behind. As few Incas have been seen since then, they possibly took up
residence in a cavern city or followed the tunnel to the interior of the
earth. "'...The 'Highway' is the largest of the tunnels and it connects
all continents. In addition to the openings in South America, there are
entrances in Canada, in British Columbia; in America, you should
investigate Mt. Shasta in California and Mt. St. Helena in Oregon. The
tunnel is connected with Tibet and another opening in Central Asia.
Part 11.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 22, 2003, 6:38:25 PM4/22/03

Subject: There's Trouble In River City. April 22, 2003.

It's just like the man said in the movie Music Man, "Yes sir folks,
we've got trouble in River City." It seems that we now have more
information coming our way about using depleted uranium in our
weapons of mass distruction. The may sound funny to us now but,
as Richard M. Nixon once said, "Let me make this perfectly clear",
when he was going to tell something that wasn't the truth, this is
one of those things that qualifies under the title of
G-d-a-gonna-git-ya-fer-dat.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: w
Subject: How America Nukes Its Own Troops
----- Original Message -----
On March 30, an AP photo featured an American pro-war activist
holding a sign: "Nuke the ev-l scum, it worked in 1945!" That's
exactly what George B-sh has done. Ame-ica's mega-billion dollar
war in Iraq has been indeed a NUCLEAR WAR.
Bu-h-Cheney have delivered upon 17 million Iraqis tons of
depleted uranium (DU) weapons, a "liberation" gift that will keep
on giving. Depleted uranium is a component of toxic nuclear
waste, usually stored at secure sites. Handlers need radiation
protection gear.
Over a decade ago, war-makers decided to incorporate this lethal
waste into much of the Pent-gon's weaponry. Navy ships carrying
Phalanx rapid fire guns are capable of firing thousands of DU
rounds per minute.1 Tomahawk missiles launched from U.S. ships
and subs are DU-tipped.2 The M1 Abrams tanks are armored with
DU.3 These and British Challenger II tanks are tightly packed with
DU shells, which continually irradiate troops in or near them.4
The A-10 "tank buster" aircraft fires DU shells at machines and
people on the battlefield.5
DU munitions are classified by a United Nations resolution as
illegal weapons of mass destruction. Their use breaches all
international laws, treaties and conventions forbidding poisoned
weapons calculated to cause unnecessary suffering.
Ironically, support for our troops will extend well beyond the war
in Iraq. Americans will be supporting Gulf War II veterans for
years as they slowly and painfully succumb to radiation poisoning.
U.S and British troops deployed to the area are the walking dead.
Humans and animals, friends and foes in the fallout zone are
destined to a long downhill spiral of chronic illness and disability.
Kidney dysfunction, lung damage, bloody stools, extreme fatigue,
joint pain, unsteady gait, memory loss and rashes and, ultimately,
ca-cer and premature death await those exposed to DU.
Award-winning journalist Will Thomas wrote: "As the last Gulf
conflict so savagely demonstrated, GI immune systems reeling
from multiple doses of experimental vaccines offer little defense
against further exposure to chemical weapons, industrial toxins,
stress, caffeine, insect repellent and radiation leftover from the
last war. This is a war even the victors will lose."6
When a DU shell is fired, it ignites upon impact. Uranium, plus
traces of plutonium and americium, vaporize into tiny, ceramic
particles of radioactive dust. Once inhaled, uranium oxides lodge
in the body and emit radiation indefinitely. A single particle of DU
lodged in a lymph node can devastate the entire immune system
according to British radiation expert Roger Coghill.7
The Royal Society of England published data showing that
battlefield soldiers who inhale or swallow high levels of DU can
suffer kidney failure within days.8 Any soldier now in Iraq who
has not inhaled lethal radioactive dust is not breathing. In the
first two weeks of combat, 700 Tomahawks, at a cost of $1.3 million
each, blasted Iraqi real estate into radioactive mushroom clouds.9
Millions of DU tank rounds liter the terrain. Cleanup is impossible
because there is no place on the planet to put so much contaminated
debris.
Bu-h Sr.'s Gulf War I was also a nuclear war. 320 tons of
depleted uranium were used against Iraq in 1991.10 A 1998
report by the U.S. Agency for Toxic Substances confirms that
inhaling DU causes symptoms identical to those claimed by
many sick vets with Gulf War Syndrome.11 The Gulf War Veterans
Association reports that at least 300,000 Gulf War I vets have now
developed incapacitating illnesses.12 To date, 209,000 vets have
filed claims for disability benefits based on service-connected
injuries and illnesses from combat in that war.13
Dr. Asaf Durakovic, a professor of nuclear medicine at Georgetown
University, is a former army medical expert. He told nuclear
scientists in Paris last year that tens of thousands of sick
British and American soldiers are now dying from radiation they
encountered during Gulf War I. He found that 62 percent of sick
vets tested have uranium isotopes in their organs, bones, brains
and urine.14 Laboratories in Switzerland and Finland corroborated
his findings.
In other studies, some sick vets were found to be expressing
uranium in even their semen. Their sexual partners often complained
of a burning sensation during intercourse, followed by their own
debilitating illnesses.15
Nothing compares to the astronomical can-er rates and birth
defects suffered by the Iraqi people who have endured vicious
nuclear chastisement for years.16 U.S. air attacks against Iraq
since 1993 have undoubtedly employed nuclear munitions.
Pictures of grotesquely deformed Iraqi infants born since 1991
are overwhelming.17 Like those born to Gulf War I vets, many
babies born to troops now in Iraq will also be afflicted with
hideous deformities, neurological damage and/or blood and
respiratory disorders.18
As an Army health physicist, Dr. Doug Rokke was dispatched to
the Middle East to salvage DU-contaminated tanks after Gulf War
I. His Geiger counters revealed that the war zones of Iraq and
Kuwait were contaminated with up to 300 millirems an hour in
beta and gamma radiation plus thousands to millions of counts per
minute in alpha radiation. Rokke recently told the media: "The
whole area is still trashed. It is hotter than heck over there still.

This stuff doesn't go away."19

DU remains "hot" for 4.5 billion years. Radiation expert Dr. Helen
Caldicott confirms that the dust-laden winds of DU-contaminated
war zones "will remain effectively radioactive for the rest of
time."20
The murderous dust storms which ensnared coalition troops during
the first few days of the current invasion are sure to have
significant health consequences.
Rokke and his clean-up team were issued only flimsy dust masks
for their dangerous work. Of the 100 people on Rokke's
decontamination team, 30 have already "dropped dead." Rokke
himself is ill with radiation damage to lungs and kidneys. He has
brain lesions, skin pustules, chronic fatigue, continual wheezing
and painful fibromyalgia. Rokke warns that anyone exposed to DU
should have adequate respiratory protection and special coveralls
to protect their clothing because, he says, you can't get uranium
particles off your clothing.
The U.S. mi-itary insists that DU on the battlefield is not a
problem. Colonel James Naughton of the U.S. Army Material Command
recently told the BBC that complaints about DU "had no medical
basis."21 The milita-y's own documents belie this. A 1993 Pen-agon
document warned that "when soldiers inhale or ingest DU dust they
incur a potential increase in canc-r risk."22 A U.S. Army training
manual requires anyone who comes within 25 meters of DU-contaminated
equipment to wear respiratory and skin protection.23
e U.S. Army Environmental Policy Institute admitted: "If DU
enters the body, it has the potential to generate significant medical
consequences."24 The Institute also stated that, if the troops were
to realize what they had been exposed to, "the financial implications
of long-term disability payments and healthcare costs would be
excessive."25 For pragmatic reasons, D-D chooses to lie and deny.
Dr. Rokke confirms that the Pe-tagon lies about DU dangers and
is criminally negligent for neglecting medical attention needed by
DU-contaminated vets. He predicts that the numbers of American
troops to be sickened by DU from Gulf War II will be staggering.26
As they gradually sicken and suffer a slow burn to their graves, the
Pe-tagon will, as it did after Gulf War I, deny that their misery
and death is a result of their tour in Iraq.
Dr. Rokke's candor has cost him his career. Likewise, Dr.
Durakovic's radiation studies on Gulf War I vets were not popular
with U.S. officials. Dr. Durakovic was reportedly told his life was
in da-ger if he continued his research. He left the U.S. to continue
his research abroad.27
Naive young coalition soldiers now in Iraq are likely unaware of
how deadly their battlefield environment is. Gulf War I troops were
kept in ignorance. Soldiers handled DU fragments and some wore
these lethal nuggets around their necks. A DU projectile emits more
radiation in five hours than allowed in an entire year under civilian
radiation exposure standards. "We didn't know any better," Kris
Kornkven told Nation magazine. "We didn't find out until long after
we were home that there even was such a thing as DU."28
George Bus-'s ongoing war in Afghanistan is also a nuclear war.
Shortly after 9-11, the U.S. announced it would stockpile tactical
nuclear weapons including small neutron bombs, nuclear mines
and shells suited to commando warfare in Afghanistan.29 In late
September, 2001, -ush and Russian president Vladimir Putin
agreed that the U.S. would use tactical nuclear weapons in
Afghanistan while Putin would employ nuclear weapons against
the Chechnyans.30
Describing the Pentagon's B-61-11 burrowing nuke bomb, George
Smith writes in the Village Voice: "Built ram tough with a heavy
metal casing for smashing through the earth and concrete, the B-61
explodes with the force of an estimated 340,000 tons of TNT. It is
lots of bang for the buck, literally two apocalypse bombs in one, a
boosted plutonium firecracker called the primary and a heavy
hydrogen secondary for that good old-fashioned H-bomb fireball."31
Drought-stricken Afghanistan's underground water supply is now
contaminated by these nuclear weapons.32 Experts with the
Uranium Medical Research Center report that urine samples of
Afghanis show the highest level of uranium ever recorded in a
civilian population. Afghani soldiers and civilians are reported to
have died after suffering intractable vomiting, severe respiratory
problems, internal bl-eding and other symptoms consistent with
radiation poisoning. Dead birds still perched in trees are found
partially melted with bl-od oozing from their mouths.33
Afghanistan's new president, Hamid Karzai, is a puppet installed
by Was-ington. Under the protection of American soldiers, Karzai's
regime is setting a new record for opium production.

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 26, 2003, 8:12:32 PM4/26/03

Subject: There's Trouble In River City. Part 2. April 24, 2003.

This part shows more information about depleated uranium.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Both UN and U.S. reports confirm that the huge Afghani opium
harvest of 2002 makes Afghanistan the world's leading opium
producer.34 Thanks to nuclear weapons, Afghanistan is now
safe for the Bu-h-Cheney narcotics industry.35 A-C News
asserts that keeping the "peace" in Afghanistan will require
decades of allied occupation.36 For years to come, "peace-
keepers" will be eating, drinking and breathing the "hot"
carcinogenic pollution they have helped the Pen-agon inflict
upon that nation for organized cr-me.
As governor of Arkansas during the Iran-Contra era, Bill
Clin-on laundered $multi-millions in coc-ine profits for then
vice-president George B-sh Sr.37 As a partner in the Bu-h
family's notorious crime machine, President Cli-ton committed
U.S. troops to N-TO's campaign in the Balkans, a prime
heroin production and trans-shipment area. D-D's campaign
to control and reorganize the drug trade there for the B-sh
maf-a was yet another nuclear project.
For years, the U.S. and NAT- fired DU missiles, bullets and
shells across the Balkans, nuking the peoples of Serbia,
Bosnia and Kosovo. As DU munitions were slammed into
chemical plants, the environment became hideously toxic,
also endangering the peoples of Albania, Macedonia, Greece,
Italy, Austria and Hungary. By 1999, UN investigators
reported that an estimated 12 tons of DU had caused
irreparable damage to the Yugoslavian environment, with
agriculture, livestock and air water, and public health all
profoundly damaged.38
Scientists confirm that citizens of the Balkans are excreting
uranium in their ur-ne.39 In 2001, a Yugoslavian pathologist
reported that hundreds of Bosnians have died of ca-cer from
NATO's DU bombardment.40 Many NATO peacekeepers
in the Balkans now suffer ill health. Their leukemias, ca-cers
and other maladies are dubbed the "Balkans Syndrome."
Richard Coghill predicts that DU weapons used in Balkans
campaign will result in at least 10,000 cases of fatal canc-r.41
U.S. citizens at home are also paying a heavy price for
criminal militarism gone mad. DO- is a pollution monster.
The General -ccounting Office (G-O) found 9,181 dangerous
military sites in USA that will require $billions to rehabilitate.
The -AO reports that -OD has been both slothful and
deceitful in its clean-up obligations.42 The P-ntagon is now
pressing Congress to exempt it from all environmental laws so
that it may pollute and poison free from liability.43
The Navy uses prime fishing grounds off the coast of
Washington state to test fire DU ammunition. In January,
Washington State Rep. Jim McDermott chastised the Navy:
"On one hand you have required soldiers to have DU safety
training and to wear protective gear when handling DU...and
submarines must stay clear of DU-contaminated waters. These
policies indicate there is cause for concern....On the other
hand the Department of D-fense has repeatedly denied that DU
poses any danger whatsoever. There has been no remorse
about leaving tons of DU equipment in the soil in foreign
countries, and there appears to be no remorse about leaving it
in the waters of your own country."44
DU has been used in military practice maneuvers in Indiana,
Florida, New Mexico, Massachusetts, Maryland and Puerto
Rico. After the Navy tested DU weaponry on the Puerto
Rican island of Vieques, one third of the island's population
developed serious illness. Many people show high levels of
uranium in their bodies. Hundreds have filed a class action
suit against the Navy for $100 million, claiming DU
contamination has caused widespread ca-cers.45
The Navy's Fal-on Naval Air Station near Fa-lon, Nevada, is
a quagmire of 26 toxic waste sites. It is also a target practice
zone for DU bombs and missiles. Area residents report
bizarre illnesses, including 17 children who have contracted
leukemia within five years. 46 A survey of groundwater in
the F-llon area showed nearly half of area wells are
contaminated with radioactive materials.
The materials for DU weaponry have been processed
mainly at three nuclear plants in Kentucky, Ohio and
Tennessee, where workers handling uranium contaminated
with plutonium have suffered for decades with can-ers and
debilitating maladies similar to Gulf War Syndrome.47
Emboldened by power-grabbing successes made possible
by his administration's devious 9-11 project, President Bu-h
asserts that the U.S. has the right to attack any nation it
deems a potential threat. He told West Point in 2002, "If
we wait for threats to fully materialize, we will have waited
too long."48 Thus, it is certain that B-sh-Cheney future pre-
emptive nuclear wars are lined up like idling jetson a runway.
Both Cheney's Hallib-rton Corp. and the Bus- family's
Car-yle Group are profiteers in U.S. defense contracts, so
endless war is just good business.49
The Washington Post reported that the Pentagon will create
special nuclear weapons for use on North Korea's under-
ground nuclear facilities.50 Next August, U.S. w-r makers will
meet to consolidate plans for a new generation of "mini,"
"micro" and "tiny" nuclear bombs and bunker busters. These
will be added to the U.S. arsenal perhaps for use against non-
nuclear third-world nations such as Iran, Syria, Lebanon.51
The solution? Americans must stop electing ruthless cr-minals
to rule this nation. We must convince fellow citizens that
villains like Saddam Hussein are made in the U.S. as rationale
for endless corporate war profits. Saddam was placed in
power by the C-A.52 For years U.S. go-ernment agencies,
under auspices of George -ush Sr., supplied him with chemical
and biological weapons.53 Our national nuclear laboratories,
along with Un-sys, D-pont and He-lett-Pack-rd, sold Saddam
materials for his nuclear program.54 Dick Cheney was CEO of
Hall-burton in the late 90s when its subsidiaries signed $73 million
in new contracts to further supply Saddam.55 The wicked villain
of Iraq was nurtured for decades as a cash-cow by U.S. military-
industrial piranhas.
America truly supports its troops, it must stop sending them
into nuclear holocaust for the enrichment of th-gs. Time is
running out. If the DU-maniacs at the Pentagon and their coven
of nuclear arms peddlers are not harnessed, America will have
no able-bodied fighting forces left. All people of the earth will
become grossly ill, hideously deformed and short- lived. We must
succeed in the critical imperative to face reality and act
decisively. Should we fail, there will be no place to hide from
Bu-h-Cheney's merciless nuclear orgies yet to come or from the
inevitable nuclear retaliation these orgies will surely breed.

Part 2.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

............

Part 3 of 3. April 24, 2003.

This part contains all of the sources of information for this
article.

..................

Endnotes

1."DOD Launches Depleted Uranium Training," Linda Kozaryn,
American Forces Press Service, 8-13-99.
2."Nukes of the Gulf War,"John Shirley, Ze...@aol.com. See
this article in archives at www.gulfwarvets.com.
3. B-C News, "US To Use Depleted Uranium," March 18, 2003;
U.S. General A0counting Office, Operation Desert Storm: "Early
Performance Assessment of Bradley and Abrams," 1-2-92.
4."Nukes of the Gulf War," op. cit.
5. Ibid.
6. "Invading Hiroshima," William Thomas, 2-4-2003,
www.willthomas.net
7. "US Shells Leave Lethal Legacy," Toronto Star, July 31, 1999;
also "Radiation Tests for Peacekeepers in the Balkans Exposed
to Depleted Uranium," www.telegraph.co.uk, 12-31-02.
8. "Depleted Uranium May Stop Kidneys In Days," Rob
Edwards, New Scientist.com, 3-12-02; also "Uranium Weapons
Too Hot to Handle," Rob Edwards, New Scientist.co.uk, 6-9-99.
9. "Navy Seeks Cash for More Tomahawks," David Rennie in
Washington, Telegraph Group Limited, 1-4-03,
news.telegraph.co.uk.
10. "Going Nuclear in Iraq--DU Can-ers Mount Daily," Ramzi
Kysia, CounterPunch.org, 12-31-01.
11."Depleted Uranium Symptoms Match US Report As Fears
Spread," Peter Beaumont, The Observer (UK) 1-14-01,
www.guardianlimited.co.uk.
12. "Gulf War Illnesses Affect 300,000 Vets," Ellen Tomson,
Pioneer Press, www.pioneerplanet.com. See also American
Gulf War Veterans Association at www.gulfwarvets.com.
13. "2 of Every 5 Gulf War Vets Are On Disability: 209,000
Make VA Claims," World Net Daily, 1-28-03,
WorldNetDaily.com.
14. "Research on Sick Gulf Vets Revisited, "New Y-rk Times,
1-29-01; "Tests Show Gulf War Victims Have Uranium
Poisoning," Jonathon Carr-Brown and Martin Meissonnier,
The Sunday Times (UK) 9-3-02.
15. "Catastrophe: Ill Gulf Vets Contaminated Partners With
DU," The Halifax Herald Limited, Clare Mellor, 2-09-01. This
article is available in archives at www.rense.com.
16. "Iraqi C-ncer, Birth Defects Blamed on US Depleted
Uranium," Seattle Post- Intelligencer, 11-12-02; "US Depleted
Uranium Yields Chamber of Horrors in Southern Iraq, Andy
Kershaw, The Independent (London) 12-4-01.
17. "The Environmental and Human Health Impacts of the
Gulf W-r Region with Special References to Iraq," Ross
Mirkarimi, The Arms Control Research Centre, May 1992.
See also Gulf War Syndrome Birth Defects in Iraq at
www.web-light.nl/VISIE/extremedeformities.html.
18. "The Tiny Victims of Desert Storm, Has Our Country
Abandoned Them?," Li-e Magazine, November 1995;
"Birth Defects Killing Gulf War Babies," Los An-eles
Times, 11-14-94; "Depleted Uranium, The Lingering Poison,"
Alex Kir-y, BBC News Online, 6-7-99.
19. "Depleted Uranium, A Killer Disaster," Travis D-nn,
Disaster News.net, 12-29-02.
20. San Fra-cisco Chronicle, 10-10-02.
21. "US To Use Depleted Uranium," B-C News, 3-18-03.
22. "Depleted Uranium Symptoms Match US Report As
Years Spread," Peter Beaumont, The Observer (UK) 1-14-01.
23. "Iraqi Canc-r, Birth Defects Blamed on US Depleted
Uranium," Seattle Post- Intelligencer, 11-12-02.
24. "US To Use Depleted Uranium," BB- News, 3-18-03.
25. US A-my Environmental Policy Institute: Health and
Environmental Consequences of Depleted Uranium in the
U.S. Ar-y, Technical Report, June 1995.
26. "Pe-tagon Depleted Uranium No Health Risk," Dr.
Doug Rokke, 3-15-03; also "The Terrible, Tragic Toll of
Depleted Uranium," Address by Dr. Rokke before
congressional leaders in Washington, D.C., 12-30-02; also
"Gulf War Casualties," Dr. Doug Rokke,
www.traprockpeace.org. 9-30-02.
"Gulf War Casualties," Dr. Doug Rokke,
www.traprockpeace.org. 9-30-02.
27."Tests Show Gulf War Victims Have Uranium
Poisoning," Sunday Times (UK), Jonathon Carr-Brown
and Martin Meissonnier, 9-3-00.
28. "The Penta-on's Radioactive Bullet: An Investigative
Report," Bill Mesler, The Nation, 5-28-99, see
www.thenation.com/issue/961021/1021mesl.htm.
29. "Tactical Nukes Deployed In Afghanistan," World
Net Daily, 10-7-01.
30. Ibid.
31. "The B-61 Bomb,The Burrowing Nuke" George
Smith,VillageVoice.com 12-29-02.; also "Bunker-busting
US Tactical Nuclear Bombs, Nowhere to Hide," Kennedy
Grey, Wired.com, 10-9-01.
32."Perpetual Death >From America," Mohammed Daud
Miraki, Afghan-American Interviews, 2-24-03; also "Dying
of Thirst," Fred Pearce, New Scientist, 11-17-2001.
33. Ibid.
34. "Afghanistan Displaces Myanmar as Top Heroin
Producer," Agence France-Presse, 3-01-03. This
article is at www.copvcia.com.;also "Opium Trade
Flourishing In the `New Afghanistan,'" Reuters, 3-3-03.
35. "The B-sh-Cheney Dr-g Empire," Michael C. Ruppert,
Nexus Magazine, February-March 2000; The Politics of
Heroin: C-A Complicity in the Global Dr-g Trade, Alfred
W. McCoy, Lawrence Hill & Co., revised edition due
May 2003; Drugging of America, Rodney Stich, Diablo
Western Press, 1999; "Blood for Oil, D-ugs for Arms,"
Bob Djurdjevic, Truth In Media, April 2000,
www.truthinmedia.org. 36. ABC News, February 27, 2003.
37. Compromised, Cl-nton B-sh and the C-A, Terry Reed
and John Cummings, S.P.I. Books, 1994; The Clint-n
Chronicles and The Mena Cover-up, Citizens for Honest
Gov-rnment, 1996; "The Crimes of Mena, Grey Money,"
Ozark Gazette, 1995 (see www.copvcia.com.)
38. "Damage to Yugoslav Environment is Immense, Says a
UN Report," Bob Djurdjevic, 7-4-99, truthinmedia.org. This
report was submitted to the UN Security Council on June 9,
1999; also, "New Depleted Uranium Study Shows Clear
Damage," -BC News,8-28-99; also "NATO Issued Warning
About Toxic Ammo," Associated Press, 01-08-01.
39. CounterPunch.org, 12-28-01.
40. "Hundreds Died of Ca-cer After DU Bombing--Doctor,"
Reuters, 1-13-01.
41."Depleted Uranium Threatens Balkan C-ncer Epidemic,"
B-C News, 7-30-99.
42. "Many Defense Sites Still Hazardous," Asso-iated Press,
9-24-02; also Old US Weapons Called Hidden Danger,
Los An-eles Times, 11-25-02.
43. "Pe-tagon Seeks Freedom to Pollute Land, Air and Sea,"
Andrew Gumbel in L.A., 3-13-03, Independent Digital (UK) Ltd.
44. "Radioactive DU Ammo Is Tested in Fish Areas," Seattle
Post-Intelligencer, 1-11-03; Letter from Rep. McDermott to
Department of the N-vy: see "Navy Fired DU Rounds Into
Waters Off Coast of Washington," 1-20-03, rense.com.
45."Ca-cer Rates Soar From US Mil-tary Use of DU On
`Enchanted Island,'" www.telegraph.co.uk, 2-5-01; also "N-vy
Shells With Depleted Uranium Fired in Puerto Rico,"
Fox News Online, 5-28-99.
46. "The Fa-lon, NV Can-er Cluster And a US Nav- Bombing,"
Jeffrey St. Clair, CounterPunch.org, 8-10-02.
47. "DU Shells Are Made of A Potentially Lethal Cocktail of
Nuclear Waste," Jonathon Carr-Brown,
www.sunday-times.co.uk, 1-22-01.
48. "Preventative War Sets Perilous Precedent," Helen
Thomas, Hearst Newspapers, 3-20-03.
49. PIGS at the Trough, Arriana Huffington, Random House,
2003 (New York Times best seller.); also "The Best Enemies
Money Can Buy, From Hitler to Saddam Hussein to Osama
bin Laden Insider Connections and the Bu-h Family's
Partnership With Ki-lers of Americans;" Mike Ruppert, From
the Wilderness,10-10-01; also "B-sh Sr.'s Carl-le Group Gets
Fat on War and Conflict," Jamie Doward, The Observer (UK),
3-25-03; also "Halliburton Wins Contract for Iraq Oil
Firefighting, Reuters, 3-7-03; also "Cashing In-Fortunes in
Profits Await Bush Circle After Iraq W-r, Andrew Gumbel,
The Independent (London) 9-15-02; also "War Could Be Big
Business for Hallib-rton," Reuters, 3-23-03.
50. "Pe-tagon Seeks a Nuclear Digger," Washington Post,
March 10, 2003.
51. "Remember: Bus- Planed Iraq W-r Before Taking
Office," Neil Mackay, The Sunday Herald (UK) 3-27-03;
also "US Mini-Nukes Alarm Scientists," The Guardian (UK)
4-18-01; also "US Nuclear First-Strike Plan--It Keeps
Getting Scarier, Jeffrey Steinberg, Executive Intelligence
Review, 2-24-03.
52. Wall Street Journal, 8-16-90: The -IA supported the
Baath Party and installed Hussein as Iraqi dictator in 1968.
53. "United States Dual-Use Exports to Iraq and Their
Impact on the Health of Persian Gulf War Veterans,"
Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban
Affairs, 1992, 1994; "U.S. Had Key Role in Iraq Buildup,"
Washington Post, 12-30-02.
54. "US Gov-rnment, 24 US Corps Illegally Helped Iraq
Build Its WMD," Hugh Williamson in Berlin, Financial
Times, 12-19-02; "Full List of US Weapons Suppliers To
Iraq," Anu de Monterice, coac...@earthlink.net, 12-19-02.
55. Huffington, op. cit.
Amy Worthington is a reporter for The Idaho Observer
Obse...@coldreams.com
___________________________________________

Illusions Mailing List
illu...@lists.beyond-the-illusion.com
http://lists.beyond-the-illusion.com/mailman/listinfo/illusions

Part 3 of 3.

John Wisnton. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 26, 2003, 8:16:48 PM4/26/03

Subject: A Genie Will Be Returned To It's Bottle. April 26, 2003.

Sheldan has been talking about a bunch of UFOs coming in a taking
over for a long time. Here is some information about that situation.
If you hate Sheldan Nidle and don't like to read channeled material
then you might not want to read the following information. When
making predictions as to when something will happen it best not to
use the word "soon" or give a specific date as to when it will
happen. If it is to happen, it will happen in the fullness of time.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: G
Subject: Update by Sheldan Nidle Update for Apr. 22, 2003
for the Spiritual Hierarchy and the Galactic Federation
8 Eb, 10 Kank'in, 11 Ik
Greetings! We arrive, dear Hearts! Finally, Mother Earth is
approaching the divine moment that we all have been waiting for!
He-ven has unleashed elements that will irrevocably crush the power
of your last ca-al. This prodigious operation is positioned to
suddenly manifest in your midst. Your Ascended Masters and the local
he-venly Administration have instructed us to set in motion events
that will make their sacred edicts a reality. These newly-outlined
tactics transcend our present close observation of your world.
As one of our many planetary sector commanders recently remarked
with reference to his new orders, "At last, some possibilities for
action!" We are most excited by the fact that, soon, you will be
able to see us openly in your skies. Thus, we have doubled the number
of defense ships operating in the solar system's Earth-Moon quadrant.
We have also tightened the special inter-dimensional security
shield that surrounds your planet and can prevent anyone we have
not authorized from leaving or entering your present reality.
Moreover, we have asked two more defense Mothership groups, which
are stationed at the edge of your solar system, to relocate
immediately to the far side of Jupiter. This inner (first) ring
around your world is now tightly sealed. The next stage of our
complex operation is to prepare our defense forces to shut down
all earthly communications related to mil-tary forces controlled
by, or sympathetic to, this last c-bal. The final phase of this
procedure, which is now in progress, will be to alert our earthly
allies that we are about to release, temporarily into their command,
special artificial personnel that can be of great assistance in
their planned activities. As ever, we work under the influence of
our agreements and according to the firm dictates of our hea-enly
superiors. We believe that the magical event for which we have
yearned is soon to manifest. At this point, we ask you to understand
that what is about to occur is the most phenomenal event in the past
13 millennia of your history.
Imagine! A perfectly bl-odless rev-lution of unprecedented
proportions is unfolding!
It is unfortunate that the recent, unnecessary w-r in the Middle
East had to be waged, in order to free our earthly allies of certain
ev-l oppressors and to bring to a close the flood of charges that
will be brought against the many individuals who led this last,
unrelenting cab-l. The international tribunal set to conduct these
trials has been conferred with great power and is ready to begin
its proceedings. Moreover, those who will assume control of the
go-ernment of your last superpower have been appointed, and a
detailed agenda for their governance has been fully approved. This
new g-vernment will officially supervise the investiture of a new
and utterly fair political system. The go-ernment will make a solemn
transition to a more permanent one after a national election is
held. No high-ranking members of this new gove-nment will run,
initially, for political office. Instead, a throng of largely
unknown individuals, who wish to serve you, will be running for
office at local, state/provincial and national levels to complete
the terms of those who were forced to res-gn.
These resignations will apply to all, and indicate the beginning
of a political upheaval of unprecedented proportions. This
alteration will unleash an enormous inventory of devices now kept
sec-et for mil-tary and economic reasons.
Moreover, the UFO cover-up will end. Our existence and benevolence
will be fully declared, furnishing you with an enormous quantity
of facts concerning your reality. Our earthly allies have promised
to release a wealth of information regarding events of the last few
years. We are resolved to go even further and, with the help of the
Anunnaki, to explain thoroughly the last 13 millennia of your
history. This will enable your new gov-rnments to prosecute the
individuals, groups and corporations who have befouled your world.
It will mark an end to this prolonged rule by earthly minions who
defied the wishes of their former off-world masters, and those of
Hea-en, to transform this dark, earthly realm, thus enabling the
creation of a new, abundant age upon your world.
These actions will allow every major corporation on your world to
be re-chartered. These events will also yield a whole new series of
benevolent enterprises that are equipped with new technologies to
clean your environment. And, as mentioned in previous messages, we
have every intention of embarking upon the transferal of a number
of our technologies to complement those you yourselves have
developed. This new environment will be augmented by a formal
declaration of peace on the part of your world's go-ernments. As
another step toward peace, we will disarm all nuclear weaponry and
supply suitable replacements for all nuclear-powered electrical
generation facilities on your world.

The ever-formidable nuclear genie will be returned to its bottle.

In its stead, we will introduce the age of magnetic and Light
power to your world. Its energy is non-polluting and will revitalize
your life, rather than detract from it.
This golden time will indicate the point when two great nations -
the cetacean nation and the inner world of Agartha - will join you.
We have been working with both to arrange a swift transition for
all. In this universal moment, your xenophobia regarding your own
uniqueness will cease. Another sentient Being will be officially
recognized and the exact nature of your planetary guardianship
painstakingly explained. The ruling council of Agartha wishes you
to know that they gladly await the time when they will interact
with you. They carry with them a full history of your world that
begins before the rise of Lemuria. These great Beings long to
express their compassion by resurrecting the ancient pillars of
this world - the many water temples that supported the antediluvian
firmament. The return of this firmament will be the exalted sign
that Mother Earth is about to don her new clothes.
When the time for the 'Earth changes' arrives, you will be ready
for your metamorphosis, following which you will be transported to
your subterranean residences. Remember, dear Ones, that these
places are the objects of your desires and that they are
inter-dimensional in nature. That is, they are not cavern worlds,
but specially-prepared dwellings where you will complete your return
to full consciousness. As fully-conscious Beings, you finally will
remember your true purposes and create a supremely unique and
satisfying galactic society. Your galactic society will maintain this
solar system and make a number of much-needelauds you, and wants you
to know that this process has already begun.
The glorious events that we have described herein are truly
unfolding. Those involved are diligently manifesting it in a most
divine, sacred way.
These events are part of the process that Hea-en has conferred
upon you. This divine edict allowed you to fall into the dark realms
of limited consciousness, but promised that, at a pre-ordained time,
all of you would be returned to full consciousness. This is that
divine moment. It has taken you thousands of generations to reach
this magical era. The coming Golden A-e marks the end of your
limiting circumstances and allows you, as physical Angels, to
resume your sacred path. You have waited a very long time to set
foot on that path. Many individuals and secret groups have fought
hard to enable you to achieve this resplendent victory. Their
revelation blesses you by transforming the dark karma that has bound
you to this reality. Know in your hearts that He-ven's transcendent
deliverance of you is at hand!
Today, we have briefly discussed the events that are unfolding.
We ask you to remain totally focused and utterly committed to your
long-anticipated victory.
Grasp the immensity of the heavenly forces that are seeking your
liberation. This is the momentous time that we all have patiently
awaited! We now take our leave.
Blessings, dear Ones! Know in your Heart of Hearts that the
unending Supply and unceasing Abundance of Heav-n is yours! So Be
It!
Selamat Gajun! Selamat Kasijaram!
(Sirian for Be One! Be Blessed in Love and in Joy!)
http://www.paoweb.com/sn042203.htm
http://www.paoweb.com/updates.htm
http://www.paoweb.com/

John Winston. joh...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 28, 2003, 2:11:28 AM4/28/03

Subject: Lady Talks About Earth Changes On Coast To Coast.
April 27, 2003.

I was listening last Thursday to George on the former Art Bell
Show. He had a quest on by the name of Nancy Lieder. This lady
claims to talk for the space people called the Greys and the
information she puts out is in a web site called zetatalk.com
You would think that she was as bad as the Purple People Eatter
by the way some callers-in put her down. They called her everything
that is bad in the book. I'll have to admit that I've been pretty
good at throwing mud at the Greys for the way they abduct people.
Here is some of the information that she put out. Let's hope
it doesn't happen. If you are upset by scary negative information
then please don't read this.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: C
Subject: PLANET X/Earth Changes Before June 1st, Claims Zetatalk
Nancy Lieder of Zetatalk is sticking by her story that Planet X
will affect the Earth between May 15th and June 1, 2003. She
recommends that people move inland and be located approximately
650 feet above sea level no later than May 15th. She says it's time
to get your supplies in order, prepare for hurricane-force winds,
extended electrical outages, disruptions in civilization, etc.
Oh, by the way, Nancy says the earth is going to slow down its
rotation, then stop rotating, followed by a physical pole shift.
It looks like May could be an interesting month.
For an update and summary about Planet X, created especially for
Coast to Coast AM listeners, visit
http://www.zetatalk.com/index/c2cquick.htm
Within three to five weeks, we'll all know if Nancy was right or
wrong. (Even if Nancy's timeframe is wrong, others foresee
significant earth changes coming during your lifetime.)

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 28, 2003, 9:36:36 AM4/28/03

John F. Winston

unread,

Apr 30, 2003, 5:26:01 PM4/30/03

Subject: Lady K. Talks About SARS. April 29, 2003.

There is a disease going around the world now called SARS. This
posting talks about it. This is channeled material, so be careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: B
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks: April 28, 2003
What Lightworkers Can Do to Help the Global Situation at This Time
Good morning. This is Lady Kadjina. Kay and Wayne have just
returned from a vacation in Trinidad and Tobago. During that time,
Kay was meditating concerning world events and how light workers can
help. She was wondering, if it is true that the Atlanteans have
returned, along with many lightworkers from many places, why are
Earth events developing in the way that they are with so many sad
and distressing things taking place. She was asking, "What can
lightworkers do to help?" She received a response from not only
myself, but from the collective consciousness that we sometimes refer
to as "the cosmic vault."
Most of you are familiar with the terms 'soul mate', 'twin
flames', 'soul group' and also what we call the 'Oversoul 7'
category. Now none of these fields of energy are the same. They
are all different and serve different purposes.
Twin Flames: I am going to try to explain what twin flames are
and how they differ from soul mates. For those of you who have
seen paintings of the Sacred Heart of J--us, you will notice that
there is a flame above the heart. This is representative of the
thymus gland, high heart, or the heart chakra power center. It is
this energy that connects individuals to the Christ field of energy
and also to their high self. It is from this energy center that
you can connect in oneness to all of life, to every human. The
Christ energy field is of itself neither male nor female. But
during individualization, they twin off into duality expressions in
order to experience life through the duality of human form. In
this way you have beings such as the Buddha and Je--s and Gautama
as male expressions, and also many of the archan-els of masculine
form. And then you have of the female expression such beings as
Lady Salena, Isis, Mother Mary, and the female expressions of
angels. All of these beings are part of the Christ energy field.
So in your creation back in the very beginning, you came forth
from one of the angelic twins. In Kay's and Wayne's situation,
they came forth from the Archangel Michael. These great archangels
took from the human physical form and breathed into them the breath
of life, thereby creating a way in which you could develop
sp-ritually. In your creation, in the very beginning, you were
neither male nor female. But as you evolved, for the sake of
learning the many forms of duality, you also twinned off and became
two beings, male and female, and these were called twin souls.
Twin Souls: Now the twin souls also made twins so that there
would be four.
The male twin created two aspects: one of light and one of dark.
And the female twin soul also created within herself two aspects of
light and dark energies. Now we have levels of soul activity. As
time went on these four souls grew and evolved, going up the ranks
of the various chakra systems through tribe, community, extended
community, and eventually reconnecting to the heart chakra, and from
there to the higher chakra systems. However, in many situations,
the dark energy twin did not choose to turn to the light.
Now it is imperative, in order for individuals to ascend, that
they reunite with their twin, even if that twin be of the darkness.
You have a scripture that says something like this (and this is
from the Old Testament): Whatsoever proceedeth forth from the Father
shall in due course of time return to the Father. There are some
soul energies that are so dark that they cannot reconnect to their
light bodies. These souls will return to primordial substance and
will begin over, coming up through the ranks of minerals, plants,
and animals before they become human once again. And for these,
long shall be the journey home. For the light twin counterpart
that continues on without their twin, there will always be a
yearning. They will know, deep within, that their twin returned to
primordial substance and is required to come up through the ranks.
But when their twin turns to the light, they will become as a
guardian an-el to their twin. They will do everything in their
power to return their twin to the light and to assist them in
every way possible.
Family Soul Groups: This group is interesting in the way that
it evolved.
This group comes about through a succession of many twinnings.
If you think of the way that cells divide - and each cell is
complete within itself - this is somewhat the way that family soul
groups evolved. Each individualization has all that it needs within
its energy grid system to evolve and fully develop within the light.
And when an individual family member is fully ascended into the
light, they do not go on and leave family members behind.
You evolve as a unit. You have responsibility, even to those dark
members of your family group.
Soul Groups: Soul groups extend even beyond the family group.
These are idividuals who develop similar interests and they band
together sharing information that is for the good of the various
family groupings and soul groupings in relationship to the family
of humanity.
Many of our readers have evolved beyond simple family soul groups
into the more global family of one humanity soul. If you feel
deep within your heart chakra that you have evolved to the point
of thinking in terms of one nation of global citizens and one
humanity, and if you think in terms of what is good for all citizens
of Planet Earth, then you can be certain that you have evolved to
the point of connecting to the one soul of humanity and you are
secure within the Christ consciousness. Christ consciousness
extends far beyond Chr-stianity. It includes many souls from many
world re-igions.
Therefore, if you find yourself having a reverence for the great
Truths contained within all world r-ligions, then you are also a
member of the one soul of all humanity. I should amend that,
because all of humanity is a member of the one soul of humanity.
However, not every individual has evolved in their awareness to be
able to consciously reconnect to the one soul.
Now we will give you some information as to how you can be
effective in asisting in Earth events at this time. The key energy
for this work is compassion. Along with compassion goes mercy,
and this means the ability to see the bigger picture. This in
turn means that you have the capacity to go beyond borders and
boundaries of nations and that you are able to see the points of
view of your brothers and sisters on other continents. Now we
would tell you this: that each of you has inc-rnated many times and
you have lived on every continent on Planet Earth. You have loved
being a Chinese father and a Roman guard and an Australian Aborigine
and an African fisherman and an Inca scribe and a North American
Indian, and an Egyptian dancer and a Greek mathematician. You have
also enjoyed your time in all of the countries of the Mideast.
Each of you has deep soul roots to every nation on this planet.
And you therefore have soul family members located throughout this
planet at this time. So how do we heal the planet? What is the
process?
For those of you who practice the esoteric healing arts, you know
that you have the physical body to heal, but you also realize that
there is the body double. Even science today is aware of this
extended energy field. There is photographic equipment that
takes pictures of this extended energy field.
Now this field of energy has what we would call an etheric
webbing. Think in terms of a fishnet. If one of the cords of the
net breaks, a jagged tear begins to form. It is something like a
slipknot: it just keeps getting bigger. So the holistic
practitioner will oftentimes work at healing this etheric webbing
first and then the physical body begins to heal more quickly. Many
healers astrally project themselves to their clients and work with
them during dreamtime. Many healers attend to their clients during
the time of surgery and recovery, working to remove the body double
components of the drugs that were used to put their client to sleep
or to relieve pain.
We are putting it to you in this way because it is possible for
each of you to astrally connect to your soul family groups located
throughout this planet and to communicate with them during dreamtime.
Many of you have done past life regressions. Subsequently, you are
aware of the so-called 'bad guy' that you have been. Several of you
have served with the group known as the Conquistadors. Many of you
were members of the groups that would put the early Chri-tians to
death in the lion's den. Some of you were the leaders of these
groups. Others were the henchmen or controlled the guillotines.
Some of you would throw the vir-ins into the Volcano. But today you
have turned to the light. And in future time your dark soul mates
and family soul group members will also turn to the light. And what
you can do in the now of time is find an individual - perhaps in
Iraq or Afghanistan - that you would consider to be of the darker
light. This individual might be a father who believes that his G-d
and his rel-gion is correct. And what you can do is find passages
from their Koran that speaks of brotherly love. Astral travel into
this individual's dream time and talk to them, not to prove yourself
right and not to judge or condemn them, but simply read to them
their scr-pture. Tell them that you understand well where they are
right now in their belief, because you were once there as a
Conquistador yourself. Tell them what the greater light, the higher
light, was like. Tell them of their joy, for I can assure you that
these brothers and sisters know very little about joy. Speak to
them from the standpoint of compassion that comes about because you
know where you have been; you know the pain of the return to the
light; and in compassion you do not wish this for your brother or
your sister; you do not wish this for their little children,
either. Out of compassion you want the cycle to stop. And you
can work with these individuals to heal them as any holistic
practitioner works in the astral plane with their client.
We would also tell you not to grieve for those souls who are
leaving the planet at this time. Many groups of souls, such as
those in China right now, are living such miserable existences
that they are asking for relief.
You can also assist these souls by astrally projecting yourself
into their field of energy and telling them it's OK to go on home.
Tell them that soon the light of love and mercy and compassion will
be well grounded upon Planet Earth and that when they return it
will be to a better world. For the darkness that has kept them
downtrodden for so long is soon to be forever banished from Planet
Earth. In the astral world you will know this truth.
The light is expanding quickly. How do you know this to be true?
Without going into a great deal of politics in this particular
writing, we would simply say that the Iraq w-r was supposed to have
lasted much longer than it did. The light, the prayers, the
marches, and the voice of the collective consciousness of humanity
caused the wa- to be much shorter than what was forecast by those
who declared the -ar against Iraq.
In the event that there should be extensions of this one w-r into
other regions of the Mideast, we would tell you that the wa- will be
of short duration. For -ar is not of the light. It is not the way
for Planet Earth to proceed. There are better ways of dealing with
the adversities of humanity. However, this -ar agenda must be
played out in such a way as to strongly grab the attention of the
collective consciousness of the soul of one humanity so that this
one soul rises up and shouts out to the very vault of the cosmos,
"We want peace!" The definition of peace is the manifestation by
all of humanity of the energy of compassion, mercy, good will, high
integrity, and all of these energies when expressed will bring about
the highest good for all of humanity. It will ensure clean water
for Africa and education for the women of Afghanistan and Pakistan.
It will also open the gateway to full disclosure on every level.
SARS has been existence upon this planet for more than 2 years in
China.
The World Health Organization has spoken of it, but not by the
name SARS. SARS is a name that has been given to it recently to
make it appear as new. But when the information about SARS was
released to the world in the media, the collective soul of humanity
said, "This is not allowed; let there be light," which means, let
there be compassion. And so in this moment of now, there is a
scientist who has proven the ability to stop the SARS in less than
14.4 seconds (http://www.rense.com/general37/sarrss.htm). This
same scientist has been able to deal with other diseases as well
and is a physicist and Nobel Prize nominee.
What we are saying is that because of the activity of light or
compassion, the agenda of those of the dark light will come to
nothing. We realize that those of you who lose loved ones in
these conflicts, to you it is a great loss. When we say that
these conflicts come to nothing, we simply mean that it is a matter
of weeks rather than years.
So now we are hoping that we have given you sufficient information
to enable you to move beyond this writing, which might be considered
the lecture hall, and out into the laboratory, which might be called
the field of experiences, and that you utilize some of these
concepts and work with your soul groups all over this planet. All
you need to do is ask your high self to connect you with one of them
and we assure you that this individual that you connect with will
recognize you. They may even be glad to see you. They may be
willing to listen. However, they may try to convince you that their
position is correct. Your light will guide you and protect you.
Compassion is a powerful energy. It is new to this planet for the
most part and it is one of the key energies of the return of such
masters as Thoth and Chiron, Lillith, and Vulcan. And once again
we request all astrologers to include these energies in the na-al
charts, for it will give a greater field of energy and a greater
understanding of those energies. You will find many souls who have
6-pointed stars, trines, y-ds, and other configurations that are
very powerful.
We leave you now this morning with great blessings and much
gratitude for the work that each of you have already done. And I
also want to say that I'm most grateful for the opportunity to just
speak. I am perfectly willing to do questions and answers and this
is true of the group with which I work, but we oftentimes enjoy
just speaking from our hearts what we have on our minds. So love
and compassion and mercy is extended to all of humanity.
Hold steady for you have already won, for in the etheric realm
the healings have already taken place; it's simply a matter of
manifesting in your 3rd dimensional reality. Peace, love and
compassion to all.
http://www.citiesoflight.net/kadjina.html
Please feel free to copy and/or redistribute this or other of her
messages at no charge to anyone, giving credit to the source as
Cities of Light (http://www.citiesoflight.net).
Email comments to: Reverend Kay Simmons (la...@citiesoflight.net)
or Wayne Moody (wa...@citiesoflight.net)
------------------- Yahoo! Groups Sponsor ----
Get A Free Psychic Reading!
Your Online Answer To Life's Important Questions.
http://us.click.yahoo.com/cjB9SD/od7FAA/AG3JAA/o9ewlB/TM
-------------------------------------------------
To Post a message, send it to: 13th...@eGroups.com
Your use of Yahoo! Groups is subject to
http://docs.yahoo.com/info/terms/

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

May 2, 2003, 1:22:52 AM5/2/03

Subject: How To Control SARS. May 1, 2003.

In my last posting the people mentioned a web site that talks about
getting rid of SARS in 14.4 seconds. Here is part of the information
from that site.

http://www.rense.com/general37/sarrss.htm

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

_________________________________________
EXCLUSIVE
Total Inactivation Of SARS Virus Achieved In 14 Seconds
By Basil Wainwright
IMPORTANT BREAKTHROUGH TEST RESULTS ON THE CURRENT ELEVEN KNOWN
VARIANTS OF THE CORONA VIRAL GROUPINGS
On Wednesday 2nd April 2003, one of East Africa's top biologists
who worked extensively with Basil Earle Wainwright upon the
inactivation of numerous pathogens including Ant-ax, within one of
Africa's leading tropical disease facilities, had been examining the
applications and effects of all the known antiviral agents to
determine their effectiveness upon SARS and analyze the subsequent
results.
It is well-known that SARS (Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome) is
one of the Corona Viral groupings, which of course has always been
associated with colds, influenza and killer pneumonias. All known
corona viruses are very infectious and are generally considered to
be a function of air borne transmission.
As previously mentioned, extensive testing and any variants on
DNA recognition were carried out to evaluate the antiviral
capabilities of all known antiviral agents. The conclusions on
these tests determined that no effectiveness was demonstrated.
As I had shipped my new molecular blood purification system to
this particular research facility in January, they decided to
conduct a test run on the corona viral groupings using my
aforementioned blood purification system.
The head biologist who had worked extensively with my research
team in Africa ran tests with all known eleven current corona viral
groups, and monitored their results. He also conducted extensive
PCR evaluation and within less than 14.4 seconds demonstrated total
inactivation of the SARS virus with no deleterious effects upon the
remaining blood components.
This system allows the patients pre-saturated highly oxygenated
blood to flow up the capillary coil which is then subjected to four
UV frequencies, spaced at 200 millisecond separation, the total
exposure time at 100 mls /min is 7.2 seconds. The specific UV
frequencies create four variants of reactive Oxygen molecules within
the patients blood itself.
One of the primary concerns of course is as to how this virus
SARS is spreading globally, when it is well known that if you are
desirous of testing a new pathogen, all you do is put it in the
mail.
BASIL EARLE WAINWRIGHT
Physicist & Nobel nominee
Peter the Czar award Russia
Expo83' Award Winner basilwa...@hotmail.com
Disclaimer
http://www.rense.com
This Site Served by
TheHostPros
You are already at the end of this document.

JW It would be nice for them to plug me into this machine and see
what happens.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

May 3, 2003, 1:42:48 AM5/3/03

Subject: Underground Tunnels And Cities. Part 1. May 2, 2003.

Actually the title of this posting should read "Are Parts of
Calif. Floating On The Ocean" part 12, but I figured I had better
change the rest of the material to "Underground Tunnels And Cities,
Part 1.
The odd thing about the material I'm about to present is that
it's partially not true, this deals with Sharula. I know her, made
video tapes for her and even taken some of the lessons that she
puts out like "How To Remain Young Or Even Get Younger" or words to
that effect. I've not become younger so take what is says about
Sharula with a grain of salt. She appears to tell the truth
about Mt. Shasta but some of her teaching don't appear to pan
out OK. The first time that I ever did see her something told
that her body was not from inside Mt. Shasta. I like her and
treat her with respect. I would say she is probably a walk-in
but he says she isn't. So here we go and please try to find out
what is the truth in this situation.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

I believe
the African entrance is in the Atlas mountains in the north of that
continent. "'...I also suggest that you explore the 'highways' which
have been found in the oceans. These ancient underworld civilizations
may be mining our seas!'" In previous files we referred to the
alleged inhabitants of a subterranean city below Mt. Shasta in
California, which is believed to be one of the largest, if not THE
largest, subterranean community in North America, and which allegedly
has ties with the Asian empire of "Agharti" and the South American
subterranean colonies. The following are some excepts from an article
written by William F. Hamilton (whose other publications can be
obtained via 7327 Bothwell Rd., Reseda, CA 91335), who we have
mentioned in earlier writings. Bill Hamilton has been in Data
Processing for 22 years and is now a Sr. Programmer-Analyst. He is a
writer, investigator and researcher. He has been involved in UFO
research and investigations since 1953. Bill is a past member of The
Foundation for Research in Parapsychology, The Spacecraft Research
Foundation, The World Federation of Science and Engineering, and
MENSA, the high IQ society. He has been a member of Understanding,
Inc., and served on it's Board. He founded Nexus and Nexus News, an
info center for alternative energy and alternative life-styles. He
founded The UFORUM, a monthly forum on the UFO phenomena. He is a UFO
investigator with MUFON, an Associate Director of UFOCCI, and founder
of UFORCES. Bill is the author of the following books: Space, Time
and Gravity; Center of the Cortex; Telos, The Cosmic Computer;
Geometry of the Grid; Close Encounter Report; Alien Magic; and Cosmic
Top Se-ret. He has written numerous articles for publications such
as 'Search,' 'Energy Unlimited,' 'New Age Science,' 'The New
Atlantean Journal,' 'California UFO,' and 'UFO Universe'. The
following article originally appeared in the 'New Atlantean
Journal': "...I run across some fascinating people in the course of
my investigations who tell me many unusual stories. While on the
trail of reports of UFO base locations, I met a young, very pretty
blonde girl with almond-shaped eyes and small perfect teeth, whose
name is Bonnie. Bonnie has told me an incredible story and has
related a volume of interesting information... Bonnie is sincere,
cheerful, and rational and says she (was born) in 1951 in a city
called TELOS that was built inside an artificial dome-shaped cavern
in the Earth a mile or so beneath Mt. Shasta, California. "Bonnie,
her mother (Rana Mu), her father Ra(Mu), her sister Judy, her cousins
Lorae and Matox, live and move in our society, returning frequently
to TELOS for rest and recuperation. Bonnie relates that her people
use boring machines to bore tunnels in the Earth. These boring
machines heat the rock to incandescence, then vitrify it, thus
eliminating the need for beams and supports. A tube transit tunnel is
used to connect the... cities that exist in various subterranean
regions in our hemisphere. The tube trains are propelled by
electromagnetic impulses up to speeds of 2500 mph. One tube connects
with one of their cities in the Matto Grosso jungle of Brazil. (They)
have developed space travel and some flying saucers come from their
subterranean bases... "They grow food hydroponically under full-
spectrum lights with their gardens attended by automatons. The food
and resources of Telos are distributed in plenty to the million-and-
a-half population that thrives on a no-money economy. Bonnie talks
about history, of the Uighers, Naga-Mayas, and Quetzals, of which she
is a descendant (Note: Many people have mistakenly identified the
inhabitants of 'Telos' as being directly descended from the
'Lemurians', however Bonnie here seems to refute this by indicating
that her ancestrage was other than this, possibly Meso-American
and/or East-Indian? As in the case of the ancient 'antediluvian'
cities of the eastern seaboard which were reestablished after being
abandoned by the lost 'Atlanteans', the 'Lemurians', if they
existed, also seem to have been devastated in a world-wide cataclysm
and their cities re-established by the Uighers, Naga-Mayas, and
Quetzals and probably scattered members of other societies. As we've
said earlier, the name 'Telos' is a Grecian word meaning
'uttermost', suggesting a 'possible' connection with the grecian-like
Hav-musuvs of the Panamint mountains of California - Branton). "I
met Bonnie's cousin, Matox, who, like her, is a strict vegetarian
and holds the same attitudes concerning the motives of
gov-rnment. They constantly guard against discovery or intrusion.
Their advanced awareness and technology helps them remain
vigilant... "Science Fiction? Bonnie is a real person. Many have met
her. Is she perpetrating a hoax? For what motive? She does not seek
publicity and I have a d-vil of a time getting her to meetings to
talk with others, but she has done so. There has been little
variation in her story and her answers in the past three years. She
has given me excellent technical insight on the construction of a
crystal-powered generator that extracts ambient energy... Bonnie's
father, the Ramu, is 300 years old and a member of the ruling council
of Telos. "Many tunnels are unsafe and closed off. All tube transit
tunnels are protected and are designed to eject uninvited guests.
Does Bonnie have the answers that we are looking for? I don't know...
Bonnie says she would like to satisfy our need for proof and will
work with me on a satisfactory answer to that problem, but she is
unconcerned with whether people accept her or not. Bonnie is humorous
and easy-going and well-poised, yet sometimes she becomes brooding
and mysterious. She says her people are busy planning survival
centers for refugees. One of these is to be near Prescott,
Arizona..." (Note: or rather below the Groom Creek area just south of
Prescott, to be exact. Another 'survival center' for refugees of the
world-wide cataclysms which the Telosians believe will eventually
devastate the surface of the earth, is said to be below the general
area of Jenny Lake, Wyoming, near the Tetons. The Tetons themselves
have been the alleged home of a mysterious r-ce, according to
different sources, and extremely ancient stone 'buildings' have
reportedly been found high atop these peaks - Branton). (JW These
are the rock walls of the buildings of the observatory that
was built there during the time of Atlantis and they are talked
about in the book called, "A Dweller Of Two Planets by Oliver or
Phylos". Phylos was a dweller of the inside of Mt. Shasta. For
all I know he may still be alive.) When Bill Hamilton asked "Bonnie"
to elaborate about the power-sources which her people utilize to
propel the so-called "flying saucer" craft, she replied: "...A
lot of it is crystals (i.e. crystal-induced electromagnetism? -
Branton), particularly the atmospheric vehicles.
The planet-to-planet vehicles are driven by an Ion- Mercury
engine. Spaceships can reach speeds way beyond light-- they
can enter hyperspace--you generate into the fourth dimension--
this is controlled by an on-board computer that takes you into
and out of hyperspace.
I know this is a simplification. When your on a ship going into
hyperspace, you will hear this vibration, and a loud screaming
sound when you enter, then you will hear nothing..." Bill
concludes: "I have had many correlations on this data and am
researching it further toward a comprehensive theory of space
travel..." The account given below appeared in 'INNER LIGHT'
Magazine, Summer, 1991. Written by 'Antara', the article,
entitled: 'INTRODUCING THE WOMAN FROM TELOS, THE CITY BENEATH MOUNT
SHASTA', is an alleged interview with this same resident of a
subterranean city now living and working on the surface, under the
name of 'Bonnie' or 'Sharula', along with her husband 'Shield'. We
quote portions of the interview as follows: "The following interview
with Sharula took place on July 23, 1990, and is reprinted
from 'INSIGHTS FOR POSITIVE LIVING.' She shares with us some
wonderful information about the 'Atlantean' and 'Lemurian' cities
(i.e. cities originally 'built' by antediluvian 'Atlanteans'
and 'Lemurians'? - Branton) that exist beneath the earth's
surface. "She speaks of her home, Telos, a city built a mile or so
beneath Mt. Shasta, California. During a recent trip to Mt. Shasta, I
encountered several local townspeople who have personally seen
mysterious fires and lights on the slopes of Mt. Shasta, and have
heard otherworldly chants and music late at night, emanating from the
mountain. And of course, there have been sightings of mysterious
robed people walking into the side of the mountain. Even the local
visitor's guide mentions the 'Lemurian' connection to Mt.
Shasta. "This interview may really stretch your perceptions of
reality. I hope it does. It's meant to... "INSIGHTS: Let's start off
with some basic questions of who you are and where you come
from." "SHARULA: My name is Sharula and I come from a city underneath
Mt. Shasta, called Telos. This city was constructed... at the
termination of the Lemurian continent. When the scientists and
priests of Lemuria realized the continent was about to sink, they
petitioned a group called the Agharta Network, which controlled all
the subterranean cities, to build our own city underneath Mt. Shasta.

John F. Winston

unread,

May 7, 2003, 2:19:25 AM5/7/03

Subject: Correction. May 5, 2003.

Here is a person who has corrected a mistake that was in my
posting called "Underground Tunnels And Cities. Part 1.

....................................................................
....................................................................

From: S
Subject: Bill Hamilton.
Hey John. There was a little mistake in this article. Bill
Hamilton is not the author of the book "Telos".
I am the distributor of that book, and I know the author very well.
Her name is Dianne Robbins. And she lives in Rochester N.Y. Her
website for that book is "OneLight.com".
Thank you.
E

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

May 7, 2003, 2:23:13 AM5/7/03

Subject: Underground Tunnels And Cities. Part 2. May 6, 2003.

This part deals with what we as a country will have to do before
the people inside Telos will help us.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

"INSIGHTS: Is the U.S. Gov-rnment aware of the existence of Telos
and the other underground cities?"
"SHARULA: Yes. For a long time they have been trying to get in,
to access the information of Telos and the silver fleet. The promise
of what they need would be given to them, but in return there are
several things they have to do or quit doing."
"INSIGHTS: What was it that they were given to do or stop doing?"
"SHARULA: Basically, return the country to what it was founded on
and return to an open and honest go-ernment, so that every citizen
has access to what's happening in the gov-rnment." (Note: i.e.
Constitutionally-based gove-nment, Bill of Rights's, etc.? If this
is Sharula's interpretation of an 'open' go-ernment, then we must
assume that the Telosians, or at least many of them, are opposed to
the present plans to establish a one-w-rld socialist dic-atorship
or 'New Wo-ld Order' which will no doubt impose tremendous threats
upon individual liberty of conscience. The reader may recall the
information from an earlier file to the effect that human
'benevolents' were working with the U.S. Gov-rnment in the Nevada
Mili-ary complex against the saurian grays. Their 'teachings'
stated that the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights was very much
respected by them. Also, could these be allied with the same 'human'
aliens who landed in Florida after the two giant asteroid-ships took
up a geosynchronous orbit around the earth, and warned us not to have
any dealing with these 'gray' aliens, and offered their own
assistance if we disarmed our nucl-ar weapons? Were 'they' tied in
with the Telosian 'Blonds' or the Pleiadean 'Nordics'? Some accounts
suggest that both human groups are at least aware of each other, and
possibly have an alliance with each other. Now that the Soviet Union
has broken up and the 'need' for intercontinental ballistic nu-lear
missiles has been decreased, will the U.S. gov-rnment break-off their
self-destructive alliance with the 'grays' and instead seek alliances
with the human groups who had originally warned them about the
grays? - Branton)
"INSIGHTS: Are you referring to the government's interaction with
other 'extraterrestrial' (and/or 'innerterrestrials' - Branton) that
are not of the silver fleet?" (Note: The interviewer is no doubt
referring to the 'pact' which the se-ret g-vernment was manipulated
and deceived into making with the reptilian 'Grays', and
subsequently with other branches of the 'serpent r-ce' - Branton)
"SHARULA: Yes. That is only one."
"INSIGHTS: When was the go-ernment first introduced to Telos?"
"SHARULA: They have been aware of the subterranean cities and
they have been aware of Telos since the country's conception. It is
only near the turn of the century that they started taking action.
This action did not get really aggressive until the 1950's." Note:
There are indications that some members of certain Ma-onic-
type 'se-ret go-ernment' societies, such as the Rosicrucian Order,
have attempted to establish contact with the subterranean residents
of Mt. Shasta, although it is uncertain just what might have come
of this. Several encounters with the 'Blondes' (both subterran and
exterran?) have revealed 'their' own concern about what is taking
place with the abductions and mutilations of human beings by the
sauroid Grays, although many of these groups claim that they cannot
'interfere' with the problem due to some 'cosmic law' of non-
intervention. This may be true with those 'Nordic' or 'Blonde'
societies who hail from other planetary bodies, such as the
Taurians, Lyrans, Eridanians, and Cetusians (the latter of whom
seem to be taking the most action to help their brothers here on
earth, in essence interfering with the saurian 'interferers' from
the Draconis, Bootes, Reticuli, Canis, etc. constellations), and
the 'Solar Tribunal' groups of Mars, Luna, Saturn, etc., and so
on. However, in the case of the Telosian-Aghartian alliance, this
'non-intervention' policy would not apply, since this is their
world also, and they are just as native to earth as anyone else
living on this planet.
In light of this fact, and especially in light of their own
awareness of the reptilian-saurian threat, we would urge them (if
by chance they are reading this) to reconsider such a stance and
join with their fellow human brothers and sisters on the surface in
defending our society from this ancient threat. According to
Sharula, in another interview, the city of Telos exists on five
different levels. The bottom level is about one and one-half miles
across, while the other levels are different. The closest level
to the mountain itself is about three-quarters of a mile across.
This would allow for the possibility of "housing" a large number
of inhabitants in a more concentrated area than surface cities
could permit, being that surface areas can only be inhabited on
the one (surface) level, except for high-rises. This might explain
the large (million- and-a-half) population of this particular
sub-city. As a possible confirmation of the above, we quote the
following transcript of parts of an interview between John Lear
and the National Fringe Sciences Bulletin Board:
"Question: You just mentioned that there were...other 'species'
in contact with this world... are they aware of the EBE's?
"Lear: Yes they are. The types I will mention are listed in a
USAF Academy Physics book called 'INTRODUCTORY SPACE SCIENCE VOLUME
2,B.' I refer to chapter 13... which lists the ones that are most
seen. They are the EBE's, the 'Blondes'... They look just like us
but are invariably blond-haired and blue eyed. Don't know where they
come from but they do not interact with us except for a few
abductions now and then. We also have a species that is similar to
us in appearance but they are about seven feet tall and the main
difference is that their eyes wrap around their head a little more
than ours. Another type listed is a small species about four feet
tall, very hairy and extremely strong for their size. We don't
know where these guys come from either. All this was in the
aforementioned text which was withdrawn by the Air Force in the
early '70's from the book. But there are several people who have
the original book...
"Question: I'm curious also as to the g-vernment's plans, if any,
to deal with an uprising of EBE's should that eventually occur...
or would the technological gap make an attempt untenable?
"Lear: It is my understanding that we have already lost the
battle. This is the reason why MJ-12 is in such a panic. They had a
lot of well laid plans to inform us, and when the deception was
confirmed about 1984 it was all out the window...
"Question: Recently in the INF treaty negotiations, Gorbachev
indicated that despite prior claims, they too were working on an
SDI program... Is there any connection between our program and
theirs and if the battle is lost, why are those attempts being
made?
"Lear: I wish I knew the answer to that. Several rumors have
come out of the test site recently and one of them was that every
test shot this year (1989? - Branton) has been to make a giant
(underground - Branton) room. The shots are very clean and as soon
as everything subsides they move in equipment to make walls, ceiling,
floors and various levels."
The following account is based on a series of letters, documents,
and diagrams which were received from a man in Michigan who we will
refer to as David L., who claimed to have been part of a 12-man
speleological team who broke into an ancient tunnel system and,
subsequently, encountered some of the inhabitants of the subsurface
world. These beings described by David 'may' be the 7-ft. tall
humans with large 'wrap-around' eyes described by John Lear who
have bases on the moon. However this is only a supposition.
During the mid-1980's, subsurface researcher Charles A. Marcoux
(now deceased) informed other researchers who were at the time
involved in aerial and subsurface investigations, that he had
received a manuscript, maps, etc., from a long-time correspondent of
his. This was David L. We will not reveal the last name of this
source, nor the last names nor the cities of residence of others
involved in the incident out of respect for their privacy. However,
since much of the story was released to inner earth researchers some
years ago we feel that the information itself is of enough
importance to the "master puzzle" to mention here. The manuscript
contained an account of a series of expeditions which David L. and
11 others were involved with during the late 1950's and early
1960's. Only 4 or 5 of the members took part in the expeditions at
any given time, while the others supported their efforts. The
account contained a description of an alleged encounter with a
subterran "human" ra-e who allegedly inhabited an underground city
or cities, connected by tunnels, approximately 5-7 miles beneath
the surface of northern Arkansas.
This subterranean system was apparently built by a highly
technological r-ce. Some indications suggest that the tunnels were
constructed by a ra-e which was more ancient than the present
inhabitants, and were possibly excavated in antediluvian times,
since the present inhabitants allegedly showed the speleologists
ancient sealed 'cities' farther below their own, built by a ra-e
which predated themselves.

John F. Winston

unread,

May 7, 2003, 2:27:10 AM5/7/03

Subject: Underground Tunnels And Cities. Part 3. May 6, 2003.

This part explains why certain people prior to the flood lived
so long.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

There was an original set of caves there. We chose to enlarge these
caverns to make them bigger and more livable..." (Note: Although most
accounts seem to suggest that 'Atlantis' was destroyed in a cataclysm
equivalent to a universal flood or deluge such as is described in the
traditions of several ra-es as well as in the writings of the Greek
Plato, 'Lemuria' may be a different story. 'Lemuria' seems to be the
name that surface humans have attributed to this alleged lost
continent of the Pacific, but whether it was actually named that by
the ancient inhabitants is uncertain. The major area of confusion
seems to be whether 'Lemuria' or 'Mu' was an antediluvian OR post-
deluvian society like 'Agharti'. James Churchward seems to place 'Mu'
somewhere in the Indian ocean, whereas others place it in the
Pacific. (JW I think I remember a map that Churchward put in one
of his books that showed Mu as being in the middle of the Pacific).
Some of the old Indian tribes of the northeast and the California
area have ancient legends of an island-continent called 'Elam-Mu'
which was said to be connected to ancient California or separate
from it, out in the Pacific Ocean. Could the Hawaiian islands be
remnants of such an island-continent? The native American legends of
California seem to place 'MU' shortly AFTER the deluge, which was
believed to have occurred a few thousand years B.C. or 5000 years
previous to the close of the 20th Century. The exact history of the
'Telosians' still needs to be investigated, even with the present
information available, as it seems to be a complex history possibly
involving several ra-es - the Uighers, Naga- Mayas, Quetzal's,
'Lemurians' or 'Muvians', Aghartians, and possibly Greeks, East
Indians, and others!? - Branton).
"INSIGHTS: How many people live in Telos?"
"SHARULA: A million and a half."
"INSIGHTS: Tell us about your ecosystem; your water, food, air,
environment--what is it like to live in Telos?"
"SHARULA: We have perpetual light through a process of energizing
stones to create full spectrum lighting. We process them with the
forces that make them small suns. The five levels are garden
levels where we produce all the food we need with hydroponic
gardens. There are plants on all five levels that continue to
circulate the air. We work off the same system the earth does -
the plants produce oxygen (i.e. a subterranean 'biosphere' -
Branton). Plus, we have air shafts that come through the surface
that sends air. Since that air is polluted, we use them less and
less."
(Note: Several years ago a man wrote into SEARCH Magazine
stating that he was an Incan descendant who was "searching for"
his own people, as he was convinced that they had escaped en
masse into underground cities via ancient tunnels which they knew
if, when the conquistadors invaded their land. He claimed that
one day while by a river in a certain region near Matto Grosso,
Brazil, he thought he heard a voice shouting from the top of a
mountain.
He began to climb the peak and a few hours later found himself
beside a mountain-top shaft. He later managed to descend the shaft
and discovered a tunnel which led horizontally to a point where a
type of "door" existed. He heard what sounded like an "elevator"
coming up from deep below and a well-built man who claimed to be
part "Incan" appeared and introduced himself through a transparent
screen. He was told that anyone entering this particular
subterranean region had to undergo a physical "purification"
process to remove the radioactive poisons from their bodies, which
were resident in the atmosphere of the outer world. Could this
explain why the life- span of some of the under-people has
reportedly increased dramatically? The Old Testament 'Torah'
states that previous to the deluge a transparent 'canopy' of water
vapor permeated the upper atmosphere, and some suggest that
before this canopy fell in the form of the deluge the life-span of
the antediluvians was dramatically increased because this "canopy"
sealed-out most of the harmful and degenerating radiations of the
sun. They suggest that this was why the antediluvians lived to an
average of 500 years of age, while some like Methuselah lived
upwards of 900 years! It appears as if the 'Telosians' have taken
precautions not only from the atmospheric solar radioactive
pollution resulting from a decaying atmospheric 'shield', as is
evidenced by an increase in skin-ca-cer world-wide, etc., but
also from the man-made radioactive and industrial pollutants -
Branton)
"INSIGHTS: What form of go-vernment do you have?"
"SHARULA: We have a system where the gove-nment is run by the
council of twelve plus one. They are twelve masters, six male
and six female. If anyone has a disagreement, they go to an
arbitrator, rather than fight it out among themselves. All
arbitrators report to the council and they change constantly.
They are appointed to that position based on their natural
affinity for it."
"INSIGHTS: Who appoints them to that position?"
"SHARULA: The temple of Melchizedek... All through the cosmos
(i.e. human colonizers and explorers sent out from the earth since
the deluge? - Branton) there is an order called Melchizedek..." At
this point we will, before continuing with the Sharula interview,
deal with the history of 'Melchizedek', which began on Earth in
ancient times.
Melchizedek was the ancient High Priest of Salem (now Jerusalem).
We believe that this subject is important enough to deserve a
fairly extensive explanation.

(JW I will now skip a lot of scriptures about Melchizedek.)

We continue now with the interview with 'Sharula':
"INSIGHTS: Earlier, you mentioned... you had to petition the
Aghartha, the ones in charge of the inner earth cities.
Are there other cities in existence?"
"SHARULA: Oh, yes. There are many. There are over one hundred
inner earth cities. Some of them are very similar..."
"INSIGHTS: How does one travel from city to city or from surface
to inner city?"
"SHARULA: Probably the most common method is what we call the
'tubes.' It is a series of underground trains. We've bored tunnels
that run underneath all the oceans and all the continents and
connect all the cities and several of the retreats. The trains,
which look very much like a subway train, are run on a cushion of
air, an electromagnetic cushion, so they never actually touch the
sides of the tunnel. This cushion creates a force field without
friction and therefore they can achieve very high speeds. The
trains are capable of running over 3,000 mph."
"INSIGHTS: Between the surface and the inner cities, how does one
travel?"
"SHARULA: There are several entrances that open to the surface.
We'll use that method or we'll use a ship which is run by the
silver fleet."
"INSIGHTS: The silver fleet...explain that please."
"SHARULA: ...The silver fleet is made up of beings from the
Agharthean cities. Many of the ships that people see in the air are
silver fleets' ships, except for the 'nasties.'"
"INSIGHTS: How can you identify a silver fleet ship as opposed
to the 'nasties,' as you call them?"
"SHARULA: ...all the Confederation ships run off of 'divine'
geometrics (or rather, 'cosmic' geometrics - Branton).
The ships will be either cylinder (cigar?) or they will be saucer
shaped or they will be round. There are NOT a lot of protrusions
and angles; they have a tendency to be smooth. The ships that come
in boomerang shapes and other weird configurations are usually not
Confederation ships." (Note: although this may be true to some
extent, in recent years according to some reports the saurian grays
have begun to use the 'disk' or 'saucer' shape also more frequently.
The 'triangular' craft seen en masse in Belgium, etc. are
apparently 'gray' craft according to abductees there, which would
tend to confirm some of what Bonnie or Sharula is saying. Also,
these 'boomerang' craft have often been seen in connection with the
Archuleta sub-base network of the southwestern U.S., which would
seem to indicate from what Sharula has said that the "Dulce"
network is largely under the control of the 'nasties', or the
draconian powers, as many other sources allege that it is. -
Branton)
"INSIGHTS: Let's talk about the people themselves, the Telosians.
What would a typical Telosian look like?"
"SHARULA: The typical Telosian has a slightly golden tone to
their skin and have a tendency toward high cheek bones and
slightly almond shaped eyes. Most Telosians run toward light hair
and we have all eye colors. The men are generally 7' to 7'6" in
height and the women are generally 6'6" to 7'1" in height. When we
come to the surface we have a process of altering the molecules of
our bodies so that we are able to appear the same height as people
here on the surface."
" INSIGHTS: Does your civilization have any of the social problems
that ours seem to have, like: pollution, hunger, homeless people and
water droughts?"
"SHARULA: No. We don't have pollution because we are able to
monitor our systems at all times.
We have learned to accelerate the atom. When the first scientists
started working with atoms they didn't realize that they weren't
meant to shatter the atom for energy; they were meant to accelerate
the atom for energy that won't die out and won't produce hazardous
afterform. Because we learned to accelerate the atoms, we're also
able to dematerialize all of our waste matter and return it back to
its original form..." "

Part 3.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

May 8, 2003, 2:23:16 AM5/8/03

Subject: Little Green Men, Fairies And Angels. May 7, 2003.

Many times when a doesn't believe in UFOs they will kid with the
subject of Little Green Men. Here is some information about one of
them that may not be a hoax.

....................................................................
....................................................................

From: P
Subject: Little green gnome seen walking in Ecuador!
http://www.ananova.com/news/story/sm_767457.html?menu=
Ananova:

Police investigating gnome reports in Ecuador

Police in a town in Ecuador are investigating reports of a little,
green man seen walking down the street.
A number of Quininde residents called police after seeing what
they described as a "gnome" in the town center.
They all described the creature as being very small, green and
ugly. Marco Preciado told Diario Extra online: "It was less than
three feet tall and I saw it three times. I tried to follow him
but he disappeared."
Cecilia Cedeno who owns a liquor shop, said: "He appeared in front
of the shop to a group of people. He gave a loud laugh and run
away."
A police spokesperson said: "People are scared and fascinated by
the story. We are investigating and we believe it is someone trying
to make fun of the whole town."
Story filed: 15:09 Friday 4th April 2003

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

...............

Subject: Fairies: May 7, 2003.

A lot of differnent type being are being reported lately. Here is
one type of them.

....................................................................
....................................................................

From: B
Subject: Little Faeries
http://paranormal.about.com/library/blstory_may03_17.htm
Little Faeries
by Wendy B.
I just read a story sent to you in April about little beings and
it reminded me of an episode that happened when my daughter was four
years of age. I had not long gone to bed and was reading a book when
she came into my room and we snuggled down and started talking.
There is nothing sweeter than listening to a toddler waffle about
what is happening with her life. We were both wide awake discussing
the next day when she gave the most awesome gasp.
After the gasp... "Mummy, what are they?"
"What are what?" says I.
"The cute little people." She preceded to describe to me that
there were many little people on my doona and each one was riding a
robin. My daughter had never heard that a robin was a bird. But she
described it to the hilt.
On the back of each robin (and after half an hour she counted 22
to 28 of them; this is her counting) I played along with what I
thought was a fantasy by even holding out my hand for these figures
to sit on my hand. I asked her what color they were, and this is
where I started getting freaked. She named colors like magenta,
freisa and the other technical names I had never heard of.
I phoned a hardware store the next day regarding the colors
mentioned because I had never heard of a few of them (at least seven
they had never heard of). They even contacted their paint
representatives for mixture content names that were true colors. How
can a four year old know these colors?
She described the wings, clothes, hats, shoes, shields and weapons
- little tiny sticks with sharp bits on the ends. At the time, I
played along with her (what I though were her fantasies) for over
an hour. Suddenly, she screamed - blood-curdling. She told me to
save them all. There was an alligator (we don't have alligators in
Australia, only crocodiles) within the doona folds and was after
to the faeries. I was shocked that she knew what an alligator was
and told here that there weren't any in Australia, but she said
that it wasn't a real-looking one and described it to be the same
size as the robins, but had hooked beaks.
She distinctly told me that it wasn't a croc but an alligator.
She screamed and screamed and hit the doona trying to deter the
alligator from getting the faeries. Her reaction totally shocked me
for her it was so very real even though I couldn't see anything.
Within 30 seconds she said that they were flying around the room,
and then they were flying into the wall. This is a bessa block wall
18 inches thick and on the other side was my new baby.
My first reaction was to get him out of the room, but my daughter
said that with them in there he was "safe from de-ons."
I asked her what happened to the alligators and she laid very
still and told me that they were still there and not to put my
hands or arms on the outside of the doona for they were cranky
with us for helping the faeries escape. We lay awake for over an
hour looking. I believed her.
She has had unreal experiences since then - some of them right
e-il... another story to be be told when I think I can face it,
because they totally make my hair on the back of my neck sit up
just thinking about them.

**COPYRIGHT NOTICE**
In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, any copyrighted
work in this message is distributed under fair use without profit
or payment to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving
the included information for non-profit research and educational
purposes only.
http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/17/107.shtml
To subscribe to this group, send an email to:
Para-Discus...@yahoogroups.com

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

.................

Subject: Angel On The Radio. May 7, 2003.

Last week there was a person who said that he was an angel who
called into the Coast To Coast Radio show (formerly called the
Art Bell Show).
George N. was nice to the person and asked how many angels there
were on Earth now. He said "many". He was asked how long he
had been on Earth and he said "A long time". He didn't laugh about
the whole conversation. He said he was concerned about the many
people who were dying of disease in another country.
Maymbe we'll hear about it more in the future.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

May 9, 2003, 11:28:12 AM5/9/03

Subject: A Really Big Show. May 9, 2003.

Here is something that was put on the Internet by a person who
likes to make fun of me. It obviously is a hoax.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: T
Subject: John F. Winston: "unplugged"
The 1st Annual John F. Winston Reunion, Retreat, and Convention
will be held at the Marriot Hotel and Convention Center in San
Francisco, CA July 25, 26, and 27
Card-carrying members and affiliates of the following
organizations (in no particular order) are invited and encouraged
to attend:
Extra-Terrestrials
Disciples of Nostradamus
Citizens of Atlantis
International Brotherhood of Mediums, Channelers, and Soothsayers
Men (and women) In Black
Trekkies of Earth
Sub-terranian Dwellers
Trekkies of Earth
Sub-terranian Dwellers
Black Helicopter Pilots Association
Civilian Employees of the Air Force at Groom Lake(Area 51 Division)

Scheduled events include:

Friday July 25 9AM---1PM Orientation and Brainwashing
for Dependants and Press
Friday July 25 2PM---6PM Channeling Seminar Speaker:
Lady Kadjina
Friday July 25 6PM---8PM Dinner Main Ballroom
Friday July 25 9PM--11PM Making Spooky Faces-An
Instructional Lecture Speaker: Jesse Ventura
Friday July 25 11PM-11:30 PM Saving Money by Channeling Down
the Center Speaker: Carrottop
Saturday July 26 8AM--9AM Continental Breakfast in the
Alpha-Centauri Lounge
Saturday July 26 9AM-12 N SubTerranean and Atlantean
Artifact Exhibition
Saturday July 26 12 N---2PM Men In Black Chili Cook-off
Sponsored by Ray Ban Night Vision Sunglasses
Saturday July 26 2PM---3PM Windsor Pilates in a Low-G
Environment
Instructor: Seven Of Nine
Saturday July 26 3PM---5PM Advancing Science Through Cattle
Mutilations Video and Discussion Group
Saturday July 26 5PM---7PM Dinner Main Ballroom
Saturday July 26 8PM---9PM Lecture: "Close Encounters
of the Fourth Kind"

Relaxation

Techniques for A-al Probe Volunteers Speaker: Jim Fox Mulder
Kirk
Saturday July 26 9PM--11PM "Hiding in Plain Sight" Flight
and Avoidance Techniques Speaker: The Predator
Saturday July 26 11PM--12 M The Effects of Earth
Atmosphere on Space Vehicles Speaker: Leader of the Greys
Sunday July 27 8AM---9AM Continental Breakfast in the
Orion Belt Pavillion
Sunday July 27 9AM---12 N Predicting the Future For
Fun and Profit Speaker: Lady K
Sunday July 27 12 N----2PM Crop Circles For the
Hobbyist - New and Exciting Designs for Home Decorating
Sunday July 27 2PM----4PM Designer Foil Beanie Show -
See The Latest Fashions in High Frequency Protection
Sunday July 27 4PM----6PM Air Show by the Romulan
Flight Demonstration Team
Sunday July 27 6PM----8PM Dinner Main Ballroom
Sunday July 27 9PM---10PM John F. Winston Award
Ceremony and Debriefing
Special Guest

Presenters Include: The Ghostbusters, Sigourney Weaver, and Bill
Shatner
LifetimeAchievment Award will be presented to Ray Walston by Alf
Group discount accomodations are available through Gene Rodenberry
Tours Inc. and Hotels.com
Please, no open containers or coolers permitted

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

May 14, 2003, 11:15:51 AM5/14/03

Subject: Information From Wesak, About Nibiru. May 14, 2003.

A lot of people went to the convention called Wesak. The people
are turned away when applicants reach about 2,000 people. Here is
one of the lectures that was read at the meeting this year. The
information about Nibiru will be in Part 2. It is probably

channeled material, so be careful.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: G
Subject: ***Matthew's WESAK FESTIVAL Message
S
I've missed hearing from you but had no time to write that (or
anything else!) during the super rush to get first two books back
into production from scratch and get the new one press-ready. Am
hoping you will mention on one of your postings that the new book
is available and direct your readers to www.matthewbooks.com to
check it out.

***MY COMMENT: I rate Matthew's books, "MATTHEW, Tell Me About
He-ven" & "Revelations For The New Era"---in the TOP 10 books ever
written on Earth!! I am anxiously waiting to read just published
book #3, "Illuminations For a New Era." Bless Matthew's heart and
soul. Bless your soul...*** M
When you have time you may be interested in reading Matthew's
message he gave me to read at Wesak, so I'll copy it below With
love to you and M and J...
S
*********************************
Hello, everyone! This is Matthew embracing you with love and honor
and thankfulness for the invitation to participate in this
magnificent spir-tual celebration.
Some of you may know me through the Matthew Books or my messages
on Internet sites and thus think of me as a discarnate soul who
talks with his mother. This is true, but it is not all of me. At
soul level we all know each other's essence, so it is as friend to
friend that I greet you.
As you see, my mother is not the loquacious speaker that I would
like to be. One provision of our family's soul agreement was that
she and I would collaborate on books, but we forgot to include
that it also would be good if she became a "live" ch-nnel and
dynamic public speaker.
I am overjoyed to be here in your midst! I hope that some of you
are seeing my etheric body or sensing my physical presence. If this
could be my very self speaking at this moment, I would absolutely
know if this is so. However, since this message had to be given to
my mother prior to her arrival here, it is only my expectation that
I can express. What I do know is that I intend to be with you and
therefore I am!
I cannot speak knowledgeably, either, about the extent of light
emanating from this group in this instant. What I can tell you about
is the grandness of light that has been generated for many months by
the individuals who planned and prepared for this glorious gathering,
and the light we have seen in your collective anticipation of being
here also is wondrous. The growing brilliance as these days neared has
been an uplifting of Earth's own sp-rit. From this higher vantage
point we can see that the light you have been creating is caressing
and healing the very life and soul of your beloved Mother Earth.
You are extraordinary people, otherwise you wouldn't be here. You are
consciously connected with your g-dselves and knowledgeable about what
is happening in this new era. So what can I say that may be more
enlightening, more heartening and more sustaining than you already
intuitively and consciously know? I am familiar with your hearts and
minds, and I think you are hoping for but not really expecting me to
tell you something "new and momentous."
You are a group to whom it's very tough to tell something new, and it
is from Creator or Go- that momentous pronouncements come, not from
me. But I do want something worthy for you to ponder in the truth I am
sharing with you in these moments. If only as a reminder or
reinforcement of what you know as truth, then please let it serve you
well in that way.
It is not only from the vantage point of Nirvana that my information
comes today. Like other souls who do not choose reincarnation on Earth
to continue their spiritual growth, my evolvement has been in a
different direction, too. Nirvana still is my home because of my
beloved family, Ithaca and Esmeralda, but for the past four years I
have been traveling extensively in this galaxy and others.
By invitation from other civilizations, I have been serving as
consultant, or adviser, for the most effective care of their
traumatized souls who transition and the overall upgrading of their
sanctuary realms. Some of the souls I have met through this service
are of a radiance and beauty beyond your imagining. If ever there
could be an inspiration to all of Earth's people to stop violence,
hatred, fear and greed and instead create peace and harmony through
love, it would be to know these people. Their worlds of joy and light
are beyond your words to describe.
We speak of "light beings" and "light workers" and "light service."
But we could just as correctly say "love" instead of light. Love and
light are not separate powers. The total essence of Creator is love,
and it is expressed in the obvious, tangible, directional ways that
light can be used and observed, just as love easily is seen in its
manifestations.
The capacity to love is your birthright. It is the composition of
your soul. Because Creator is the supreme being of the cosmos, and
G-d - by that name and others - is the supreme being in our universe,
each of us is a part of Creator via -od. Thus all of us are
inseparably connected through their love essence and each of you has
the innate ability to shower love upon your planet and every other
soul living there.
The all-powerful eternal unity of love and light is the healing
force of your world. Indeed, it is the ONLY force that can heal the
pain felt by Earth and her people and all of her other life forms.
The universal law is as simple as each soul feeling, receiving and
sending the energy that more commonly is called love or light.
You have been asked not to judge others for their actions because
you don't know their souls' chosen missions in this time of
accelerated energy flow. Karmic experiencing to achieve the balance
that every soul needs still requires both the activities seen as
unconscionable and the willingness to respect differences and
resolve them peacefully. The struggle between the darkness and the
light will continue only until these opposite perspectives are
reconciled and Earth's balance is regained. This is happening!
Your invaluable help in bringing this about is by sending love
to all of Earth's people, especially to those who are causing the
suffering.
This is the ONLY way all suffering can end there! My mother
said that she can't sincerely send love to people who are doing
things she abhors, and I'll tell you exactly what I told her,
because it may serve you well, too: "Mother, you would turn on a
flashlight to guide someone out of the darkness of uncertainty and
anxiety onto a path where they are confident and secure, wouldn't
you? Those souls have lost their way and are fearful and
foundering. Do not think of them as their deeds, but rather what
you want for the world. Think of kindness, helpfulness and justness
and sharing, think about the world's people living in harmony,
peacefulness and love, and send those thoughts to those souls in
darkness."
Now then, as powerful as the love-light energy is, it can be
blocked by negativity. Negativity and positivity are the
scientific polar opposites of neutral energy, but in lifetimes
they appear as the countless personal situations resulting from
free will choices. In reference by souls such as you, negativity
usually is considered the actions and results of deception,
corruption, tyranny, war-mongering and other situations many on
Earth call "e-il."
In other civilizations in this universe, depending upon the
extent of their higher sp-ritual evolvement than the still
prevalent third density of Earth, there is little or no
negativity at all to deal with. However, the vast majority of
people on Earth have no idea what is happening in this new era
and unwittingly they are creating an abundance of negativity for
Earth to deal with. A few people do know exactly what is
transpiring and they are deliberately causing massive fear,
grief, anger and despair. Those are powerful producers of
negativity, whose energy creates a block between light and souls. In
short, those few people and others before them with like minds have
been keeping most of your world in the dark for eons. But not for
much longer! The ever-increasing light-love energy on Earth is
evermore diminishing the hold of the darkness.
Releasing the cumulative negativity is being partially achieved
by what are called "natural disasters," but not all are naturally
caused.
For the past decade or so, much of the drastic weather and many
of the earthquakes and volcanic eruptions have been instigated by
manmade technologies. The intent is to cause death, injury and
economic hardship throughout your world, all of which cause a
huge amount of negativity. With the intent itself rooted in
negativity, this gives a double dose of it for Earth to dispel.
Nevertheless, the overall results still are aiding the planet as she
would be originating the episodes herself to release the pressure
that has been choking her very breath. The familiar term,
planetary cleansing, is descriptive if you think of Earth as
cleaning away immeasurable debris to restore her health in mind,
body and spirit - and yours as well.
Even as the violence and blatant lies and corruption continue,
we see the increasing light that is exposing them. This is
occurring gradually in some areas, but spectacularly in others.
The more certainty that each of you can know - feel! - that
this is indeed happening, the more swiftly those gradual
improvements will soar into spectacular triumphs for the light.
Every moment souls are responding to the higher frequency coming
in and thereby releasing themselves from the influence of the
darkness.
Their light is adding to yours, which has been shining brightly
much longer, and the abundance from all of you is being met with
even more intense beaming by extraterrestrial sources. It is in
this joint sp-rit of brotherhood that Earth's very life is being
saved and with her, all of her light-receptive beings. This is
salvation! This is ascension!

John F. Winston

unread,

May 14, 2003, 11:26:56 AM5/14/03

Part 2 of 2.

......................

Your planet has been ascending into fourth density for some time,
but in some minds there is a misunderstanding about this process.
There will not be two planets Earth, as some have theorized, one
that stays in third density to support those who are resistant to
the light and one that ascends with all her light-receptive souls.
Earth is one soul, not two, and she has chosen to journey into a
higher, then higher frequency.
All who receive the light constantly being showered upon you will
accompany her, but no specific percentage or number of souls is
required for Earth herself to complete her journey. Like every other
soul, the soul of Earth is an independent and inviolate being, and
with or without any or all of her residents, she has chosen to rise
out of the travails and limitations of third density. The amount of
sustained light now on the planet guarantees that not only is her
ascension assured, but she will recover from the ravages to her body
and soul. Earth will be restored to the Eden she once was as G-d's
own favored paradise in this part of the universe.
You know that your efforts are essential in this resurrection of
your planet, and you also know that civilizations with advanced
spirituality, intelligence, and technology are working with you.
The majority of your world's people have no idea of the immense
assistance being given by millions of extraterrestrial beings, and
even you may be surprised at the myriad ways in which they are
helping.
They are doing far more to preserve you and your planet than
beaming light to you. Their various forms of technology have kept
Earth in regular orbiting and have prevented the tides from moving
as rapidly as the other effects of the accelerated energy, which
you sense as time passing faster and faster. These light beings
also have dispersed the kinetic energy build-up far more uniformly
than would result from release through earthquakes and volcanic
eruptions that otherwise could sever entire states and submerge
coastlines, and they have reduced the power and size of tornadoes
and other fierce storms.
Their knowledge is being filtered to your scientists, who
subconsciously will be inspired toward discovering and developing
energy sources to replace the current siphoning of Earth's gas and
oil, which are her very blood. The advanced capabilities of these
higher light beings will aid in restoring those natural resources as
well as cleaning up the polluted air, water and soil, which are other
parts of Earth's body.
They are reducing the most drastic effects of what are known as
chemtrails, and of radioactivity from weaponry or leaking storage
containers and in particular, the effects of depleting uranium.
"Depleted" is a gov-rnment-devised term meant to convey a completed
process, as if less harm can result. Despite science's longevity
estimate of the effects of this ongoing decay of lethal toxins,
eventually they will pose no harm at all to physical bodies.
Your space brothers are helping your own efforts to preserve the
lives of the cetaceans. Species-wide, the cetaceans are the most
sp-ritually and intellectually evolved beings on Earth, and their
bulky forms are anchoring the light energy being beamed to the
planet. The dark forces are aware of this crucial service, and it
is their influence that has been behind the killing of whales and
dolphins. By Go-'s own mandate and the work of the high light
beings combined with yours, that deliberate destruction will not
continue!
Another example of help you are receiving is the heightening of
conscience. That layer of the soul that guides the consciousness in
line with the soul's chosen missions is being reinforced by the
intensifying light the high beings are adding to your own and beaming
to all.
Some of these space brothers are in your midst. Along with shining
Earth souls, they are gaining influence in go-ernments, international
corporations, law and justice systems and the banking and medical
fields - the major establishments that for so long have prevented the
populace from getting past their controls. You will see the top ranks
of these institutions either turning into honorable leaders or being
forced out by others who will take the reins and provide fair, caring
and meaningful services to all the people. These leaders will see
that Earth's abundant resources no longer are exploited, but are
shared equitably.
Along with this great spectrum of virtually unrecognized
extraterrestrial assistance, there are some misunderstandings and
some grave concerns about what might happen. First, there will be
NO nuclear detonations! By Creator's decree and a unique withdrawal
of free will, those who would use their free will to cause nuclear
explosions will be thwarted in their attempts. Acting upon this
decree is G-d's responsibility and by His instructions, your space
brothers (JW Let's not leave out the space sisters also.) have
prevented and will continue to prevent detonation of nuclear
warheads in space weaponry.
The approach of "Planet X," as it sometimes is called, has been
causing concern in some scientific quarters. In other circles it is
believed that this is Nibiru coming toward your vicinity on a
potential collision course. This celestial body is not the planet
Nibiru, and it no longer is heading toward Earth. What had been
traveling your way is an asteroid the size of Venus, and some of the
civilizations that have been preserving your planet in the other ways
I've mentioned have steered it into a direction away from Earth.
There are several theories about the photon belt. Some mistakenly
connect it to the planetary cleansing. The cleansing process to
release negativity, which has been underway for more than half a
century, is an entirely separate issue from anything the photon belt
might be doing.
Others believe that Earth is within the belt, and that is not so,
either. A planet could not enter that vast powerful roving force, or
even be near it, without unmistakable dramatic effects. (JW It
has been said by other space people that we are going through the
Photon Belt at the presendt time, but the Earth has been put in a
protective force field, sometimes called a Hologram, that is
protecting us from the Photon Belt itself.) Another consideration
is, the predominant form of energy in any atmosphere dictates the
type of power usage. Earth's primary power source is electrical
because of the predominance of electrons, not the protons that are
the composition of the belt and give it that appropriate name.
Some are thinking that the planetary cleansing eventually may
require underground living. It won't. As Earth continues to release
her burden of negativity, more destruction will occur, but not
nearly to the extent that was required before so many space beings
answered her cry for help. I don't mean that underground living
would not be possible, only that it will not be necessary. When
your homeland once again is flourishing as her former self, it's
hard to imagine that you would not choose to live in the midst of
that beauty.
It is true that highly sp-ritual beings have been thriving happily
and graciously in Earth's interior for ages. However, they are not
physical survivors of the ages of Atlantis and Lemuria. They arrived
when the planet was still in a recovery mode from the cataclysmic
explosions of those continents, when all life was lost. At the point
when Earth was considered habitable, repopulating was once again
undertaken by the same ancestors of the original Earth human
population. The first contingent that arrived found living much more
hospitable underground as the planet's surface had not reached a point
of recovery for comfortable living. Due to their spir-tuality level,
those souls retained knowledge of their beginnings. However, the
limitations of Earth's third density could affect accurate memory of
all subsequent experiencing.
I want to tell you about other marvelous changes forthcoming. When
Earth is completely within fourth density, diseases such as AIDS,
ca-cers and degenerative physical and mental conditions will
disappear. The increasing light has been changing the cellular
structure of bodies of light-receptive people, and the new DNA has no
programming for those or other diseases.
Your brains will be greatly heightened in capacity to absorb
information and in manifestation ability. In previous eras telepathic
communication was commonplace between Earth's humans and her entire
animal and Devic kingdoms, and the animals lived peaceably among each
other and the people. There was open communication and travel between
Earth and Nirvana and with other civilizations. These connections will
be reestablished. Brutality to animals and wanton destruction of your
environment will be displaced by respectful, benevolent treatment in
the knowing that every life form is connected energetically with
every other life form in the universe.
Astral travel will become commonplace again, but I want to give
you a word of caution about that for now. Even for experienced
travelers, this is not the time to be doing it casually and it
surely is not the time for anyone to aspire to start mastering it.
The turbulence on Earth is a microcosm of the universe, and there
are no "Danger" signs along the universal highways.
The dark forces cannot create souls, but they can trick or
capture them when fear or despair weaken their light essence.
Novice astral travelers cannot safely navigate all the risky
areas that will exist until the entire light grid-work has been
constructed. The weak link in this part of the galaxy is Earth's
atmosphere due to the heavy negativity still prevailing. When
that has been dispersed or transmuted, this part of the protective
grid can be completed and the dark forces no longer can lurk in
search of unwary souls All of the joyous developments I have
mentioned that will become more and more evident as Earth rises
higher and then completely into fourth density are clear and
unequivocal. Knowing of these sustains your faith that love is
creating these glories for Earth!
It's also important for you to know that the various
misconceptions I've mentioned - and any other differing views
about your planetary history and current events - are all right! As
long as the Christed light is guiding your pathway, it isn't
necessary that everyone believe exactly the same!
I need to make a strong point here. It is vital that you be
discerning about information sent to your planet from sources
beyond because not everything coming in is from the light. Dark
sources are sending forth misinformation that later can be
proven false, and the intent is to discredit all channeled messages.
Those whose telepathic connections are just opening need to know
that they must ask for light protection so lower sources cannot
reach them.
That said, my mother had read a lengthy report of channeled
information in which everything except two points was the same as I
had been telling her for years, and she was distressed because she
thought I had given her faulty information on those two issues. Not
even from me does she accept without questioning! One point was that
underground living would become a necessity, and the other was that
Earth is within the photon belt. After our little argument and my
explanations, this is how our conversation ended: "Mother, what I
especially wish to emphasize here is that the little variations in
TRUTHFUL information make no difference! I know you regard that
article's two points of deviation from my own as very significant,
but actually, they are inconsequential. It is possible that some
words came out of order or were heard indistinctly so similar words
were recorded - this is not unusual at all in telepathic
communication. Telepathy has its own filtering system and each
receiver has his or hers, so the originating thought may not be
received exactly as the source transmitted it. That is why some
messages received through our various channels are in agreement,
sometimes even with similar terminology or phrasing, and other
messages are at variation in some respects.
"These slightly differing views of overall TRUTH are not going to
put one segment of a soul-searching population in one growth place
based on their perspective and another segment in a different
level because they believe something a wee bit different. Both
views - and their myriad kindred sp-rit variations - are milestones
on the lighted pathway, where identical footsteps are not necessary.
Souls who are seeking the Christed light don't have to step in time
like synchronized marchers. Their route is the same, their
destination is the same, their desire to be traveling there is the
same. But the souls are unique!
"One may pass a rose bush and smile in memory of the gift of roses
for special occasions. Another may see a lilac bush and linger to
absorb its fragrance, thinking of that enjoyment in childhood.
Another may miss both of those but spot a bluebird and recall the
thrill of seeing a nest of bluebird fledglings long ago. What
attracts these souls differs, their moments and memories differ,
but their journey is not altered and their destination is
unchanged."
And now my kindred spir-ts, I leave you with this thought: A
smile is the easiest way to spread love and light and healing. The
ripple effects of just one heartfelt smile are incalculable.
With the same loving embrace and honor in which I greeted you,
this is Matthew bidding you hasta luego.

Part 2 of 2.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

Blue Resonant Human, Ph.D.

unread,

May 15, 2003, 5:03:53 PM5/15/03

"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message news:<Pine.BSF.3.96.103050...@shell.mlode.com>...

> Subject: Little Green Men, Fairies And Angels. May 7, 2003.
>
> Many times when a doesn't believe in UFOs they will kid with the
> subject of Little Green Men. Here is some information about one of
> them that may not be a hoax.

[...]

Pay their public posturing no mind, Brother John, for as Immanuel Kant
so poignantly stated -- in 1766, no less! -- regarding apparitions and
matters of the transmundane, "Tales of this sort will for the present
appeal only to secret believers, while publicly, because of the
governing fashion, they will be condemned by disbelief."

And besides this, could we be merely quibbling over semantics here?
One person says Space Aliens while another Faeries, still another
Leprechauns, others still Gnomes, Goblins or Vampires, always those
who shout Angels and Daemons, another Self-Transforming DMT Machine
Elves from Beyond the Edge of Time, etc.

"You say toe-MAY-toe, I say toe-MAH-toe
Let's call the whole thing off."

Still, one wonders why the clever Reticulan Proctologists would travel
such unimaginable distances only to core out certain bovine "naughty
bits" and torment hapless Earth Humans who evidently have an
intergalactic reputation for being "easy."

All the best;

-A Secret Believer

Blue Resonant Human, Ph.D.

unread,

May 15, 2003, 5:16:57 PM5/15/03

"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message news:<Pine.BSF.3.96.103050...@shell.mlode.com>...

> Subject: Little green gnome seen walking in Ecuador!
> http://www.ananova.com/news/story/sm_767457.html?menu=
> Ananova:
>
> Police investigating gnome reports in Ecuador
>
> Police in a town in Ecuador are investigating reports of a little,
> green man seen walking down the street.
> A number of Quininde residents called police after seeing what
> they described as a "gnome" in the town center.
> They all described the creature as being very small, green and
> ugly. Marco Preciado told Diario Extra online: "It was less than
> three feet tall and I saw it three times. I tried to follow him
> but he disappeared."
> Cecilia Cedeno who owns a liquor shop, said: "He appeared in front
> of the shop to a group of people. He gave a loud laugh and run
> away."
> A police spokesperson said: "People are scared and fascinated by
> the story. We are investigating and we believe it is someone trying
> to make fun of the whole town."
> Story filed: 15:09 Friday 4th April 2003

And in a related news story:

::: Ecuadorian Woman 'Had Sex with Ghost' :::

An Ecuadorian woman has claimed that she had sex with a ghost.

The woman, known only as Karen, said the ghost slept with her on a
number of occasions in her house in the southern city of Guayaquil.

Karen said the visitations always occurred in the early hours of the
morning, and only stopped when "it sensed that my fear was so strong
that it left me alone".

"I felt his body on top of mine and I didn't know what to do. When I
came to my senses, it disappeared without saying anything. I was
covered in sweat and ran to the bathroom," Karen told her local
newspaper Extra.

A few days later, the ghost returned again.

"Unlike in previous apparitions, I could see its gleaming eyes and
bulky body. I thought I was dreaming but it was real. His body was as
light as air," she said.

The woman initially feared no one would believe her, but her mother
encouraged her to come forward and say what she had experienced.

Although the local authorities are sceptical about the story, local
residents support Karen's account.

"There are plenty of ghosts around here, so I wouldn't be surprised,"
one neighbour said.

Story filed: 00:00 Friday 22nd June 2001

-Blue Resonant Human, Ph.D.
Interdimensional Intelligence Analyst
Sacerdotal Knights of National Security
USENET Meme Acquisition and Propagation Directorate

John F. Winston

unread,

May 16, 2003, 2:31:08 AM5/16/03

Subject: Underground Tunnels And Cities. Part 4. May 15, 2003.

Keep in mind that I think Sharula's body is not from inside Mt.
Shasta but she does put out some factual information about what
is going on inside the mountain. About the time she showed up was
the first time I had ever heard the word Telos and I had never been
told that there were about 1 and one half million beings inside the
mountain. It has also been said that Telos is the name of a land
that existed a long time ago near Phoenix, Arizona. We should just
pick and choose what we think is correct.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

"INSIGHTS: Is the U.S. Government aware of the existence of Telos

and the other underground cities?"
"SHARULA: Yes.
For a long time they have been trying to get in, to access the
information of Telos and the silver fleet. The promise of what they
need would be given to them, but in return there are several things
they have to do or quit doing."
"INSIGHTS: What was it that they were given to do or stop doing?"
"SHARULA: Basically, return the country to what it was founded on

and return to an open and honest government, so that every citizen
has access to what's happening in the government." (Note: i.e.
Constitutionally-based government, Bill of Rights's, etc.? If this
is Sharula's interpretation of an 'open' government, then we must

assume that the Telosians, or at least many of them, are opposed
to the present plans to establish a one-w-rld socialist

dictatorship or 'New Wo-ld Order' which will no doubt impose

tremendous threats upon individual liberty of conscience. The
reader may recall the information from an earlier file to the effect
that human 'benevolents' were working with the U.S. Gov-rnment in the

Nevada Mi-itary complex against the saurian grays. Their 'teachings'

stated that the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights was very much
respected by them. Also, could these be allied with the same 'human'
aliens who landed in Florida after the two giant asteroid-ships took
up a geosynchronous orbit around the earth, and warned us not to have
any dealing with these 'gray' aliens, and offered their own

assistance if we disarmed our nuclear weapons? Were 'they' tied in

with the Telosian 'Blonds' or the Pleiadean 'Nordics'? Some accounts
suggest that both human groups are at least aware of each other, and
possibly have an alliance with each other. Now that the Soviet Union

has broken up and the 'need' for intercontinental ballistic nuclear
missiles has been decreased, will the U.S. g-vernment break-off their

self-destructive alliance with the 'grays' and instead seek alliances
with the human groups who had originally warned them about the
grays? - Branton)

"INSIGHTS: Are you referring to the gov-rnment's

interaction with other 'extraterrestrial' (and/or 'innerterrestrials

- Branton) that are not of the silver fleet?" (Note: The interviewer
is no doubt referring to the 'pact' which the sec-et gover-ment was

manipulated and deceived into making with the reptilian 'Grays', and
subsequently with other branches of the 'serpent r-ce' - Branton)
"SHARULA: Yes. That is only one."

INSIGHTS: When was the gover-ment first introduced to Telos?"

"SHARULA: They have been aware of the subterranean cities and
they have been aware of Telos since the country's conception. It is
only near the turn of the century that they started taking action.
This action did not get really aggressive until the 1950's." Note:

There are indications that some members of certain Mas-nic- type
'se-ret gov-rnment' societies, such as the Rosicrucian Order, have

attempted to establish contact with the subterranean residents
of Mt. Shasta, although it is uncertain just what might have come

of this. ( A person called Doreal was contacted by them and was
taken inside of the mountain many years ago.) Several encounters

with the 'Blondes' (both subterran and exterran?) have revealed
'their' own concern about what is taking place with the abductions
and mutilations of human beings by the sauroid Grays, although many
of these groups claim that they cannot 'interfere' with the problem

due to some 'cosmic law' of non-intervention. This may be true with

"Question: I'm curious also as to the gov-rnment's plans, if any,

subterran "human" race who allegedly inhabited an underground city

or cities, connected by tunnels, approximately 5-7 miles beneath
the surface of northern Arkansas.
This subterranean system was apparently built by a highly

technological ra-e. Some indications suggest that the tunnels were
constructed by a rac- which was more ancient than the present

inhabitants, and were possibly excavated in antediluvian times,
since the present inhabitants allegedly showed the speleologists

ancient sealed 'cities' farther below their own, built by a -ace
which predated themselves.

Part 4.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

May 18, 2003, 2:11:30 AM5/18/03

Subject: Lady K. Says Ben Laden and Saddam Hussein Are Still Alive.
May 17, 2003.

It is surely something I haven't heard before, that B L and S H are
still alive. We'll just have to wait and see.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: B
Subject: Lady Kadjina Speaks: May 10, 2003
Items Covered:
* Possible Collapse of the Magnetic Field Related to Upcoming Pole
Shift
* Weather Modification in Venezuela, 1999
* Chemtrails and Weather Modification in the Midwest and Southern
States
* Who Were the Palauans? Connection to Atlantis
* More on the Galactic Counselors
* Why Don't Some of the Messages Appear to be Totally Accurate?
* 4000-Year Old Reptilian Statues Found in Iraq
* The Energies in Newfoundland
* More on the Starship Activities Around the Sun

Wayne: It has been some time since we responded to questions from
readers and they have been piling up since December last year. Here
are a few, plus a couple of my own.

Wayne: On May 2, it appears that the there was a temporary
collapse in the Earth's magnetic field in Central-Northern Alaska.
This could possibly have been an equipment malfunction, or it could
be a signal that the North polar magnetic field is beginning to
fluctuate rather chaotically. Back on December 13, 2002, a reader
writes, "What do you think of the www.ZetaTalk.com website where
they say we are having the Pole Shift on May 15, 2003?" Since we
are close to that date, can you give us any information about the
potential for a pole shift and what impact, if any, it might have?

We have mentioned before that a pole shift is possible in the
lifetime of many of our readers. It is scientifically known that
the earth is slowing down on her axis, in that the master time clock
is being changed and reset every few weeks. The magnetics of the
Alaska area are indeed altering and changing constantly. You have
seen this in the wondrous displays of the Aurora Borealis already
and you have seen green grass begin to grow and ice begin to melt.
It is well for each reader to keep their eyes open and to be aware
as much as they are able, of the many changes that are happening on
many different levels. Mother Sun is constantly interacting with
the crown chakra of Mother Earth, which is located in the vicinity
of your North Pole. But even the North Pole magnetically is
shifting its location and this is also a scientific known.
So there was a technical glitch in the magnetometer in Alaska
because of the intensity of Mother Sun and the reaction of Mother
Earth. There was not what you think of as a total collapse, but
there was definitely an altering and an upshift into a higher level
of consciousness. Mother Earth has, as we have said before, been
very stressed out and she is indeed having a very difficult time.
Now Wayne has alluded in times past to the times that
humanity finds itself in a whirlwind of emotional activity, that
there often is a counterpoint of earth activities of a whirlwind
type of tornado activity. In every aspect of Earth and human
activities, there are correlations; there are laws of
correspondence at work.
Also, in the Alaska scenario is the activity of HAARP. HAARP is
a major factor in the activities in what you call the chemtrails.
And as Congressman Dennis Kucinich has pointed out, this type of
spraying of chemicals upon the Earth has been going on for 50 years
(see http://www.citiesoflight.net/Skylinks.html#Kucinich). This was
first brought to Kay's attention by the Master Sananda-Je--s-Joshua
back in 1967.
It reached a point of escalation in the mid-1980s and has
escalated even further in the past couple of years.
As to the May 15th date, there will be between now and that date
many things that will shift. Right now you are going through much
shifting in the Great Plains and the Deep South and also tornadoes
in such diverse places as China, India, Bangladesh, and Iraq. (see
Earth Dynamics Reports, May 5, 2003 and May 8, 2003) Once again,
we would like to point out that the death toll from these terrific
storms have not been as great as they would have been 30 years ago.
The lives of the people are being spared in order for their
consciousness to begin to shift. It will prepare their
consciousness to shift during the greater events that are to
transpire for the remainder of this year and over the next two
years.

Wayne: We recently spent some time in Trinidad and Tobago and
considered traveling through Caracas, but when the reservations were
made [we] were told that it might be too dangerous, as there were
riots and much violence related to opposition to the current
President over o-l policies. A reader from Venezuela writes, "Three
years ago, in December of 1999, there were unprecedented, very
deadly and strange flooding and landslides in the mountains of the
Caribbean coast of Venezuela, 30 miles away from the Capital Caracas.
This tragedy left thousands and thousands of dead. It was the biggest
world tragedy of that year. It was so strange the way it happened
that I have always wondered if there was some sort of weather
manipulation involved in this event. Coincidentally, the phenomenon
happened the same day we were voting the new constitution being
promoted by the, at that time, new elected go-ernment. If you have
some more information about the situation that you would like to
share with the lightworkers that are here, in this region, at this
moment, we would appreciate it. In any case, we are already very
grateful for what we have received so far."

Here again we point out the laws of correspondence and correlation.
We also remind you that there are no accidents. We would ask Wayne
to inject into this portion the website of Dennis Kucinich and his
comments about chemtrails and the various manipulations that have
been going on for more than 50 years (see above). It is standard
policy. It is a part of the games that are being played by the
cabals to intimidate and coerce the gov-rnments of the world. And
it is well to also be aware that in many places in the world,
elections are manipulated. While we were in Trinidad visiting with
lifetime residents who are involved in the politics there, we were
told that the recent elections must have been manipulated, as it was
such a radical departure from the normal attitudes.
There are many ways of pointing beams of energy at particular
locations in order to bring about particular results. There are
many ways of seeding the clouds to either hold back rain and create
droughts and bring on the rains and create floods. By wiping out
an entire city, for instance, you give much work to contractors to
build that city back. And at the same time, you place great fear
into the hearts of the people to do your bidding. We said a few
weeks ago that one of the next major trouble spots would be
Venezuela.
To the peoples who live in Venezuela, and in particular those who
are dedicated to holding the light, be aware that there is a time
limit to these activities. Once again we tell you, the light will
be secured upon this planet by the year 2007. The lightworkers
will make it through this time of transition. The outer
manifestations of wa- are but the manifestations of the greater w-r
between the forces of darkness and light.
We would also point out one more time that many political
leaders have clones. This was pointed out by Mr. B-sh himself
when he pointed out that Saddam Hussein has many look-alikes. He
did not exactly call them clones, but this is indeed what they are.
Hitler had a clone and the body that was found was that of the
clone. Former United Nations Secretary General Dag Hammarskjold
was a clone and the body in the airplane crash was that of a clone.
This technology has become highly evolved. Bin Laden is not dead,
nor is Saddam Hussein. These men were told well in advance what was
to come, subsequently was able to hide away into the National Bank
of Iraq the treasures of the City for safekeeping. Many of those
items are priceless. So where is Saddam Hussein? He sits at the
table with the Heads of State on an as-needed basis.
Wayne: I noticed that in Tucson there was extreme chemtrail
spraying between May 3rd and May 6th. Much of the spraying started
in Mexico and the winds blew it north into Tucson, then much more
was added while it was over Tucson. In looking at the wind and
weather patterns, this chemical-laden air moved over the Midwest
and southern US and became mixed with the tremendous tornado events
between May 5th and 8th. Is there any connection between these
events and, if so, what are the implications?

We just told you above. There are many people on Earth that
believe that wa-s stimulate the economy. And if you wipe out many
homes and businesses and if you have been listening to the people in
Moore, Oklahoma, you will have heard them say, "We will build back
and we will build better than before." And this is true. And
these kinds of activities give employment to many people.
When Wayne and Kay flew out of Tucson on April 11th, there were
chemtrails all the way across the southern United States, across
Dallas-Ft. Worth, and into the Miami Airport. Many planes could
be seen flying above the chemtrails spraying the top side of those
clouds with red, orange, and black chemical materials that extended
for many miles. There is no way that those could have been normal
moisture-laden clouds.
It is a well-known fact that chemical plants such as Eastman
Chemical, make chemical compounds that will sop up those chemicals
that have been spilled in an accident. Chemicals that are spilled
on top of a river can have other chemicals added to that and then
siphoned off. The same principals work very well in the air, that
certain chemicals will draw unto themselves other chemicals. So,
if you spray in Tucson and the weather and wind push it to the
Heartland, and you see clouds that contain moisture over the Gulf,
and you seed those clouds, and if these two sets of clouds have
magnetic chemical attraction, Whamo! You have a storm.

John F. Winston

unread,

May 20, 2003, 1:28:41 AM5/20/03

Subject: Lady K. Says Bin Laden And Saddam Hussein Are Still Alive.
Part 2. May 19, 2003.

This part mentions Galactic Counselors.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

There is an unknown 4th dimensional factor, however. We pointed
out back in 1999 concerning the great flood of St. Louis, and how
the waters of above sank because of its heaviness deep into the
Earth and dislodged the ancient purified waters of Atlantis. The
Atlantean water was lighter and rose to the surface and did a
tremendous vibrational shifting on the surface of the Earth itself.
Those vibrations went into the Gulf and then out to the area of the
Biminis and set up a grid system reactivation. Such is going to be
the case again, that the extremely dense materials within these
waters of the Deep South will sink into the Earth and the purified
waters beneath will come to the surface. On the material 3D plane,
it may appear as catastrophic, but as we have told you repeatedly,
all things work together for the greater good to him who believes
and we are working in overtime mode and we are thoroughly familiar
with how to work a boomerang effect. This is not to say that we are
unaware of the great stress and trauma upon the people of the
Midwest and Deep South. But all of you have your lives intact.
There have only been approximately 40 lives lost. And you will
rebuild. The hope is that when you are presented with new
information, that you will begin to see it.
The die-hard rel-gious attitudes of many in the Deep South must
shift. For it is in this attitude that people who wreak much havoc
upon this planet justify it by saying, "G-d told me to do this,"
and their hands are folded in prayer as they speak these words. And
the peoples of the world must reach a point when they begin to
question the leaders of the world who are of this mentality. Each
of the world leaders who have been involved with wa-s in the last
10 years have the belief that their -od supports their warring ways.
And to the Ch-istians who believe this to be a truth, your
Chris-ian leader told you, "Love your enemy; pray for those who
harm you; do good to those who harm you; and if you live by the
sword, you will die by the sword." What this means is a
double-edged sword. One side is 3D and the other side is the 4D
side of the sword of truth that delivers you from purely 3D thinking
of 'hit and hit back' into the 4D reality of seeing every man as
your family member. For indeed they are in the basis of the truth
of reincarnation you are brothers and sisters. Je--s taught this
law of the oneness of brotherhood and it is time for the remnants
of humanity to learn this lesson. For the time is approaching,
that if you continue to refuse to learn, there will come storms and
other events that you will not survive.

From a reader: Who were the Palauans? My mother is a Palauan,
but the tribal ra-e in the South Pacific is so little known and
their origins are unknown beyond 1800's except for a possible
connection to Indonesia. They also were documented to be
headhunters and cannibals much like the barbarians you spoke of
in Thoth's time. I was hoping to know if there is any
extraterrestrial connection with the Palauans.

When Atlantis sank, the group that are now known as the Palauans
were a group that made it to a special type of hovercraft and were
able to escape.
They stayed in the air during the time of the actual sinking and
when everything settled down again they landed on this area of land
that they now inhabit. But keep in mind, that over the past
10,000 years, the land mass has shifted and changed several times.
The particular land mass prior to the Palauans had been inhabited
by tribes of headhunters and cannibals. The Atlanteans were a
group of beings that could to the headhunters appear as g-ds. The
Atlanteans could work much magic. And so the few headhunters that
survived the sinking of Atlantis were integrated into the new
Atlantean group and were taught many things by the Atlanteans.
The Atlanteans of that time were contacted for a period of time by
extraterrestrial craft and for the most part the Earth groups and
the extraterrestrials disconnected insofar as the great
technologies. The great technologies were abused by those of the
dark agenda at that time. It is the same dark agenda that is on the
planet now, utilizing the same technologies. The major difference
between then and now is that the lightworkers of today have an
awareness of these technologies and of the abuse of them. You can
know this to be true by the massive demonstrations and the great
cries for peace and all of the various discussions of these Tesla
and Rife and Reich technologies and the seeding of clouds and the
so-called Star Wars technologies that were discussed at the time of
the explosion of the Columbia and with the outbreak of the Iraq
wa-r the discussions of the very advanced technologies.
Down through time with each cataclysmic Earth event, the people
of those timeframes, when they realized that their civilization
was doomed, would bid farewell to one another. They would make
promises to each other to meet again in future times to try and
find ways to reunite the worlds. One of the great timeframes for
this activity was during the time of Avalon and Camelot, but that
also failed to become the greatest reality. However, seeds were
planted and it is now harvest time, for not only are the Atlanteans
back, but those of Camelot and Avalon as well. Atlantis and those
energies are the political-social-economic factors of the highest
order that are to return to the planet. Camelot and Avalon add to
that the energies of the mystical and magical and the highest
order of truth and integrity. So you have at this time both fields
of energy returned. And this means both the good guys and bad
guys of both energies returned.

From a Reader: (Lady Kadjina) mentioned in her latest article that
"There are on the Earth at this time, through the Nibiruan Council,
what is currently being called 'galactic counselors'." She then
goes on to mention that not everyone who is on earth needs
attunements and speaks about reiki.
Basically, I'm a galactic counselor and I'm confused about her
brief reference of the Galactic Counselors and then attunements and
reiki. What I do isn't any sort of attunement at all, although I
suppose those who choose to do DNA recoding with the Nibiruan
Council do get recoding engineers that may periodically adjust
implants and such, but the recoders themselves do the majority of
the work. At any rate, I wondered how us galactic counselors got
lumped in with attunements and reiki and if she'd like to clarify
this or say any more concerning it.

Concerning Reiki, it is a wonderful form of the healing arts.
Most Reiki practitioners believe that in order to do this form of
healing they must first be attuned, and that this must be done
by a practicing Reiki Master.
Some of these master teachers are members of the Nibiruan Council.
What we are attempting to point out is that not all healers need to
be attuned by another person, nor do they need to go to school and
study any particular form of healing; that these galactic counselors
bring these healing arts in with them. Galactic counselors (GCs)
are those individuals who have come in from other realms. They are
beings who are present, not only on the Earth plane, but have
parallels located on other planets. These parallels will often
contact the GCs and impart guidance and much information to them.
In the greater reality these beings are aspects of the earth-based
counselor; they are not exactly high selves, guides, or master
teachers. GCs are beings who work from the oversoul 7 realm of
beingness.
Sometimes when we speak to you we are not as clear as we could be,
in that some of these sessions are very long and Wayne and Kay both
get very tired. Sometimes they will take a coffee break and get up
and walk around and then return to pick up where they left off, but
sometimes they are not able to tune in to the exact same place where
they left off.
What is called DNA recoding is in actuality not recoding, but
rather a realignment with what is already there. This is one of
the reasons we have given you the meditation concerning the Chalice
of Oneness or the Heart Chakra Meditation, wherein you do a
commemoration to the totality of your existence and all that you
have been, are, and shall be. You then in your individuality merge
with the individuality of the rest of the meditation group and
enter into the field of energy that we call the energy of the one
soul of humanity. It is from this point that great creativity,
wisdom, and authority spring forth to manifest in great healings.
Why? Because you realize your oneness from the galactic standpoint.

From a reader on 3/5/03: I am writing regarding Lady Kadjina'
chanellings. In many ways they feel very right to me and resonate
at a deep level within me. I find them inspirational and uplifting
- sort of reminding me about priorities. BUT......I am not sure
which dimension Lady K is talking about in her messages! On 03/29
as you know she talked about "within the next ten days" something
apparently quite dramatic (my interpretation) would occur regarding
politicians in the USA. Prior to this she talked about it being a
short -r and hinting strongly that an unspecified nation would
probably launch a "s-cret" underground weapon attack against the
USA, which would bring the w-r to a screeching halt. She also
talked about the walls of the Wh-te House tumbling down on a
previous occasion. I am not trying to pick holes! The 3/29 message
resonated (or something) so deeply and so urgently within me
(triggering off exceptionally strong feelings of "This is my time
- this is why I am here to deal with this and to provide nurturing
comfort to those around me, etc.) that I emailed it to a number of
people around the world including one American who I would not
normally mail to, but who I thought should know this stuff. I am
now in the position of trying to downplay the whole thing (because
as of today nothing that I am aware of has actually happened - 17
days after this "within the next 10 days" message.)
At the time of this chann-ling, Mr. Bu-h had just announced to the
world that the -ar could on for an extended period of time, and as
much as a year.

John F. Winston

unread,

May 21, 2003, 2:28:08 AM5/21/03

short w-r and hinting strongly that an unspecified nation would

John F. Winston

unread,

May 21, 2003, 2:32:57 AM5/21/03

Subject: Their Taking My Teeth Out About $1K At A Time. May. 20, 2003.

At the present time many of my teeth have been caped mamy years
ago and now they have decay under the caps. I have pretty good
dental insurance and when they see my teeth I tell them that I want
the tooth pulled out. They say, "Oh I think I can save that tooth
for you", so they give do grinding down of the tooth and a new crown
put on it. The tooth crown falls off in about a week and they say,
"I think you you need a full root canal with posts and the works".
They do this and in another week or so the crown falls off, and they
say, "You need to have that tooth pulled". I get it pulled and they
say, "Now we can put in a partial in place of the missing tooth. I
tell them I don't want any partial.
This has now cost me about 3 grand for 3 teeth that are missing.
They say they don't pull all teeth and put in false teeth because
they may get sued for malpractice. I'm thinking about going down to
Old Mexico and have the whole job done for about one half price of
what they would do it in the USA if they did do it.

Here's some information about teeth that i wish I had heard about
a few years go.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: l
Subject: TEETH re-enamalize naturally]
Please pass along as you see fit - this is worth trying. Healthy
fangs come in handy sometimes. ;)

DENTAL HEALTH
Letter from Gerard F. Judd, Ph.D., Chemist, Researcher for 18
years and Professor of Chemistry for 33 yrs.
April 2002
Dear Go-rnment Executive and Employee:
We can all stop spending billions for American dental work and
research. Let me tell you why: I have learned the real causes of
dental cavities and gum infection. People, including you, will now
be able to take care of their own dentistry with insignificant
cost, and end with perfect teeth. Cavities and gum infections are
ended!
A great amount of REPUTABLE DENTAL RESEARCH proves the following:
1. Tooth cavities will be ended simply by rinsing acids off the
teeth. ACIDS ALONE EAT THE ENAMEL. THERE WOULD BE NO CAVITIES IN
THE WORLD if all people rinsed acids from their teeth promptly.
Just sip water, milk or other liquid while eating. Water reacts
with acids.
2. Foods and drinks, other than those containing acids, have no
action on tooth enamel. SUGARS HAVE NO ACTION ON THE ENAMEL.
3. Bacteria cannot damage the enamel (calcium hydroxy phosphate).
There is no such thing as decay of the enamel since bacteria
require carbon and hydrogen to live. Billions of human and animal
remains show teeth and bones are resistant to earth-bound organisms.
4. Teeth reenamalize when clean. TO MAKE TEETH CLEAN ONE BRUSHES
WITH ANY BAR SOAP. (JW Now I don't know whether I'll be able to
do that or not. Maybe I'll buy something in a health food store that
doesn't contain what regular tooth paste has in it such as aluminum
which might cause you to have Alzheimer's)
Soap washes off in just 2 rinses. What about toothpastes?
Glycerine in all tooth pastes is so sticky that it takes 27 washes
to get it off. Teeth brushed with any toothpaste are coated with a
film and CANNOT PROPERLY REENAMELIZE.
5. Taking calcium and phosphate in the diet results in
reenamelization of the teeth, but only when they are clean. Bar
soap does a perfect job in cleaning the surface. The enamel thickens
and becomes less sensitive. Adenosine diphosphatase furnishes
phosphate to teeth.
6. Gums are disinfected by brushing with any bar soap. Not only
bacteria and viruses are destroyed promptly by small amounts of soap
in water, but also white flies and aphids. Gardeners: Spray 1 tsp
of dishwashing soap in 1 gallon of water to kill white flies and
aphids.
7. Plaque, a poorly formed crystal stuck to the bottom of the
enamel, is prevented and eventually removed by brushing with bar
soap. Dental procedures to get the badly formed crystals off dig
holes through the enamel. These cavities catch food and cause gum
infection.
8. Prevention of plaque retards gum pockets. GUM POCKETS are
formed as the plaque pushes the gums away from the teeth. GUM
POCKETS, from 1 to 8 mm deep, ARE ALSO FORMED BY FLUORIDE, WHICH
SEVERS THE PROTEIN MOLECULES ADHERING THE GUMS TO THE TEETH. SOAP
PREVENTS GINGIVITIS caused by bacteria which is lodged in the gum
pockets.
9. VITAMIN C AND PHOSPHATE help knit the gums back to the teeth.
Pressing against the gums with fingers forces adhesive materials
from the gums onto the teeth, which helps the process. Abscesses
can be offset by holding Cepacol (14% alcohol) in the mouth 5
minutes.
10. Receding gum surgery will end when the GUM POCKETS cease. The
very mention of the procedure, which involves transferring flesh
from the roof of the mouth to the excised area of the gums, is a
heinous and useless procedure which ought to pass into oblivion.
11. REMOVAL OF FLUORIDE FROM DRINKING WATER, PASTES OR GELS SAVES
THE ENZYME ADENOSINE DIPHOSPHATASE so it can deliver phosphate to
calcium at the tooth surface, RESULTING IN A BEAUTIFUL,
SEMI-FLEXIBLE ENAMEL.
12. As stated above, THE GUMS CAN BE RECONNECTED TO THE TEETH BY
TAKING VITAMIN C (ASCORBIC ACID) (1 tsp) with Arm and Hammer baking
soda (1/2 tsp) in 1 inch of water, letting it fizz and then diluting
to 1/2 to 1 cup with water, then drinking. The resulting SODIUM
ASCORBATE is non-acid, very pure and a thousand times more soluble
than vitamin C. SODIUM ASCORBATE IS MORE REACTIVE THAN ASCORBIC ACID
(C) in building connective tissue and antibody structures and
more effective in killing some viruses and bacteria.
13. Receding gums and plaque are ended when soap is used for
brushing and VITAMIN C IS TAKEN DAILY AS DESCRIBED IN #12.
14. 30% of American youths ages 8-10 have no cavities. 100% of
Ugandan youths ages 6-10 have no cavities. What does this tell us?
15. THE REASON UGANDAN YOUTHS HAVE 3 TIMES BETTER TEETH THAN
AMERICAN YOUTHS IS BECAUSE they do not consume as many acid foods,
have no fluoride in their drinking water, have regular meals rather
than sipping acid drinks all day, have more calcium and phosphate
in their diet, and have fewer dent-sts to WORK ON their teeth.
16. DENTAL LITERATURE says 42% OF AMERICANS OVER 65 HAVE NO
NATURAL TEETH while 25% OF THOSE OVER 43 HAVE NONE.
17. Dental literature says AMERICANS AGE 43 AVERAGE 32 CAVITIES,
those AGE 17 HAVE 13 CAVITIES, bla-ks and poverty stricken (without
calcium and phosphate) are twice this and the native Americans have
four times this amount. The NATIVE AMERICAN PLIGHT CAN BE BLAMED ON
THEIR POOR NUTRITION, EXCESSIVE FLUORIDATION AND FREE BUT IMPROPER
DENTAL CARE.
18. IF FLUORIDATION WERE EFFECTIVE IN PREVENTING CAVITIES, NATIVE
AMERICANS WOULD HAVE THE LEAST CAVITIES? THEY HAVE HAD FORCED
FLORIDATION FOR APPROXIMATELY 62 YEARS.
20. FLUORIDE in water at I part per million INCREASED TOOTH
CAVITIES in four large reliable studies 7.22.45 and 10% (average
21 %). The reason far these increases has to do with the fact that
adenosine diphosphatase is destroyed by fluoride and CALCIUM
FLUORIDE which slips into the enamel, IS ALIEN TO THE TOOTH
COMPOSITE AND MAKES THE ENAMEL WEAK, BRITTLE AND DISCOLORED.
21. THE HEALTH OF AMERICAN TEETH WILL INCREASE TO BE VERY NEARLY
PERFECT if the regimen of WATER RINSING, SOAP BRUSHING AND TAKING
CALCIUM, PHOSPHATE AND VITAMIN C IN THE DIET is implemented.
22. Fortunately, we now know the current teeth perfecting
protocol of dentistry with fluoridation is flawed. IF THE EARLY
ESTIMATES OF 80% TOOTH IMPROVEMENT IN CHILDRENS TEETH BY AGE 13
WERE TRUE, EACH AMERICAN WOULD NOW HAVE LESS THAN ONE CAVITY.
That is far from true. The teeth in America are in a sorry state,
AND AT THE PRESENT TIME ARE GETTING WORSE.
23. Numerous top scientists over the past 60 years have discarded
the theory that fluoride helps teeth, or is a nutrient helpful to
man.
24. TO AVOID FLUORIDE IS TO PREVENT MORE THAN 114 AILMENTS listed
with references in a book Good Teeth Birth to Death by Gerard F.
Judd, Ph.D.. These 114 MEDICAL SIDE EFFECTS extend all the way
from c-ncer down to headaches CAUSED BY 1 PPM FLUORIDE IN THE
WATER. Thirteen of these side effects are proved by a double blind
study on 60 patients by 12 physicians, 1 pharmacist and 1 attorney.
25. The mechanism for destruction of enzymes by fluoride has
been proven by x-ray studies. Hydrogen bonds are broken by
fluoride.
26. Fluoride is the smallest negative particle on the face of the
earth. Since the FLUORIDE PARTICLES ARE SO SMALL and so intensely
negative, THEY CONNECT WITH THE HYDROGEN BONDS HOLDING THE ENZYME
COILS IN PLACE and ruin every enzyme molecule at very low
concentration, around 1-3 ppm. These enzymes are often 3,000 or
more times the small size of the fluoride. The effect is ruinous.
27. To avoid fluoride is to prevent the destruction of 83 enzymes
listed with references in Good Teeth, Birth to Death, by Gerard F.
Judd, Ph.D.. FLUORIDE IS A SEVERE BIOLOGICAL POISON. Being intensely
negative, it unlatches positive hydrogen bonds in enzymes AND
proteins.
28. It is fortunate we have learned fluoride is a nerve poison.
FLUORIDE CAUSES CAVITIES. There is not the slightest doubt.
29. Methylmercury formed from amalgams in the body is deadly. It
causes brain disease. Fillings made of quartzite and epoxy are a
safe substitute.
30. Fluoride harms the economy by MAKING PEOPLE PURCHASE OTHER
THAN CITY WATER to avoid it. It also harms the economy by making
people dependent an undependable professions that know nothing
about it. Ignorance about fluoride and what it does is worldwide.
31. Keep the teeth moist. Teeth that are dry crack. If you chew
ice, teeth may crumble. Teeth do have a breaking strength.
32. LOOK IN YOUR MOUTH. Tell the de-tist(s) what you want done
and get several bids for examination and work. Save your fortunes.
We now know we can cancel the green light given by Harry Truman
with the help of Congress TO SUBSIDIZE DENTISTRY. BILLIONS OF
DOLLARS BEING WASTED in this regard (Public Law 755, June 24,1948)
CAN NOW BE RETURNED TO THE TAXPAYERS.
I hope you will put this information in the hands of your
Congress persons so they and we may alert the newspapers, radio
and TV stations, magazines, and all other news media as well as
their friends, families, and associates about this giant leap in
dental technology.
I ask for your feedback on this letter and I would also like you
to ask for feedback from the ones you contact. THIS IS VERY
IMPORTANT!
Respectfully yours,
Gerard F. Judd, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus, Chemistry
PARTIAL CREDENTIALS OF DR JUDD -- October 24, 2002 -- 6615 W
Lupine, Glendale AZ 85304
1. Ph.D. from Purdue University.
2. Researcher in industry: 18 yrs.
3. Prof of chemistry: 33 yrs; retired professor emeritus.
4. Fluoride laboratory studies: Linde, Purdue, Wright Field and
Phoenix College, 13 yrs.
5. Author, revised: Good Teeth Birth to Death, 117 pp. July 1997.
6. Author, revised: Chemistry, Its Uses In Everyday Life, 305 pp.
July 1997.
7. Author, Workbook, Self Quizzes and Laboratory Assignments for
Chemistry, Its Uses In Everyday Life, July 16, 1997.
8. Author, Chemical Hygiene Plan, 89 pp, 4-23-1998.
9. Speaker, writer, radio host, bookseller, age 79, continuing
October 24, 2002.
10. Fighter for truth in practical uses of chemistry.
ADDRESSEE: Please mall a copy of this letter to your
Congressperson, asking what they are going to do about this
terrible incompetence and waste in dentistry and gov-rnment
spending. Thanking you, I am Gerard F. Judd.
P.S.: My book Good Teeth, Birth to Death can be obtained by
calling 1-623-412-3955. The 117 page book is $--. I also have
an excellent 45 minute video tape on Good Teeth, cost $--. Call
and it will be sent to you postpaid.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

May 23, 2003, 10:20:16 AM5/23/03

Subject; Lady K. Says Bin Laden And Saddam Husein Are Still Alive. Part
3.

This part states how big a certain stargate is.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

So what happened, that within a few weeks the so-called w-r ended?
It was the behind-the-scenes things that you the people never hear
about that brought that wa- to a screeching halt. At the time of
this writing, there is legislation pending to allow the
consolidation [of] all of your media into a few huge conglomerates
and so we ask, would this not curtail information that is
disseminated to you, the people?
As to the tumbling of the Wh-te House, there was much quaking
going on in the Whi-e House as seen by the resignation of several
ambassadors and mili-ary people, the switching of sides of some of
the Republicans to the Democratic viewpoints, and before, during
and after this time, the entire original B-sh economic team has
either resigned or have been asked to leave.
Just after the major fighting came to a conclusion, the Secretary
of the Ar-y was fired. These are just a few of the shifts that
have occurred in the W-ite House and are still occurring. Right
now, there is an attempt not only to eliminate more freedoms with
"Patr-ot Act II" but also to consolidate power between the Pe-tagon
and the C-A. (For those who are interested, Wayne puts out a
daily synopsis called "Today's Tidbits" that attempts to document
the quest for and events surrounding the current attempt at global
control, based primarily upon current news articles.
Email him if you would like to be placed on that list.)
Just a few days ago Wayne and Kay participated in a snail-mail
disbursement in which the addresses were those of both Republicans
and Democrats, individuals on both sides have great concern
because of world events. It has been discussed in the political
arena that this -ar with Iraq has not been officially declared
ended. If this were done, the POWs of Iraq would have to be
released. This cannot be allowed and so only a cease-fire only
has been declared. It has also been stated by Mr. Bu-h and some of
his cabinet members that the Iraq wa- is legally a continuation of
the Gulf W-r.
These wa-s are not declared to be ended; there is only the
cease-fire and subsequently can be picked up and pursued again on
an as-needed basis. This would be very handy in the event that
there should need to be some sort of w-r with Iran, for instance.
As to hidden weapons, there are countries with highly advanced
technical weapons using Tesla-type technologies. The Uni-ed States
does not yet have this particular weapon, but they will quickly
close the gap and are working on acquiring it at this time. One of
the things that happened with the Columbia was the issue with this
particular weapon, and General Tommy Fr-nks said that the world did
not yet have this particular weapon, to which the head of a
particular country said, "Ha ha ha, General, that's what you think."
We might add here for clarity, that this was said behind the scenes.
It became known to the Uni-ed States rather quickly that at least
one country does have this hidden technology. We would also point
out, as we have stated before, that all prophecy is subject to
change.
It is brought to your attention so that you can energetically act
upon it.
The question was raised as to which dimension we speak from. We
speak from many dimensions simultaneously in an attempt to give
information to those who can comprehend what we are saying. Be
aware that you are multi-dimensional beings. There are such
things as geophysical whirlwinds, such as you are having right
now. There are also emotional whirlwinds going on within much of
humanity at this time.
There are laws of correlation between the consciousness of
humanity and that of the many realms of Mother Earth. Many
scriptures address the issue of humanity being given dominion
over all things above the Earth, upon the Earth, and beneath the
Earth. And this is a truth. Again we point out there are no
accidents; there are no coincidences.
Many humans at this time are locked into fears concerning what they
perceive happening upon Planet Earth, and within themselves they are
quaking. It is not unusual for a client to go to a counselor and
say something to the effect that they feel like they are shaking but
yet their hands are steady.
Their body has the sensation of actually shaking very hard. When
a large group of humanity experiences this type of shaking at the
same time, then the law of correspondence is put into motion and you
will find quakes.
Recently there have been quakes in many strange places. Concerning
quakes, keep in mind that much of the Deep South has a substrata
that is of sandy loam and not very solid. Subsequently the
earthquake magnitude can be much less and do the same type of
damage as the great quake of San Francisco did.
NOTE: Readers may be interested in checking some interesting
links dealing with what might be going on behind the scenes at
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/letterfromsusan08may03.shtml.

Wayne: One of our Russian correspondents notes that recently two
reptilian-looking statues were found in Iraq and have been dated at
about 4000 B.C. They are wearing what appear to be uniforms. The
male has some sort of device in his hand and the female is holding
a reptilian-like baby.
The eyes appear similar to the "Greys." Can you tell us what
these statues represent?
(reference: http://anomalia.narod.ru/news2/520.htm) (Note: this
matter was also covered on January 11, 2003.)

unread,

May 25, 2003, 3:04:04 PM5/25/03

"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message

news:Pine.BSF.3.96.103052...@shell.mlode.com...

This isn't physics, this is comedy. This Kadjina person is truely clueless.

http://zebu.uoregon.edu/~soper/Sun/fusion.html

> So,
> there are many of us who come and go from the Sun.
> Being that the Sun is so many times larger than Planet Earth, it
> is possible that objects as large as the Earth can come and go. Now
> remember that Tetros is four times the size of Planet Earth and it
> comes and goes from the Sun. Tetros is also known as the great
> starship Phoenix. This was the object behind the comet, Hale-Bopp,
> and it is a refurbished dead planet.

Nothing was behind Hale-Bopp. Certainly not something "four times
the size of Planet Earth." Good gawd...

<snip>

John F. Winston

unread,

May 27, 2003, 11:31:51 AM5/27/03

Subject: Underground Tunnels And Cities. Part 5. May 27, 2003.

This part mentions Richard Shaver's work.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Some of the men involved were formerly members of a UFO
organization which thrived in Michigan in the 1950's, and which
published a UFO journal which had up to a few thousand subscribers
at one point. Some of the writers for this publication, who were
also members of the 'board' of this investigations group, later
left off investigating UFO's due to the confusing "paranormal"
aspects of the phenomena, and instead turned their attentions to
subsurface investigations. At the time there was a great division
between those UFOlogists who considered the UFO phenomena to be an
exclusively physical and solid phenomena and those who were
convinced it was more paraphysical or supernatural in nature.
Unfortunately, few considered the possibility that both could be
true, i.e. that a physical race of alien "sorcerers" that possessed
seemingly supernatural or paraphysical abilities, such as the
reptilian Grays, were behind much of the phenomena. One of the early
members of this groups was a man by the name of George Wight. He,
like the others, felt that it might be more profitable to
investigate something more "closer to home", like the subterranean
realm, instead of attempting to investigate possible encounters
with alien craft from beyond earth which were here today and gone
tomorrow and might have been paraphysical apparitions anyway, from
all they could gather. So the group eventually drifted towards
investigating the underground realm, beginning with the exploration
of caverns in Arkansas and surrounding states. According to David
L., even though they had been partially exposed to the idea of
subterranean civilizations through the Shaver Mystery, etc., none
of them ever expected to encounter anything like that, and they
took such accounts with a grain of salt. To them the idea was almost
as elusive as the UFO phenomena, they had not really seen any solid
evidence to prove it. They probably realized that any such
"evidence" of an alien civilization might be apprehended by
gov-rnment officials even if it did turn up, and so they
more-or-less resigned themselves to a "wait and see" attitude. Two
of the incidents which led Wight and the others to their assumption
of a "paranormal" connection to the UFO phenomena were as follows.
The first incident which led them to their conclusions involved a
woman known by some members of the group, who claimed to be an
"occult ch-nnel" for ps-chic messages from the so-called "space
people". The researchers tried to convince the girl that she
should ask the 'occupants' to make an appearance to them, which
she did.
She took them outside and directed their attention to the sky.
From the standpoint of the researchers, nothing could be seen in
the sky, even through the girl insisted that 'they' were there.
However, several people in the area reported seeing a luminous
object flying overhead at about the same time the researchers
were standing outside with the 'contactee', and in the exact
same area. They noticed some strange qualities with the girl which
reminded them of some of the obsessive and irrational behavior
which often accompanies those who have become involved in the
occult, witchcraft, and the dark side and have become 'possessed'
by invisible malevolent entities as a result.
Also, with the 're-igious' background of some of the members of
the group, they began to suspect that something sinister and
deceptive and at least in part supernatural might be working behind
the phenomena. They noticed that some of the objects could be seen
by people who were supposedly 'psychically attuned' to them or
people who were under the influence of the objects and the occupants,
while those standing next to them might not see anything at all.
The other account involved one of the members of the group who
was of the conviction that many of the UFO's were of 'demonic'
origin (this is not to say that ALL such objects can be classified
in this way). This member was alleged to have had conversations with
a well-known UFOlogist at the time who claimed to have had frequent
visits by the so-called 'Men In Black'. The beings he encountered
looked humanlike yet seemed to possess (or were 'possessed' by?)
supernatural energies; perhaps a "controlled" hidden society of
sorcerers!? This particular member of the group, according to
David L., claimed that during his conversations with this well-known
researcher, he was told by this man confidentially that he was
of the opinion that some of the UFO phenomena was 'satanic' or
'demonic' in nature. The member who was told this even went so far
as to begin giving public lectures about the occult/demonic origin
of some of the phenomena. According to David L., some time
afterwards and apparently in response to his outspokenness, this
member and friend of his was on a ranch somewhere in the mountains
of Wyoming where he was suddenly struck by a brilliantly lit
red-glowing object which appeared in the sky. As a result of this
he suffered serious paralysis below the waist and was consigned to
a wheel chair for years afterwards. Shortly before the group
officially disbanded the UFO organization, George Wight himself
wrote and published an article in their periodical which presented
strong evidence that much of the UFO phenomena was being directed by
an unknown intelligence which was secretly working towards the
establishment of an Anti- Christ system on earth. As the "group"
began to disband, some of it's members as we've said began to seek
out ways to continue their friendships and still remain active in
some pursuit. Not so much out of a motive to discover a lost world
but more out of a desire to fulfill their hunger for adventure (and
escape for at least a time the busy rat-race which many of them,
having been involved in some type of 'professional' career or
business, found themselves getting caught up in) they began to
explore the caverns. During the latter part of the 1950's the
exploration party had investigated some very interesting caverns,
mainly within the area of Arkansas and the surrounding states. At
on point they came across one particular cavern some miles north of
Batesville, Arkansas. This was in an area where several caverns were
located. Many of these caves (concentrated generally NW-West of the
town of Cushman) have in fact been the subject of some very
interesting accounts, suggesting that there might be more than one
route to the nether regions below other than the one discovered by
David L. and his friends. There are accounts of several people who
have entered some of these caves and were never seen again; or who
encountered strange phenomena deep underground - such as electrical
failure of flashlights, suggesting possible electromagnetic
interference; accounts involving extremely deep caverns; gas pockets
encountered at extreme depths; and an account concerning one of the
caves west of Cushman which seemed to have ancient carvings over it
depicting various figures; and there is even one account which came
from an Oklahoma man who was told by a friend of his of being chased
from a cavern west of Cushman by a large hairy humanoid who began
throwing boulders at him as if annoyingly scaring him out of "his"
territory! At one point David L's group came across one particular
cavern near the town. Over a period of years, returning from time to
time to this particular cavern, the explorers had crossed underground
lakes, followed dead-end leads, explored "breakdown" areas,
investigated numerous cracks and chasms, and steep inclines. One of
their most fortunate discoveries was made in a large boulder-strewn
break-down area about half-way between the entrance and an
underground "lake". They noticed a crack in the path which they had
found through the boulders and, following this crack into the thick
of the breakdown they came across another area where the crevice
widened enough to allow them entrance. Following this they descended
for a very great distance for a very long while, down a sloping 45
degree incline, so steep in places that rope had to be used. This
steep, sloping passage led them past a couple of horizontal "side
passages" which they followed a few miles to dead ends, and continued
deeper through at least one more crevice. Eventually they emerged
into a large cavernous area hundreds of feet high and long, which
they named "glass cave" because of it's features, and used it as a
central "camp" in subsequent explorations. The remarkable thing about
this cavern, however, was their claim that it was located almost 4
MILES beneath the surface of the earth, which would definitely make
it deeper than any other "officially" recognized cavern. Time and
again they explored the mazes and labyrinths deep in the earth
using "glass cave" as their central camp. Two passages in the far
wall of this chamber, opposite from the crevice through which they
first entered glass cave, were each explored for 3 days continuously
before they decided to turn back. According to David L., these
passages still continued onward with no end in sight. Could these
have led to the gloomy 'hadean' like caverns which they were to see
later, and which they alleged contained 'gigantic serpents' or snakes
capable of crushing a human being to death in a few seconds? After
some experiments involving air flow within glass cave, the explorers
were able to trace slight air movements to another as-yet-
undiscovered crevice hidden within the wall, not far from the crevice
which they had entered from above. This passage, through relatively
small, continued still DEEPER into the earth. They explored the steep
incline for what they approximated to be a mile, before reaching an
area of "breakdown". This "seemed" to be the end of the line. Just as
they were about to turn back in disappointment from this passage
which had taken them deeper than they had ever been before, one of
the members of the team noticed that the light of their carbide lamps
seemed to have a faint amber tint to it. All of them were perplexed,
wondering what would be causing the phenomena. It was decided that
they would all turn off their lamps in order to see if the greenish
luminescence remained. They did so, and a minute or so afterwards
their eyes adjusted to the darkness and they could faintly
distinguish a greenish luminescence which seemed to emanate from the
lowest part of the passage in an area where heavy "breakdown" SEEMED
to close off any further progress.

Part 5.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

Ob-1

unread,

May 27, 2003, 5:47:31 PM5/27/03

Ugly Bob wrote:

Hale Bopp was accompanied by a grey-Draconian ship that attacked the GF after
it left Hale Bopp as it passed Jupiter and settled into the Asteroids. The
Fleet left here on Sept 20th 1996 and reached the are area beyons Mars on the
23rd. A soboteur amost blew one Pleiadean ship away and killed 500
crew-members. The ship was repaired in 3 days and on the 27th, the
Draco-drac's attacked ( their mother shpwas only 1/4 the size of our Moon-ship!
( another story)

They lost 16 ships to their OWN "reflected" fire ( Particle lasers only) and
surrendered, After that or Base on MARS ( circa 1962) hosted talks, I watched
ships come and go around MARS from Nov 4th 1997 through Feb 8th 1998 when Mars
went behind the SUN. It was indeed excitig! B-0b1

--
Worlds’ largest producer of Lin Xhi (Kombucha) Synergisms

Homogenizing milk KILLS!
Over 1 million Autopsies do not lie...

John F. Winston

unread,

May 28, 2003, 6:21:16 PM5/28/03

Subject: New Inventions The Good Type Space People Will Help Us Develop.
May 28, 2003.

Here is some information that I hope my friends will think
positively about. Let's hope the good type space people will help
us to accomplish them.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: G
Subject: GALACTIC FEDERATION new technology
(JANUARY 28 - 2 Lamat, 6 Yax, 11 Ik)
In our past few messages, we have presented some of the events
that will surround the first official public acknowledgment of our
existence. Now, we intend to describe some of the first technologies
that will be made available to you. We are deeply concerned about
the great amounts of pollution that are found in all parts of your
world. Right now, although formulas and devices exist to solve most
of these problems, they have been either suppressed or severely
restricted by the se-ret powers that long have controlled your world.
Agreements that contribute to the formation of several provisional
go-ernments will put an end to this long-drawn-out logjam. By
combining our engineering liaison with our own wisdom, we will be
able to set up programs that produce this technology quickly. This
work will result, first, in a system that can clean up Mother
Earth's air, water and land in less than six months' time.
Our second objective will be the factories, offices and homes,
power generating stations, air, water and land vehicles that spew
out most of this pollution.
In this regard, we plan to introduce you to a vast inventory of
"free energy" devices that already exist on your planet and can be
mass-produced quickly, using our technology. We can vaporize
[current buildings] and then fully re-erect buildings in a matter of
days and will "retool" your manufacturing network in less than a
week.
Moreover, we can fully automate it. You, dear hearts, are not
meant to toil at meaningless, boring jobs. Great abundance is being
given you so that you may reorganize your global society. The
final days of this existing society are the time for you to discover
and divulge your inner joys.
You will become forcefully aware of your deep, inner compassion
for each other. It will result in the creation of a great many
community centers [Light Centers] dedicated to healing, technology
transferal and to the understanding of your wondrous future. It will
be our job to convert your society to "free energy" and to establish
a new user-friendly, toll-free global communications system. It
will enable us to convert your aircraft to a magnetic lifter
technology (with mach 8 capabilities - 8 times the speed of sound).
We will also use this technology to build a fully automated highway
system. Your new personal vehicles can levitate a few feet off the
ground and are capable of speeds up to 500 miles (800 kilometers)
per hour. This integrated system will be connected to a free
automated, magnetic lifter network for larger journeys.
A teleportation system will be available for long-range emergency
trips. The communications system will be 3-D full color telepathic
holography. It will include a universal translator and will contain
a special frequency dialing system that is closely linked to your
unique physical signature. Each household will receive a device that
converts Light energy into matter to provide clothing and food. It
will end the need for agriculture and for clothing stores, and
allow designers to use the communication system to "advertise" their
designs. Remember that abundance programs will allow you to have
all the financial resources that you will ever need.
Aided by pollution-clearing technologies, these integrated
transportation and communications systems will clean up your land
and transform your solid waste collection centers into fertilizer
plants. This non-toxic fertilizer can be used to reforest your
former agricultural lands and truly "re-green" your planet.
We will recommend ways in which you can convert your urban areas
into highly livable, "people-friendly" places. The barriers that
separate you now will be broken down rapidly by what lies ahead.
These technologies are only tools. By using them efficiently, you
allow your global society to end its many artificial divisions.
Assisting in this will be Mother Earth's Ascended Masters, who
intend to manifest and use the reverence you show them as a sacred
tool for change and for unity.
Much needs to be done to unite your world, and we are fully
committed to this process. These gifts of technology and he-venly
abundance are meaningless if they do not invite positive change.
Changes that evolve from the introduction of these technologies
will also affect your oceans. The cetacean nation, which intends
to fully interact with you on many levels, can easily tap into this
global communications network.
Having been Mother Earth's record keepers for millions of years,
the cetaceans possess an enormous set of records, which will help
you to obtain a better understanding of your origins and history,
and their role in them. Since cetaceans long have served as primary
planetary guardians, they wish to instruct you on how to be the
true caretakers of Mother Earth. The cetaceans will also teach you
about their grid work and about connecting their ritual with yours,
so that you may assume your role as members of the grand guardian
triumvirate. H-aven, also, intends to instruct you on this most
vital task.
He-ven realizes how absolutely necessary is your return to full
consciousness. The scenarios that we have described are part of
this most complex procedure.
Our mission is to institute a first contact. The technologies just
mentioned are only the beginning of this process. Its purpose is to
encourage change and to ease the initial shock of our sudden, open
appearance on your shores. Beyond this will be a wondrous connection
between your ancestors in Inner Earth and you. You will need to
write and understand an entirely new planetary history. You will
also have to develop a new concept of what constitutes sentiency.
High intelligence is not limited simply to humans, but extends
throughout the galaxy and the whole of physicality. This concept,
alone, will revolutionize your current perceptions of yourselves.
First contact will expand your perceptions and is the catalyst
for a new reality. It is the basis of Heav-n's mission to transform
you into physical An-els. This operation has been augmented by
the sweeping changes that are unfolding in your world. The Light
is being given its first true opportunity in 13 millennia to put an
end to the darkness caused by the Atlantis coalition.
That coalition will be broken by our earthly allies. H-aven's
grand plan has appointed this time for its most blessed event.
He-ven has primed your reality to turn toward peace and away from
conflict and hatred. This means that both go-ernmental and financial
institutions will be in place to prevent w-r and discord. Our role
is to encourage these developments and to act as divine overseer of
this process, which includes our teachings and a guarantee of the
transfer of wide-ranging and much-needed technologies.
We will also act as ambassadors for a divine coalition between
your world and the Galactic Federation. This has been the most
difficult aspect of our undertaking.
We have been forced to bide our time and learn whom to contact
and how best to approach them. Moreover, we have had to remain
patient while certain agreements were delayed and various factions
on your world argued with each other. Our role was to follow
Hea-en's lead and to learn from the divine wisdom of your Ascended
Masters. With righteousness and great compassion, they have directed
this entire effort toward its inevitable and successful conclusion.
We are most grateful to them, and to you for your great support
and your wonderful energies, which have contributed so much to
assist this sacred operation. Very soon, we shall all enjoy a
richly deserved celebration!
http://www.2012.com.au/New%20technology.html

John Winston john...@mlode.com

Ob-1

unread,

May 28, 2003, 7:32:50 PM5/28/03

Ob-1 wrote:

> > the size of Planet Earth." Good gawd...ZEBU
> >
> > <snip> to B-0b1's post

> > I did NOT say 4 times the size of Earth..it was 1/4th the size of our MOON!
> Fool

> > learn how to follow a thread...

> Hale Bopp was accompanied by a grey-Draconian ship that attacked the GF after

> it left Hale Bopp as it passed Jupiter and settled into the Asteroids. The GF
> Fleet left here on Sept 20th 1996 and reached the are area beyond Mars on the
> 23rd. A saboteur amost blew one Pleiadean ship away and killed 500

> crew-members. The ship was repaired in 3 days and on the 27th, the

> Draco-drac's attacked ( their mother ship was about 1/4 the size of our
> Moon-ship!)
> ( another story)
>
> They lost 16 ships to their OWN "reflected" fire ( Partical lasers only) and
> surrendered, After that our Base on MARS ( circa 1962) hosted talks, I watched

> ships come and go around MARS from Nov 4th 1997 through Feb 8th 1998 when Mars

> went behind the SUN. It was indeed exciting! any friends with telescopes also
> watched the show! B-0b1

Ugly Bob

unread,

May 28, 2003, 11:34:14 PM5/28/03

"Ob-1" <S...@Grandecom.net> wrote in message
news:3ED3DCD7...@Grandecom.net...

unread,

Jun 1, 2003, 1:21:58 AM6/1/03

Subject: Looking For The Phoenix. May 31, 2003.

This friday morning I decided to go out and see if could locate
the mothership that Hatonn said could be seen about dawn when you
look towards the East. To be be frank with you I don't know
that I really saw anything and it may be just my imagination but
I think for just a few seconds I saw a circular object that was
about as big as a dinner plate held out at arms length. It only
stayed in my vision for a few seconds so I can't say that I saw
anything.

The next thing that I will report on is that I tried washing
my teeth with bar soap. It turned out to not be that bad after
all and it does clean your teeth very well. Someone also suggested
that I use a particular brand of soap called Ivory hand soap ( 99
and 44 one hundredths per cent pure and it floats). They were
correct and it does taste a little better. Someone on the internet
suggested that I produce my own bar soap, put something in it to
make it taste good, sell it and make a million dollars.
I would also make some deodorant for underneath your arms that
doesn't have aluminum in it. I don't think I'll be trying to do
either one of those two things.

The third situation is that I have been told by some people that
some underwater divers were welding in a certain area and saw some
catfish that were big enough to swallow a man. The welders came to
the top and told their supervisors about this and demanded that
they be given a wire cage to work from so these fish couldn't
hurt them. These fish weigh from 800 to 1200 or more lbs. They
are said to be as big as a voltswagon. I am thinking, not very
seriously, about catching one of these catfish, weighing and
photographing it. This will be done by using a regular fishing
rod and reel. I have organized a group of my friends into a fishing
group. We have everything from 12 feet long aluminum fishing boats
to World Champion Ski boats with a 200 hp motor on them. I also
have a friend with a competition bass boat with full power. I plan
on letting this catfish go, alive when I get through with him or
her.

This last weekend I was up at Cold Springs Grocery Store and
got to talk with a deputy Sheriff. I asked him about the fact
that someone had just given me a fairly expensive 30-30 Stevens,
rifle made by Savage Arms Company. He also gave me the ammunition
and clips for the rifle. I asked the deputy if it would be legal to
carry this gun with me just in case this catfish decided to do
something bad. He told me that I would have to check with the
game warden about this. Also when I was in the same store a lady
who was a salesperson there asked me if there had been anymore
sightings of Bigfoot in the area up there. I told her that during
the winter just before this winter a person had seen some tracks
put down by Sasquatch near the Drdenelle Resort and Grovery Store
which is on hyway 108 going across the Sonora Pass. This person
was not identified as to being male or female but asked the people
not to give out his or her name because he or she knew how people
can make life miserable if they find you have seen a Bigfoot or
seen its tracks and they don't believe in Bigfoot. This person was
also a prominent person in the area.
In closing, this deputy said he didn't believe in Bigfoot or this
Big Fish and for me to be sure and bring a pictures of both of
them, if I get them.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 4, 2003, 1:17:58 AM6/4/03

Subject: Underground Tunnels And Cities. Part 6. June 2, 2003.

This part talks about an underground area that has hairy
humanoids in it.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Subsequently, the explorers decided to investigate in the direction
of the "light" since it would allow them to keep some carbide in
reserve for their return trip. At one point the tunnel (which was
apparently cut through solid rock much of the way and then glazed
over with the hard, transparent substance) opened into a gigantic
cavern. Actually, this occurred several times and at intervals, as if
those who constructed the tunnel intentionally meant for them to
intersect the various cavern systems. Did the ancient builders of
this tunnel system possess a combination of gravitometers, x-rays and
sounding radars to detect these cavities? Even as it passed through
these large caverns, the tunnel still continued in the form of a
transparent domed enclosure, still the same shape as before, yet this
time the hard transparent substance was in the form of a 'wall' a
foot or so thick that protected the group from the 'outside' or
cavern environment. And fortunately so, for beyond the luminescent
walls, were black expanses of gloomy darkness within which they could
faintly make out huge moving and slithering figures of what seemed to
be giant serpents and other grotesque reptilian creatures as well as
other non-reptilian creatures, including giant insects. If not for
the fact that these creatures were physical, tangible things, these
dark caverns could have been likely candidates for the legendary
'Hades' of Greek and Hebrew tradition. The most shocking surprise of
all, however, occurred on the third day after exploration of this
tunnel began, a considerable distance from the crevice from which
they entered the tunnel. They were walking along when
all-of-the-sudden they turned around and found themselves
face-to-face with a group of human-like beings who stood around 7
to 8 feet tall. 'Their' skin had a faint pale-bluish, almost
clay-bluish tint to it and their eyes were relatively large and
owl-like. But 'they' were definitely human, according to David L.,
who was on this particular expedition. The 'people' took out some
type of electronic device, apparently some kind of parabolic
communicator, and after a few attempts they succeeded in
establishing a communication link using the electronic 'translator'.
At this point their story becomes even more complex, and the exact
series of events, in their chronological order, are rather
undefined. First, the strange 'people' made it known that the tunnel
led to a network that went all throughout the earth and to even
greater depths. 'They' had certain types of instruments that could
monitor from a distance the emotional field or make-up of a person
and thus determine their intentions. It was only because 'the group'
was found to possess an emotional makeup indicating relatively
non-violent and non-selfish motivations that they were chosen to be
contacted. 'They' made it known that the cavers could have traveled
through the underground tunnels for weeks and would not have
discovered their "city" if "they" did not wish them to, as the
entrance to it was so well hidden. Here then, are some of the other
incidents which allegedly occurred after the group encountered the
strange people, or rather after these people CONTACTED the group
(chronological sequence uncertain):
(1) The group learned that the tunnels continued for hundreds of
miles, at least. After the initial contact, the topsiders were
taken to a hidden "elevator" and were then taken through this to
the "city" where these people resided. This community was
apparently made out of a glass-like substance, somewhat like the
makeup of the tunnels themselves. 2) Their lifestyle, way of life,
society, go-ernment, etc., was described as being radically
different than that which existed on the surface. These people
possessed a "Book of Laws" or a moral code by which they attempted
to live. According to David L., if any of their society became
violent or became a threat to the rest they were expelled into
the tunnels, given sufficient provisions to make it on their own,
and generally forced to seek out their destiny in other parts of
the nether regions. This punishment for unrepentant "criminals"
was apparently practiced only on very rare occasions.
3) The technology used by this civilization was very complex, and is
based largely on the technology of the lost ra-es who lived before
the flood and whose demise resulted in the abandonment of the
subterranean system, along with all of the sophisticated technology
which had been left there as well.
The r-ce encountered by David L. and his group allegedly were
direct descendants of Noah, and were of a ra-e of explorers who
came to the Western Hemisphere some centuries following the deluge
and discovered and took up residence within the ancient subsystem
where they now resided. Some of the technology left by the
"ancients" is still not understood by the people encountered by the
speleologists. The group was also shown tremendous dark caverns
miles beneath the city, where the subterraneans had found ancient
ruins of this ancient lost ra-e. Some of these buildings were sealed,
apparently the desperate act of the vanished rac- who built them.
4) Some of the caverns--especially the extremely deep one's in
which the ancient cities were found--were miles in diameter. Some
were pitch black and so still and silent that a whisper could
seemingly be heard miles away. Some of the upper caverns through
which the 'tunnel' penetrated contained not only serpent- like
creatures but also huge, hairy 'humanoids', perhaps tied-in with
the Sasquatch family. These however were particularly violent in
nature, possibly due to their environment and constant proximity
to the serpents. Apparently there was an ongoing conflict between
the "hairy" humanoids and the reptilian creatures in the
caverns. According to David L., these hairy giants had faces "only a
mother could love". On one occasion, their subterranean friends
demonstrated some type of hand-held beam weapon by pointing it at one
of the large serpents which could be seen through the tunnel "walls".
The beam melted through the transparent barrier and the serpent
disappeared in a sizzling glow of fire. 5) The group attempted to
tell their story to friends of theirs on the surface. Apparently they
made several trips after their first encounter with the blue-skinned
-ace. However, their story was rejected and met with mockery and
ridicule. They attempted to gather proof of their visit, and made a
special trip "down under" just for that purpose, and succeeded in
capturing a "giant cave moth" which roamed the deeper caverns. They
placed it in a bag and upon returning topside they opened the bag
and exposed the creature to the brilliant summer sun. For some
reason, the sunlight had a disintegrating effect on the insect and
before they could show it to anyone as proof it had dried up,
become brittle and eventually crumbled to dust. After this, they
gave up all attempts to get anyone to believe them, and resigned
themselves to keep the se-ret among the twelve individuals who
made up the exploration and support teams, that is, until David L.
was given permission to reveal the story to the now late Charles
A. Marcoux (Note: Marcoux incidentally died as a result of a
'heart attack', while exploring the surface areas around the
Cushman caves. His wife described it as a sudden and irrational
attack of fear resulting from a swarm of bees that Charles had
encountered. One must realize that 'fear' is one of the most
powerful weapons utilized by the 'infernals' who would attempt
to blind mankind to conditions taking place in the inner world.
However, by the grace of G-d Almighty, many have been able to
defend themselves from the "body terror" utilized by the reptilians
and which can often lead to paralysis, heart attacks, insanity or
even suicide). Eventually George Wight decided to remain below with
their subterranean friends, and on their second-to-the-last trip
they said their goodbyes. They allegedly made one more trip
afterwards during which they met with their friend, who was doing
well, for the last time. The peculiar thing about this incident,
according to David, was that shortly after Wight had joined this
underground society all evidence and records of him ever existing
began to mysteriously disappear from the surface. Birth

Part 6.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 4, 2003, 1:21:38 AM6/4/03

Part 7 of 7.

This last part mentions the migration of the Cherokees
Indians.

..................................................................
..................................................................

Birth
certificates, school records, computer records, bank records, etc.
all seemed to vanish, apparently the work of someone in a very
influential position who was able to erase all evidence that Wight
had ever lived. Some researchers still retain copies of George
Wight's articles from the old UFO periodical, nevertheless. This
would open up the possibility that this underground ra-e closely
monitors events on the surface, and even has "workers" in various
influential positions who act as mediators in surface society.
Everything points to the fact that this subterranean rac-
prefers it's privacy and does not wish to become involved in the
political conflict and chaos which has for untold centuries plagued
the surface world by wa-ring factions constantly fighting over
territorial rights, etc. There is apparently much more to this
account than we can relate here, however for various reasons,
specific information other than that which we have just related
will have to remain confidential. One can seemingly find
"connections" between this account and others which have been
related by other sources. For instance, John Lear has stated to
some researchers that certain Apollo astronauts encountered
another terran or earth-based r-ce on the moon, a race that
apparently made it there long before America did, and this 7 ft.
tall, large-eyed race of humans seems to fit the same description
as that given by David L. The people that Lear referred to
allegedly have an alliance with the 'Blondes'. Is it possible
that the underground people contacted by David know of and
interact with the Telosians? Whether this small item has any
connection with the people allegedly encountered by the
speleologists is uncertain, but it was related by John Keel in his
book 'THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES': "...The Cherokees have a tradition,
according to Benjamin Smith Barton's 'NEW VIEWS OF THE ORIGINS OF
THE TRIBES AND NATIONS OF AMERICA' (1798), that when they migrated
to Tennessee they found the region inhabited by a weird ra-e of
wh-te people who lived in houses and were apparently quite
civilized. They had one problem: their eyes were very large and
sensitive to light. They could only see at night..." Is it possible
that these people may have later taken up a cave-dwelling lifestyle,
if they had not done so previously, to allow themselves more
comfortable living conditions? 'Leading Edge Research' made the
following statements in one of their publications: "ADDITIONAL
COMMENTS ON ALIEN BASES - There is some confusion over the subject
of alien bases in the Un-ted States. There seem to be many of them,
but some of them seem to stand out functionally and operationally.
IT WOULD SEEM THAT THE MAIN BASE is in NEW MEXICO with small
detachments (human phrase) at Dreamland and Area 51 in general.
Both of those locations are used to test-fly alien craft
(PROJECT GRUDGE/REDLIGHT). The main location for the test flights
appears to be Area 51. The EXCALIBUR project being developed
AT LOS ALAMOS is designed to try and penetrate underground
facilities, since they (grays) have entrenched themselves and no
longer honor any of the dubious agreements which they have made with
(certain) factions within the gover-ment." In the May, 1989 issue
of 'Leading Edge' (formerly 'Nevada Aerial Research') it was stated
that: "...Information about underground bases at Edwards AFB (CA) are
not new. Stories have circulated for years. There was the lady whose
mother used to work at the cafeteria who overheard people talking
about aliens and disks. The constant stream of construction materials
going out to the end of the base, but nothing showed up on the
surface. NA-A has a large underground base that has been there for
years. "'Tube shuttles take personnel 50 miles to the other end of
the base in the Tahachapi mountains. The underground base has been
referred to as an underground city. It is even said that there are
disks stored in glasslike enclosures under a vacuum to preserve
them.'" What may very well be a confirmation of the above appeared
in the Dec. 1990 issue of a publication sent out by 'THE BORDERLAND
SCIENCES RESEARCH FOUNDATION', which has for years been under the
direction of Riley H. Crabb. The information was in the form of a
letter which we quote here: "I spent the weekend with a 'recent'
Edwards AFB workman and his wife -- 'recent' because they are both
repeat contactees and have become 'unmanageable' as the AFB
management puts it. He was fired for blasting a Spybee with spray
paint -- which I find funny and as classic as the graffiti on New
York subway cars. "'You did it on purpose,' they told him, and they
knew of course, because the Spybees are telepathic (i.e. capable
of 'tuning in' to Extremely Low Frequency or 'ELF' electro-
encephalographic neuro-brain waves? - Branton) as well as camera
equipment. They also carry microphones. We were all laughing as he
told us how the little spray-painted gold orb, blinded, went bouncing
off walls and posts and was quickly withdrawn from its spy mission.
He said Spybees are about the size of a basketball. They fly by
antigravity all over any 'Above Top Se-cret' installation. They dart
soundlessly everywhere and hover between workers, sometimes
programmed to harass the guys for fun, like bumping them in the rear
end. "No person (that) he and his friends knew about there was
allowed to say one word to another while on the job. They would test
by trying to write to each other in the floor dust. Within two or
three strokes a Spybee would whiz around the corner, lock on to and
stop above the writing. His last comment was to write and draw a
great big 'sc-ew you'. "His painting work was part of an ONGOING
EXCAVATION beneath Edwards AFB on the high desert in California. He
and his crew were always blindfolded and strip-searched before
transit. They couldn't even have watches. BY TAKING TURNS COUNTING
IN THE ELEVATOR GOING TO AND FROM THE WORK SITE, THEY ESTIMATED IT
MUST BE SOME 9,000 FEET DOWN, AT LEAST TWO MILES, AND THE TRIP TOOK
ABOUT 15 MINUTES. "Management accused him of doing it on purpose,
and they knew... 'No, no. The Spybee kept bumpin' the back of my
neck while I was sprayin.' After one real hard knock I whirled
around with the spray gun still goin'." "A prominent researcher
with us that Saturday evening suggested, after careful questioning
of the worker, THAT THE ELEVATOR ITSELF WAS ANTI-GRAVITIC, AS
THERE WERE NO CABLES; SO THE ESTIMATED -DISTANCE WAS AT BEST
MINIMUM. ALL PRESENT CONFIRMED THE GOVERNMENT'S POSSESSION OF
PLASMOLE TUNNELING MACHINES (referred to as 'Terron drives' by
Dulce Base employees - Branton) WHICH MELT A 50 FOOT HOLE THROUGH
SOLID ROCK, AT A RATE OF ABOUT FIVE MILES PER HOUR. "For part of
the night we went 'foo chasing', their term for sightseeking UFOs.
Tahachapi is where H. Hughes and Northrup Corporations and the
USAF have just imported Delta Forces and fleets of black
helicopters deployed by the government for top security events
coverage. There is no doubt something major is going on up there,
even that night. "The researcher and his team were hoping to
see the 30-FOOT VERSION OF THE SPYBEES, as there are growing numbers
of reports on these. THEY ARE DESIGNED TO FLY OVER YOUR HOUSE
(electromagnetically cloaked in a similar manner as was discovered
during the 'Philadelphia' experiments? - Branton), CARRYING
SURVEILLANCE BEAMS FOR THOUGHT/EMOTION CONTROL AND BEHAVIOR
MODIFICATION. (Note: Since thoughts and emotions may be to some
extent electromagnetic in nature, it may be possible for them to be
manipulated by EM rays - Branton). "...I often see Terra now as in
near-final throes of exactly the H.G. Wells scenario where the
unwilling and witless 90% of mankind inhabits a play-fantasy world
on Earth's surface, while the split-off ra-e of highly technical
degenerates (in league with and/or controlled by the serpent race -
Branton), the Trogs, prey on them from underground..."

Part 7 of 7.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 4, 2003, 1:26:08 AM6/4/03

Subject: This Is Your Life, Sheldan Nidle. June 3, 2003.

I've met Sheldan before and did a TV interview of him while he was
in Half Moon Bay, Calif. I found him to be a person who is telling
the truth, as best he knows it. A lot of people hate him like
everything. If you detest him then please don't read the following
information.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: P
Subject: MY STORY by Sheldan Nidle
(A Biographical Excerpt from "YOUR FIRST CONTACT")
I was born in New York City on November 11, 1946 and raised in
Buffalo, New York. My first extraterrestrial and spacecraft
experiences began shortly after birth. My early childhood was
highlighted by various forms of contact phenomena and by their
accompanying manifestations: light-form communications,
extraterrestrial visitations, and teaching/learning sessions on
board spacecraft. For most of my life, I have enjoyed ongoing
telepathic communications with the Galactic Federation of Light via
etheric and physical implants. I have visually observed and
physically experienced spacecraft throughout the years.
From very early childhood, the Sirians and their Galactic
Federation of Light allies closely watched over me. I saw them as
physical Ang-ls who regularly talked to me, guided me, and
protected me from harm. To monitor me during the night, the Sirians
sent bright, pale blue orbs of light into my room. These globes of
light followed me, constantly, around the house. From birth, I
possessed telekinetic abilities; I moved objects about without
touching them, and easily closed or opened doors and turned on
lights with my mind.
Initially, the person from whom the Sirians and the Galactic
Federation of Light allies protected me most was my own father,
Harry Nidle. He was a powerful, angry man who, confronted by
events he did not understand, meted out brutal punishment. A
stocky former professional boxer and fight manager, my dad struck
out physically at situations that confused and frightened him.
Bewildered by the extraordinary events that surrounded me, he
responded viscerally by beating me constantly.
Our family was not well off, but my mother was committed to
teaching me about the world around us and made it her project to
instill in me a love of books and reading. My parents' dilemma lay
in their shared fear of what I represented. They both discerned that
something unknown had brought me into their lives, and they declared
this recognition every day, through either incredible deference to
my every whim or lightning strikes of physical and/or emotional
violence. Moreover, my own ambivalence toward the two realities to
which I belonged became progressively more overwhelming as I grew
older.
My mother, Thelma, grew up in a family ruled over by a terrifying
and indomitable mother. At Thelma's funeral, her surviving siblings
jokingly referred to their mother as the 'dragon lady'. To their
generation, this phrase was code for an extremely controlling and
self-serving type of woman. Mom's response to her upbringing was
to become docile, on the one hand, and extremely manipulative on
the other.
Early in the Depression, the University of Buffalo offered Mom a
full 4-year scholarship in mathematics. She declined, choosing
instead to keep the books for her parents' bakery. Yet, despite all
the grief that her family eventually caused her, she remained
devoted to them. She once confessed to me that it was her misplaced
family loyalties that had brought us back to her hometown of
Buffalo, in 1949.
My dad, Harry Nidle, was a very complex individual. At times, his
emotions raged out of control. Like his father, he was known for
his stubborn and uncompromising disposition. He dropped out of high
school in 11th grade to pursue his love of physical culture and
boxing, but later, rebuffed his father's attempts to find him
temporary apprenticeship jobs in the city's building trade unions
to tide him over. Yet, despite a life-long dislike of formal
learning that made his life difficult, he prevailed.
My earliest childhood recollections are filled with the gentle,
loving presence of Washta, my Sirian guide. Close to him, always,
were the many loving and caring Beings who treated me with
reverence. Washta's protectiveness of me, in those first years,
rivaled only that of my adoring grandfather, Max Nidle. He was a
passionate man, famous throughout his Bronx neighborhood for his
fiery temper. By trade an interior designer, Max was known to all
as a powerful ward boss for the city's Democratic political machine,
Tammany Hall. When I was barely three, however, my parents moved
far away from Max and the Bronx, to upstate Buffalo. It was there
that my life-long contact truly began in earnest.
From the start, the Sirians, and especially Washta, seemed to
have a plan. They talked to me constantly about a grand mission
to Earth of which I was to be a part. They told me that whatever
abuse I was enduring now was only a necessary learning experience
that I was destined, later, to transform. Instead of the pain, I was
to focus on the love my parents had felt in creating me.
Repeatedly, Washta told me, "Remember, you are not alone". The
Sirians watched over me continually. Whenever required, a special
Sirian medical team would heal my physical injuries. Of immediate
importance was that I play and grow, and, at the proper times, be
educated for what I was later meant to accomplish.
One of the most bizarre elements of my childhood was my father's
constant physical abuse. Again and again, he left me for dead,
sprawled on my bedroom floor or curled on the bed in the fetal
position. The Sirian medical team would promptly teleport me up
to the Mothership or to a nearby scout ship. They worked furiously
to restore me to pristine health - no bumps, no bruises and no
broken bones. They would then send me back to my bedroom, usually
in a deep, healing sleep-state, unable to awaken until morning.
Let me state that in my youth, among many other psychic gifts, I
possessed a well-developed telepathic ability, which I used to
acquire a better understanding of what I was experiencing. After
the age of five, I began to notice that most individuals on this
planet did not publicly exhibit such abilities and seemed to fumble
around with little or no comprehension of what was happening to
them.
Telepathy made it easy for me to perceive what people were really
thinking and even what they intended to do. I formed a profound
impression that most people on this planet were usually confused,
severely limited and very negative.
Almost everyone lied occasionally; a few persons frequently
deceived friends and family. This realization made me wonder, even
more intensely, why I was here.
One of the positive ways in which I utilized telepathy was to
guide people whom I met. After watching them react to what was being
said or done, I was able to put helpful thoughts into their heads or
clarify a question that they desperately wished answered. However,
by age 12, I began to feel that I needed to discard my unusual
psychic abilities. These powers made many of my friends very
uncomfortable. Worse, my dad had replaced his physical battering
with unceasing emotional and mental abuse and yelled at me
unrelentingly about them.
Determined to find some peace at home, I began, at age 13, to shut
down my telekinesis so that, by the time I was 17, I had almost
totally discarded my telepathic abilities.
The Sirians and, later, some notable Andromedan scientists, told
me about the necessity of assisting Mother Earth through its period
of transition. Those who came to help Earth had to have a full
understanding of what life was like in this society. The process
required a number of daring souls to willingly experience
incarnation as Earth Beings.
The Galactic Federation project directors regarded the mission
as most difficult. It was a pivotal task that involved several
different possible scenarios. Zakumadi, an Andromedan scientist, was
renowned throughout the Galactic Federation of Light for her
profound wisdom on these weighty matters.
Washta arranged for me to meet her to clarify some of my
increasing confusion. Her conversations with me are ones that I
shall never forget.
Although Zakumadi's wisdom helped me to re-assess my early life,
it did not, at that time, allow me to release all of my pain. I
fervently wished to find some solace from the horrors I had
suffered at the hands of my dad: I felt his behavior toward me had
a deeper meaning. Later, Zakumadi told me that my ill treatment
had been meant to put right some early karma from the end of
Atlantis. Yet, this explanation held a still greater significance
for me, which I did not clearly grasp until much later in life.
But let us return to my mentor and most loving guide, Washta.
Washta is a Being of great Light and infinite Love. He stands
over seven feet - more than two meters - tall, with broad shoulders
and a very well formed body.
Washta has an oblong head covered with heavy, shoulder-length
and sandy blonde hair. His eyes are blue and piercing, and his
thin lips readily display a most awe-inspiring smile. His voice is
deep, yet very melodious: his wondrous laugh is infectious and
turned my deepest frowns into long episodes of ecstatic laughter. He
exudes a perfect Love, filled with a great wisdom.
Washta's entourage was almost always quite large, usually
consisting of 50 to 100 people. The Mothership's personnel
constantly seemed to be at his beck and call. Frequently, when I
saw him there, he was dressed in multi-layered diaphanous gowns of
light blue or royal purple. Each layer sparkled like an endless
pattern of sequins. As he strolled along beside me, his elegant,
golden sandals barely seemed to touch the marble-like floors.
The usual place for my training sessions was the main Sirian
Mothership. Through the portholes of a scout ship, I often saw it
looming above me.
Football-shaped and over 300 miles (some 480 kilometers) in
diameter, this immense ship always glowed and twinkled like an
enormous star.
Washta frequently reminded me, as we approached, that neither
Earth's mil-tary nor its astronomers were able to see the Sirian
Mothership. Its light frequencies were too high and it employed
a force field that, by bending the visible light around it, made
it appear cloaked. When we adjusted our perception to these
distortions, it became visible to us.

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 6, 2003, 2:12:15 AM6/6/03

Subject: This Is Your Life, Sheldan Nidle. Part 2. June 5, 2003.

This part explains what happens inside of a large space craft.
.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Our Sirian scout ship was one of over 50,000 such ships that were
stationed on the main Sirian Mothership. Approximately 100 feet
(about 30.5 meters) in diameter, our scout was shaped like a huge
orb with a special mid-section that bulged slightly, like a small
airfoil, for about 12 feet (a little over 3 meters). The portholes,
actually special holograms, allowed you to look outside.
Other scout ships contained up to five decks, whereas on this type,
there were three. The lowest level was set aside for storage and
other purposes. Usually, I was told by the chief pilot to remain
on this bottom deck. The other decks were used for flight
operations and scientific observations; occasionally, I was allowed
to visit these levels while the crew was busy doing their work.
On the Sirian Mothership, our frequent destination was a
well-appointed conference room. It was as large as a football field,
with starkly white walls and a glowing pink ceiling, embellished
with peach-colored swirls. Strangely pleated walls soared nearly
20 feet (over 6 meters) in height. They glowed oddly, as if lit
from within, and were bright enough to light up the entire room.
The light was not at all harsh, but quite pleasant and soft. I
discovered that the walls were organic: they seemed almost alive,
cool to the touch, and noticeably resilient. In the central area of
this enormous room was an extremely large, oblong conference table,
surrounded by about sixty chairs, with many more arranged behind
them. Above the entire length of the table floated, as if by magic,
a very thin, brightly colored rod. From it, the Sirians projected,
at will, various pertinent 3-D holographic images, fully interactive
with anyone in the room.
To get there, we were first greeted by the ship's 'presence'
(actually an artificial organic Being) and then followed her
extended hallways to our destination. These hallways were noted for
their slightly curved walls that glowed with a bright but most
pleasing light. The floors were unusual in that they seemed to
meet your foot with every step you took. Hence, you felt refreshed
at each tread and the long distances we traveled seemed very short.
During this journey, Washta talked to me about today's lesson and
about important events in my life. Once we reached our destination,
Washta simply commanded the ship to open the conference room and an
open door would suddenly appear in the wall.
Sessions with Washta, or any other instructor, always began with a
very loving conversation. Focused on my feelings at the time, they
were intended to assist in my development or to resolve any
day-to-day problems. They also prepared the way beautifully for the
lessons to come, which employed two instructional aids.
The first was the aforementioned brightly colored rod suspended
above the conference table. First, the rod projected a large 3-D
image of whatever was being described and then, a learning game
began. As I played the game, I was clearly aware of the joy of life
aboard the ship. This was a world in which wisdom, Love and Light
emanated from all. In the Sirian culture, consciousness is a
wondrous, g-dly gift meant to be experienced to the fullest.
There was a second learning tool. On the conference table, placed
in front of each chair, was a small panel. From it extended
life-like holograms of any size or shape, which slowly formed, rose
and moved about the room. They were very interactive and you were
able to easily command them, converse or play with them, even learn
from them. I enjoyed participating in them, for, like the brightly
colored rod, they taught me effortlessly and joyously through fun
and games. (See Figure 2: The Main Conference Hall.).
Learning sessions with the Sirians lasted for many hours, but
seemed like mere minutes. A phenomenal amount of astonishing
information was freely given.
Washta explained that they wished me to understand a type of
science not yet fully explored on Earth - the science of
consciousness, containing the principles for creating all things.
In their world, this consciousness or spi-itual science was
paramount. Out of it flowed all forms of creativity, along with the
solutions to any potential problem. A Sirian proverb described this
unique science quite simply: "Nothing in the Universe is without
solution, nor does it occur without a reason. Any Being of Light can
determine why it occurs and for what reason."
During these intensive learning sessions, the Sirians impressed
upon me that life is a grand adventure of consciousness. Each
segment of your life is but a slight bend in the path, signaling
the start of yet another new episode in an ongoing, grand adventure.
Even in life's darkest moments, you need to maintain an open,
positive attitude to your life.
Such a positive attitude is extremely solution-focused. Its
application means that, instead of denying your emotions, you
embrace them fully. Use all that the Creator has given you, in
order to completely experience the events that will help you to
learn and grow. From this knowledge comes wisdom that can help
others. Life is perfectly interconnected: lessons you have mastered
can be conveyed to others. Knowledge is Life's greatest gift. It
generates a joy for living and brings you an intense inner Love,
which you can easily transmit to others.
Out of this profound Love for life arises the joy of compassion.
Compassion is expressed through heart-felt grace and profound
gratitude for all that you are experiencing. Every experience,
ultimately, is positive in nature. Every lesson is an opportunity
to discover the solution to a potential problem. Before you
incarnated, you fully investigated your present reality with your
many personal guides and spiritual mentors. The key is to love
yourself and all others. The greatest gift that you give yourself
is Love. When you stay centered in this holy Light, you can easily
fulfill your destiny.
Again and again Washta would say to me: "The true nature of this
reality is divine Love. The Creator is within all of us. We are a
deep reflection of each other." The purpose of my education was to
prepare me to bring this simple, yet profound, message to this phase
of humanity. Washta's words have been spoken many times during
Earth's recorded history.
The difference, now, is that the grand adventure embodied in our
existence is about to 'hit the expressway' that leads us to our
destiny. This road is the throughway to a majestic homecoming. It
will lead us, unerringly, out of the current miasma of limited
consciousness to a full _expression of who we truly are. In so
doing, it will guide us back to our space kin. What I observed,
continually, on the Sirian Mothership greatly amplified my
understanding of my personal role in this grand adventure.
In its own unique fashion, Sirian Mothership possess a loving
consciousness. Every Mothership has a wise personality, which
easily conveys its kindly desire to serve its crew. Its sincere
service is seen and felt in the great Love it constantly projects
throughout the ship. There is an inner sense that the crew and its
ship are one.
This oneness allows any potential task to be accomplished easily
and lovingly, and spills over into everything that is done on the
ship. There is a constant movement of interconnected consciousness,
which is self-organizing and urges creativity to the forefront. In
this environment, a joy that dissolves days into hours, and hours
into minutes, is ever-present.
Whenever the end of a learning session arrived, I was overcome
with sadness. To know that it was time to return, once more, to
Earth often brought tears to my eyes; leaving this empathetic
environment was always difficult for me. My instructors were my
very special friends and kin: we were a spiritual pod (family)
that clicked in every way. They were the type of individuals I so
profoundly longed to meet on Earth.
To me,the Sirian Mothership was a place of bountiful love and deep
compassion for all that I represent. It was a special place, where
learning and profound wisdom were revealed every day. Most of all,
it was the place where I met Washta and his special staff, and where,
together, we shared a vision about Earth and its forthcoming
prophesied destiny.
The journey back to Earth was usually a swift one. Washta, or a
few members of his entourage, walked me along a series of corridors.
After what seemed a very long stroll, our group would suddenly stop
and face what seemed like a blank wall in the corridor. At a
prearranged phrase from Washta or the group leader, a door would
instantly appear in the wall. Behind the door was a large room,
staffed by a few attendants, and furnished with two or three rows
of twenty beds each. In fact, each bed was really a special kind of
teleportation device.
Above each was a long, thin, silvery rod. One of the room's
attendants led me to a selected bed and I would lie, face up, gazing
at the silver rod. The pillow on the bed was soft and comfortable.
Once I was in position, the attendant would ask if I were relaxed.
When I said 'yes', a strange, whirling noise filled the room. As I
looked up, a blue beam would instantly descend, totally surrounding
me. Immediately, I began to feel very drowsy, with a deep need for
sleep. My eyelids became very heavy and closed. I inwardly sensed
another flash of bright light, quickly followed by an elevator-like
sensation that lasted for a few minutes. When it stopped, I was
lying on my own bed, looking around at my bedroom. The grogginess
lingered for another ten minutes. I had just completed another
marvelous session with Washta!

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 8, 2003, 2:01:52 AM6/8/03

Subject: This Is Your Life, Sheldan Nidle. Part 3. June 7, 2003.

This part explains a few things about the Andromedans.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Those 'up and down' trips were the highlight of my young life.
What an exciting adventure it was to learn in the special environment
of the Mothership! Each trip brought me new information, or
innovative ways to employ the old. In that world, I was surrounded
by a great, compassionate Love, as well as the inclination to grow
constantly in wisdom. Each day, I looked forward to the opportunity
to explore their exemplary 'school'.
Every so often, Washta, wishing me to meet the crew and understand
their ennvironment, took me to other parts of the Mothership. These
pleasant excursions gave me a chance to learn about Sirian culture,
and to experience a bit of it, firsthand. Above all, I was
continually astonished by their technology. The way the ship's vast
crew interfaced with this technology never ceased to amaze me.
One of my most enjoyable 'field trips' was to the control rooms.
They were located in the center of the Mothership and consisted of
three large, interconnected rooms. The first room was used by the
'flight crew'. Their task was to become one with the ship, its
navigational computers and propulsion system.
They sat on special chairs in a dimly lit room with no visible
instrumentation. The fantastic technology was contained in the
chairs. Each one was created of a special, artificially made,
organic material, designed to curl up, exactly, around whoever
occupied it: while the ship was in operation, a direct, telepathic
link connected the ship's computers and its flight crew. Each
crewmember simply observed what was going on and made specific
telepathic adjustments as needed.
The other two rooms in this large complex were full of very
exotic-looking instrumentation, including many holographic monitors.
They were mounted near the high ceilings, and in the middle of
some very peculiar-looking instruments.
The monitors were arranged in two or three large rows around the
walls, which also contained all sorts of specially designed meters,
switches and dials. In each room there were well over 100 people,
whose primary mission was to support the flight crew in carrying
out their various tasks.
As part of this complicated mission, these crews monitored the
Mothership's flight path and exchanged information with the flight
crew on the ship's propulsion systems, its many life support systems,
et cetera. Their secondary tasks included partial supervision of
all scientific activity occurring aboard ship. In addition, they
maintained continuous communications with the other two or three
Sirian Motherships in their small fleet. They were extremely busy
and, whenever I entered this vital section of the Mothership, I
felt that I was walking through its brain and central nervous
system.
En route from the control rooms back to our 'classroom', we
passed the main geology laboratories. Washta delighted in walking
me past a few of these labs and then asking me if I wanted to
visit them. Here, he gave me the opportunity to converse directly
with the Earth Devas. Our Earth is actually a conscious, living
entity. A wide range of special Beings assist Mother Earth in
maintaining the wondrously diverse collection of living things
that are her precious cargo.
The Devas view these labs as a 'home away from home', and have
transformed each of them into living examples of Mother Earth
herself. Her sky, her many types of terrain and her many water
environments are all represented in the labs. To enter one is like
gaining entrie to a living hologram, which describes, in minute
detail, how the Earth really works.
Another fun visit was to the main repair and storage facilities,
which occupied nearly Great Ship.) Here, I encountered some very
unusual artificial life forms. Like the Mothership herself, all
working machines on the ship were bioorganic in nature, endowed
with a personality and fond of conversing as they carried out their
various tasks. running a large, interstellar spaceship. The walls
of the huge cargo holds reached as high as 200 feet (just over 60
meters) and glowed in different colors. To the bioorganic machines,
each color indicated where items were to be taken, removed from, or
stored. Yet, my favorite places were the crew's lounges and
recreational areas, where I met and conversed with the ship's
off-duty personnel.
Sirians, by nature, are very gregarious. They loved to talk with
me about events on board their spaceship and answered my questions
about the intricacies Sirians, by nature, are very gregarious. I
passed many hours of my extracurricular studies with them.
I saw, at first-hand, their spontaneous interactions as they spoke.
Their openness and inner joy, as well as their deep confidence
and complete harmony, were all clearly evident and never ceased
to amaze me. Their voices resonated with intense mutual compassion
and all crewmembers expressed themselves freely on any subject.
Their luminous energy frequently brought tears to my eyes. In my
opinion, it was the way we humans were meant to be - freely
interacting with total joy and perfect, complete love. On
occasion, Washta introduced me to a noted scholar or some other
renowned Galactic Federation of Light dignitary.
These rare meetings brought me face to face with fully conscious
humans who were highly honored in their respective societies. I was
also allowed to directly experience fully conscious reality, which
Washta often said was Earth's future state.
According to Washta, Earth is simply a unique soul experience that
teaches us many important lessons about limited consciousness. In
all its varied forms, life's divine goal is to share its experiences
with its many different aspects.
In so doing, each Being gleans extraordinary and powerful wisdoms
from every other. Washta used these encounters to prove his point,
and each session allowed me to experience the heart-felt insights
of some remarkable women and men.
During those meetings, I was allowed to visit another
star-nation's Mothership, or a new part of the Sirian Mothership. I
was curious to compare the designs of the different ships.
Pleiadean and Andromedan Motherships were astonishingly organic:
the two star-cultures loved to create habitats and communities,
which mirrored, in minute detail, their home planets. During
visits to scholars' homes, we walked through immense fields, viewed
multi-moon skies, climbed steep hills or crossed a strangely
designed bridge over a very wide, wild stream. Throughout these
sojourns, I reveled in the diversity of yet another star-culture.
Each Being we met symbolized how magnificently life has given each
of us an important role to play in the Creator's ever-unfolding
Creation drama.
The most interesting Beings I ever met were the tall, horse-like
and very matter-of-fact Arcturians. A very old species, whose
sentient culture had seen the rise and fall of many galactic
'situations', the Arcturians had witnessed many star-cultures
come, go, or be transformed. They taught me about time and its
role in introducing the divine plan to this galaxy.
An important part of their sacred essence was the art of healing.
Earth and its peoples were to be healed and their deep wounds
cleansed. Earthlings were to learn the ways of harmony and the
mutual joys of compassion. Life is a blessed experience: at its
heart is the free sharing of knowledge. This partaking forms the
core of the Galactic Federation's philosophy of Light, which is
about to shine its full and complete Love upon this planet.
The many Andromedan star-cultures were another exceptional group
of Beings. Extremely Earth-like in appearance, they were noted,
within the Galactic Federation, for their great spi-itual
knowledge, which had greatly advanced the science of consciousness.
Their scholars taught me, inspiringly, about consciousness, Creation
and the unfolding of the Creator's sacred blueprint.
In their wisdom, they had constructed some of the most amazing
interiors that I ever saw on any Galactic Federation Mothership.
They had reproduced their home-world environments in exquisite
detail. Moreover, utilizing holographic technology, they developed
and exactly replicated a version of agriculture that they called
'Light farming'.
The Andromedans believe that to be in the midst of growing fields
enhances one's perspective of life and its many processes. It
elevates one's appreciation of the connection of one part of life
to every other. Their large farms exist not for the actual work of
harvest, but for the specific and sacred experience of watching
and talking to the fields, experiencing the Devas, and knowing
intimately how a biosphere works.
Andromedans desire to feel and see the nature of their reality.
Each is a steward and an astute caretaker of the broad diversity of
life in this galaxy.
In these fields, they conduct group and individual rituals,
which connect them magically to their home-worlds and to all the
other home-worlds in this galaxy.
Closely connected to the Andromedans are the Pleiadeans, who
revere them as their most honored mentors. A major component in the
relationship between these two star-cultures lies in the
Andromedans' ever gentle nudging of their Pleiadean counterparts
to thoroughly transform the inner essences of Pleiadean culture.
Over countless millennia, the culture of the Pleiadeans, those
great warriors of the Galactic Federation, grew overly patriarchal
and encumbered by a protracted series of intricate rules. During
each galactic w-r, endless waves of enemy Alliance fleets briefly
invaded their far-flung Star League. Yet, this noble culture
survived.
To their credit, they not only survived but also maintained their
integrity as a people. This constant -ar-torn environment had
somewhat stratified the heart of Pleiadean culture. Each faction
greatly distrusted the others. Yet, a great common bond (love of
their home-worlds) promised to move their culture to its fullest
levels of development.

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 10, 2003, 9:32:03 AM6/10/03

Subject; Man Tells Barbara Simpson He Was Abducted By Aliens. June 19,
2003.

About two weeks ago Barbara Simpson, the host of the Coast To
Coast radio call in show, had a special guest on by the name of
Riley Martin. This person said that he had been taken aboard a
large space ship and taught many things. Barbara was very kind
to him and allow him to tell his story. Here is some information
about Riley.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

Getting http://thecomingoftan.com/foreword.html
The Coming of Tan

~ Foreword ~

This is here for you to read the style and scope of Riley's
writing ability.
In 1953 at the age of seven, near the St. Francis River in
Arkansas, I was abducted and taken aboard a UFO or flying saucer
and kept for three days before returned unharmed. Since then I have
been visited by the same extraterrestrials every eleven years.
This association has been an ongoing one for the last thirty-five
years. During that time a kind of intimate rapport has developed
between them, the Biaviians (pronounced BE-AH-VEANS ) and myself.
I do not believe that my experience has been unique owing to the
fact that a considerable number of earthlings have been and are
contacted, and also the fact that I personally saw a number of
humans, via telescan, living on the home planet of the aliens,
and at least one man who also appeared to be in their confidence
as I have thus far been. I further believe that three levitating,
domed gardens aboard the great mothership are peopled by humans or
hybrid humans, though I never had the chance to view them close up.
Since I am not a scientist, I know that much of the information
that I've been made privy to is beyond my ability to comprehend and
my over-all assessment of the character and motivation of these
aliens is, no doubt, handicapped by my intellectual limitations, but
it may not be beyond yours.
During my life I have pursued a varied number of vocations, most
of them legal, some not so legal and nearly all of the physically
menial sort. I left home before my fourteenth birthday and have
traveled extensively about this country and some others. I have
worked as a farm hand, a migrant worker, whiskey maker, bare knuckle
fighter, bodyguard, soldier of fortune, construction worker and
other minor things.
I have no history of mental problems or blackout spells, and
I've never before this time come forth with this knowledge that I've
gained of the aliens. I do so now for several reasons. First, as
with many abductees, the conscious memory of these experiences has
been a fragmented haze up until recently, second, I've learned
through recent hypnosis that I had made a promise to these visitors
not to divulge our association until I was given the go ahead to do
so. I've recently been given that permission. Even so, there is at
least one other species of aliens who do not wish this information
to be spread and who have actively sought to curtail my revelatory
activities of late and with some success. These negative type aliens
are called Targzissians and appear to me to be of reptilian origins.
I wish I could tell you that these celestial visitors have come
bringing only good neighborly cheer and some universal message of
perfection, but sadly this is not the case. The aliens are not
perfect, they are not infallible, and they do have technological,
psychological and spiritual limitations. They do not have, in my
opinion, a good understanding of the human psyche and are often
perplexed at the fickle illogic of humanity's modus operandi.
The truth is that they are some of both, depending upon the i
ndividual, the incident of contact and the physical treatment
remembered from the encounter. As I have come to know them on a
more conscious and basis, having spent as many as nine days in
one stretch in their company, I have found them to be fascinating,
strange, logical, silly, funny, loving, offensive, careless,
ignorant, wondrous, fragile, ominous and momentarily terrifying,
but never unbelievable.
The extraterrestrials are real.
They have individual personalities,
tastes and subtlety differi ng philosophical opinions. They eat,
sleep, have s-x of a sort, defe-ate, burp and even die, either by
the rate techno-accident or eventually by choice.
The ones I'm most familiar with, the male and female called Tan
and Nela, have even learned something of the concept of joking, as
well as amusement expression, via the smile. I have smelled them
with my nostrils and touched them with my finger tips, held long
and in-depth conversations and at the age of eighteen make l-ve to
from nine to a dozen hybrid fe-ales for purposes of procreation.
Though I've not always been completely satisfied with the answers
given to me, I've never yet asked a question of my alien friend,
Tan, that he did not answer. And I asked many questions.
Of course, numerous sightings have transpired simply by chance,
but I have learned that seldom if ever have there been chance
abductions. The subjects are chosen for a reason, ever though this
reason may not be one of esoteric or revelatory meaning. The reason
is often a matter pertaining to genetics and other scientific
procedures.
Inasmuch as it is possible for an Earth person to penetrate the
inward motivations and intentions of these celestials visitors, I
have slowly come to the realization that the human animal is
unique to the aliens simply because they feel responsible for a
living experiment of their own formulation, if not creation. To
allow the human species to perish from the universe would be a
sad thing. Therefore, the human race must be preserved as a species
in spite of itself, just as numerous other species of creatures have
been preserved though we believe them to be extinct.
While the Biaviians, I believe, look upon Earth man as a kindred
spirit, albeit an inferior one, the centiments of the Targzissians
or Targs, I believe to be a different one, more clinical in its
projection. I further learned that common reasoning as we have
come to know it and our set of values, which, with minor nuances,
may be considered universal on Earth, need not necessarily apply to
these aliens.
I personally saw numerous forms of life aboard the great
mothership, but I learned that there are but seven different
species of intelligent technological life forms aboard the huge
egg-shaped craft and these are: (1) the Biaviians, (2) the
Targzissians, (3) the Stagyians, (4) the Dorians, (5) the
-yptonians, (6) the Insectillians and a (7) The Seventh Form for
which I could not learn a name or the nature of their origins.
I'm sure that many people have suffered grievously, more
sychologically that physically, and some have probably developed
different kinds of psychoses which have on occasion landed them
in an asylum, yet I do not feel as if I have undergone any major
psychological alterntions as a result of my experiences with them.
Perhaps this is because I have known of them for most of my life
and thus have never been subjected to the preconceived notion that
man is the only intellignet life in the universe. It has never
occurred to me to believe that extraterrestrials do not exist, thus
I simply thought of them as strange and different beings who for
some reason of their own chose to befriend me at the age of seven.
This book definitely contains a message for all and erstwhile
se-ret revelatory information for others. Some of the things that I
will reveal during the course of this book will serve as a key to
unlock the unconscious doors of minds of other contactees who are
not yet consciously aware of the fact. This book will also serve,
I am told, as a beacon instrument for those who shall ultimately be
chosen as the ones for the great airlift which will transpire in
the not too distant future.
Further, this book will serve as a instrument to at least
superficially acquaint the masses with the knowledge that the
aliens do exist. Thereby helping to psychologically condition them
for the mass overfly, which must inevitably happen if the mass
airlift is to transpire. It is not the aliens' wish to cause mass
panic with their temporary presence, nor to be construed as an
invading force.
If you should measure my life as most people measure this
existance, that is by education, position, material possessions
and tangible accomplishments, I'm afraid you will find me sorely
lacking in sociological substance or even pinpointed rel-gious
zeal. However, the nature of this fantastic dimension of reality
that I have been made privy to tends to supersede what most consider
to be the tangible accumulated norms of society.
I do not consider myself an outcast of society, and I'm certainly
not a loner. On many occasions in my life, I have been as actively
involved in what I believe to be worthy causes, such as the Civil
Rights Marches and the picketing of the South Africian Embassey. I
am in empathy with conservationists and all manner of human
sffering.
The fact that I have thus far neglected to become stationary
and put down roots may have something or much to do with the fact
that I consider all the trappings of human society as fleeting,
transitory things of little value in comparison with the universal
order of reality.
So I don't attempt to delude myself that my revelations will
change the nature of humanity. But this book will, I hope, reach
the ones for which it is intended and also serve to enlighten
humanity at large as to the reality of physical things far beyond
the scope of our commonly realized dimensions.
I won't dwell unduly upon those portions of my life which do not
deal with my time spent in the company of the aliens, because the
subject matter covered during my time with them is quite sufficient
to fill the manuscript of this book. What you will gain in knowledge
from this book compled with what you already know will no doubt
serve to speed up and bring to maturity the purposes for which it
is intended.

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 10, 2003, 10:04:13 AM6/10/03

Dear Folks: I made a mistake and put todays date at June 19.
It should have been June 10.
Holy Cow,
John Winston.

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 11, 2003, 7:46:49 PM6/11/03

Subject; Man Tells Barbara Simpson He Was Abducted By Aliens. Part 2.
June 11, 2003.

This part tells what is said in the first chapter of the book. He
tells the space person that his daddy has a big ole shotgun.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

The Coming of Tan
Chapter 1
I was but seven years of age in November of 1953, when I first saw
the strange lights above the river near my home in Northeastern
Arkansas.
At the time my family lived near the western bank of the Saint
Francis River, which is one of the tributaries that feed into the
Mississippi.
The lights had appeared above the river for three nights straight
at around the same time in the late night or early morning, coming
closer with each successive visitation. On the third night the
brilliant lights were close enough to our house to cast the glow of
their presence onto the walls of my bedroom. It was on this third
night that I decided to go out and investigate.
Strangely, my two brothers, who shared the room with me, never
awakened to witness the lights. Even when I tried to awaken them,
I was never successful. Perhaps this was by design, because
ordinarily I would not have been awake at that hour of the morning.
There were four of the lights, and I had watched them, fascinated
by their acrobatic displays.
They would shoot across the starlit sky from the west and come to
an immediate standstill above the river. Then slowly they would
circle in a follow-the-leader manner.
Or the fourth one would remain stationary while the smaller three
circled it. After a time, the fourth light would disengage itself
from its companions and descend, glowing ever larger, toward the
treetops near the river.
I could not detect any sound. The lights would often change in
color and intensity from yellow to white, to red, green and shades
of blue. And when they departed, they always buzzed the house, all [
four following in a row. It was on these occasions that I could
feel the vibrations of their engines. The vibrations would grow in
intensity as they passed over and diminish as they went away. They
would circle back over the opposite direction, move away for a few
miles and then just stop and shoot straight upward until they
disappeared into the night sky.
On the third night the lights were very close, and it seemed to
land behind the trees less than a quarter mile from my home. I put
on my jacket and went out. Having explored the river bank on many
occasions, I was thoroughly familiar with that area. I was
accompanied by faithful and fearless mixed breed dog, Brown Boy.
We soon approached the spot where the ship had landed. Peeking
through the bushes, I saw the saucer. It stood in a clearing
suspended about twelve feet above the ground, and, though it was
moored by three flexible legs, it slowly danced about, like a
cork bobbing on water.
Shortly, the ship pulsed pinkish, and I found myself focused in a
light beam emanating from the ship. Out of the light strode two
little people. They were dressed in shiny blue jump suits and wore
bubble type helmets. I was only seven, but they were hardly as tall
as me. My faithful dog, Brown Boy didn't make a sound of protest as
the two beings took me by the arms and led me toward the ship. When
we stepped directly beneath the saucer, there was a blinding white
light, and the next thing I knew we were aboard. I found myself
laying nude on some kind of table, similar to an operating table.
I can now speak with clarity upon that first encounter because
the memories were reawakened in me through hypnosis in early 1988
by the UFO author-researcher Barbara Simon, whom I had met shortly
after my 27 December 1987 sighting over the Ozark mountains in
Arkansas, during which time I managed to take several Polaroid photos
of the craft, before being taken aboard for the fourth time.
Since Barbara and I started those regressive hypnosis sessions, my
memory of those past incidents has been returning to me with a flood
of recall, so much so that it is no longer necessary to undergo the
hypnotic sessions in order to key up my memory.
Further, I've learned that the alien Tan told me on that last
occasion that all of my memory would shortly return. Possibly
engineered by my meeting with Barbara. Certainly a great number of
things have transpired since our meeting to substantiate this belief.
I will rehash these things in detail later in this book.
When the little people first approached me on the river, I was
momentarily terrified. My fear was the result of my not being able
to physically resist when they laid hands upon me for the first
time and by my inability to move my arms and legs as I lay on the
examination table aboard the ship. The presence of a third and
fourth alien, whom I later learned to be Stagyians, didn't help
matters either.
After we entered the craft, the two small aliens had removed
their helmets, and I could now see them clearly from the waist up.
The male was about four feet tall, and the female was a few inches
shorter.
In actual appearance, male and female differed just slightly in
features. The heads were noticeably larger than normal in
proportion to the body. The eyes were large, unblinking ovals.
The male's eyes were a light to deep gold color, while the female's
eyes were blue. The shades of their eyes tended to change depths,
depending upon the light and perhaps the emotion.
Their arms were long, the fingertips reaching almost to their knees.
Their feet looked flat and kind of splayed. Their hands were
long and delicate and had only three fingers and a thumb. The
forefinger was longer than the middle finger. They had no outward
ear flaps, but tiny holes where the ears should be. The nose had no
cartilage and was almost flat against the profile. The mouth was
thin-lipped and looked like a slit on the face. The teeth were tiny
and uniform, like baby teeth. The chins were sharp and receding and
gave the face an egg-like shape.
The female's skin tone was a gray white, and the male's complexion
was yellowish brown or golden. The skin colors also changed at
times, not in basic color but in subtle tones. They did not look
like dangerous monsters, but I could not call them cute either.
They did not articulate with their mouths but communicated via
telepathy.
The actual physical examination was left to the Stagyians. I
could see and feel their long spindly hands. Their touch was cold
and clinical. As I've said, I could not move my body, but I could
move my eyes and my head with effort.
The Stagyians, by any stretch of the imagination, are very ugly
creatures indeed. They stand nearly six feet tall and have dark
red leather-like skin draped loosely over their skeletal-like frames.
The head is long and prune-like, and the eyes are tiny, black and
close set.
Even aboard the craft, they both wore some kind of breathing device
over their mouths, and at times you could hear their rapid shallow
breathing.
I was later to learn that the Stagyians, in spite of their physical
appearance, are considered to be the Pacifists even among the aliens
because of their ability to store and retain vast amounts of data and
recall and disseminate the same. The Stagyians hold many scientific
and other brainy positions among the Biaviians, with whom they are
affiliated.
I further learned that the Stagyians are the ones who perform most,
if not all, of the physical examinations for the Biaviians on
abductees. It is apparently the sight of these ugly but harmless
beings that has caused many abductees to remain terrified of the
experience, even though I am told that the Biaviians have never
physically harmed an abductee, yet I can't truthfully make the same
statement in regards to the Targs.
The Stagyians also communicated via telepahty. However, I could
never comprehend any of what they were saying. On the other hand,
neither could the Biaviians understand the Stagyians except by
replaying or filtering their transmissions through some kind of
electroic devise.
Strangely, I could hear and communicate with the Biaviians
telepathically even as a child. Of course, they had to revert to
English from their native tongue, if it can be called that. I was
told that most human beings have the dormant ability to communicate
telepathically, but it is more pronounced in some, especially the
ones who still maintain a greater portion of the original Elohim
gene. Apparently I'm one of the gene retainers, and telepathic
intercourse with the aliens comes easily to me.
During my physical examination, I was touched from head to foot,
scanned with some kind of light probe that resembled a giant eye.
The Stagyians may have taken hair samples, toe nail, skin
scrapings and saliva from me. It was while I was on the table that
I started to communicate with the Biaviians. Tan and Nela spoke to
one another in words I couldn't understand as they stood near my
feet, and I butted in to their conversation telepathically, saying
You better turn me loose, 'cause my daddy's got a big ole shotgun,
and he'll shoot you with it. At which they both looked at me with
interest. Then they started to converse with me in English.
Tan said that they were not going to harm me but were obligated
to momentarily restrain me because I was big and strong and might
try hurt them. Soon I got over my fear of them if not of the
Stagyians and convinced them that I wouldn't harm them if they let
me up. Initially I had called him a "big head Doodie dog", to which
they looked at one another and repeated the phrase
"BIK-ADE-DOOEY-DOK". They weren't familiar with the phrase or its
meaning, and I didn't bother to explain it to them at the time. I
cannot say exactly how long I remained on the examination table
but after a long while they allowed me to get up and move to a kind
of translucent recliner. They didn't seem to be bothered by my
nudity at all, and both Nela and Tan seemed to enjoy exploring my
body with their hands. Their touch was cool but gentle. They seemed
fascinated with my hands, my kinky hair and my se- organs. Even
though I could move, my strength was greatly diminished. Tan stuck
his finger in my mouth and ran the tip over my teeth, and I bit him
slightly, to which he said, "Ooow", and snatched his hand away.

Ob-1

unread,

Jun 11, 2003, 10:52:51 PM6/11/03

Ob-1 wrote:

The object(s) in the E-N-E quadrant of the SUN are Jupiter sized TANKS
collecting
Neutrons to preent Helium Chemistry from becoming a part of the SUN's present
Chemistry of Hydrogen ALONE! This will finish up what's left of the SUN's
Chemistry
until 3034 when it will finally DIE a "SECOND" death, (The first nearly came in
late
Novembr of 1997...IF it had...we'd NOT be her blowing hot air via computer. B-0b1

Dick Hertz (Hey, who's Dick Hertz?)

unread,

Jun 11, 2003, 11:25:58 PM6/11/03

Having conversations with yourself now?

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 12, 2003, 1:18:28 AM6/12/03

Subject: What's Going On In Tulare, Calif?. June 11, 2003.

There appears to be something unusual going on in Tulare, Calif.
That place is not too far from me and I may go and check it out.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

From: g
Subject: Desperate times call for......desperation.
http://www.visaliatimesdelta.com/news/stories/
20030607/localnews/439431.html
'The presence of G-d'
In a small Tulare church, people cry, laugh, collapse:
'You just know it's him'
By Rick Elkins, and Laura Florez
Staff writers
TULARE -- Every night for the past eight weeks, between
50 and 100 people have come to a small church at the
corner of G Street and Inyo Avenue.
They've come from Visalia, Tulare, Hanford, Fresno and
Porterville -- and as far away as Iowa and England.
They say they've come to be in the presence of Go-.
Jubilee Christian Ch-rch pastor Ken Bowman says what is
occurring at his c-urch is not only difficult to
understand, but hard to explain.
"It's really interesting," he said. "I've never been a
part of anything like it."
People filter into the church every night. Once inside
the sanctuary, they weep, fall to the ground, speak in
tongues, laugh uncontrollably, kneel in prayer, sit
quietly and some even sleep.
Laurel Le Gras of Visalia curled up Monday evening on one
of the church's 17 wooden pews. Her eyes were closed and
she wore a smile on her face, seemingly oblivious to the
noisy environment around her.
++++++++ Praise music filled the church. People's bodies
were falling to the ground. A woman near her was grunting
like an animal.
"I was resting in the Lord. I'm always conscious of
what's going on around me," said Le Gras, who stayed at
the church for several hours. "[His presence] is like a
weight, you cannot stand up underneath it."
The word spread All in all, hundreds have come to the
small church, some several times.
And the Internet is spreading the word widely: A church
in Kansas City is sending a prayer group, and Bowman got
a call from a minister in the Philippines, he said.
Bob King of Farnsworth, England, heard via an e-mail from
a friend in Oklahoma about the small church in Tulare.
"I knew I had to go, " said King, who described himself
as a born-again Chri-tian.
"When I walked into the ch-rch that first day I felt
something special. I immediately felt the presence of -od.
You just know it's him," said King, who has returned every
day and was joined in Tulare by his wife last week.
An answered prayer
Tim Vink, pastor of Tulare Community Church, says
something special is definitely going on. He says God's
coming to Tulare is something all pastors in town have
prayed for a long time.
"It is an answer to prayer, for Him to visit our city in
a special way," Vink said. "It's as unlikely for G-d to be
at a small church in Tulare as for the son of Go- being born
in a stable."
But why Tulare? And why Jubilee Christian?
No one has an answer.
Bowman had a prophecy in September that Go- would make
himself present at the church, he said.
-od told Bowman to have Pastor Joe Cicchino of Vision of
Love World Outreach Center come to the church in January.
On New Year's Day, Bowman began fasting. Then several
months later, on April 6, Cicchino made a trip to Tulare
for what he called a two-week crusade.
But -od made his presence known, Bowman said, and
Cicchino has yet to leave the city.
About 90 percent of those who are visiting the Tulare
ch-rch aren't members, said Shawnna Ross of Tulare, a
member of Jubilee Christian.
It is a small, poor -hurch. It seats about 150 people.
Its walls and carpet are unfinished, and the c-urch sits
in a part of town frequented by drug addicts, prostitutes
and street people. Bowman estimated about 50 people
regularly attend services, he said.
In the sanctuary
There is nothing remarkable about the chu-ch -- no signs
of the stigmata or images of J--us. There are plenty of
ceiling fans, communion for those who want it and red
squares of cloth, so that if women fall to the ground or
choose to lie on it, they may cover themselves for modesty's
sake, Bowman said.
On most nights inside the church, Cicchino walks around
with a Bi-le in his hand while Bowman stands in the middle
of the church. Both pace the sanctuary, watching people
walk in.
Cicchino shakes hands with people, and without exchanging
words, they fall to the ground.
Bowman and other church members are close by to support
those who look as if they are about to fall.
"Walk in my Valley," Cicchino repeats over and over again
into a microphone at one point Monday night, looking at
those sitting inside the chur-h.
Ross turns and says, "That's the Lord."
'This is a place to be'
With the help of God, Ross said Cicchino has told her
things about her life that no one should have known. He
has healed her spi-itually and physically, she said.
"If anybody needs anything from G-d, this is the place
to be," she said.
One night Ross even saw Jes--' face come through a wall
inside the c-urch, she said Another parishioner, Melissa
Calderon of Tulare, said her husband saw Jes--, too.
"I saw the look on his face and asked him. He said he
saw --sus' face come out of the wall," she said. "It's
been so beautiful -- it's changed our lives.
Every night is different. Sometimes people come in and
all the sudden we're dancing, and then the next night
we're at peace."
Bernice Bradley, 77, of Tulare walked into the churc-
seven weeks ago. She was diabetic, suffered from high blood
pressure, arth-itis and had to use a cane to walk into
the -hurch seven weeks ago. "I was healed here in this
service," said Bradley, who said she no longer uses a cane.
David Morris, 59, of Tulare walked into the church with
casts on his hands.
He suffered from carpal tunnel syndrome but doesn't
have aches and pains anymore.
"The Lord works in mysterious ways," he said. "I don't
ask questions."
One night, King said, his wife collapsed on the floor and
did not move for nearly four hours.
He also said -od showed him what heaven looks like, with
bright light and small children.
"It's really awesome what's going on," King said. "It can
only be G-d who's doing this."
So how long will Go- be in the Tulare church?
-od has told him, but Bowman says he is not allowed to
reveal all the details. Not all feel the 'outpourings'
Called "outpourings," similar events have occurred around
the world, including one in Toronto and one in Florida.
Vink said one lasted more than two years.
Some people are skeptical, such as Marianne Garci, a
care giver of Glenna Harmon, a Tulare woman who insists
on being wheeled to the services throughout the week.
"I don't think that's the Lord's presence. I don't
believe he would manifest himself that way," said Garci,
who frequently debates the visitation with Harmon. "But
she's the boss. I take her where she wants to go."
Harmon, too, is a rare find among others who come
into the chur-h. Although she has been attending for weeks,
she has yet to feel the Lord's presence.
When asked what she has felt while inside, she bluntly
replies, "Nothing."
She has watched others get healed, she has watched tears
stream down their faces, but she is left quietly sitting in
her wheelchair parked in the middle of the aisle.
"Just because I don't feel anything, that doesn't mean
I'm not a Ch-ristian," she said. "But I want to feel
something."
Vink said a reporter with a Christian magazine, Charisma,
called him about the outpouring, and he told him it was
real.

Rule by cooperation, not corporation.
www.movementofthepeople.org
illu...@lists.beyond-the-illusion.com
http://lists.beyond-the-illusion.com/mailman/
listinfo/illusions

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 15, 2003, 2:35:20 AM6/15/03

Subject: Man Tells Barbara Simpson He Was Abducted By Aliens. Part 3.
June 14, 2003.

This part tells of some of the jobs that this person had.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

I told him that it wasn't polite to put his finger in some one's
mouth, and he said something about highly developed verbal resonance.
They spoke to me on occasion and about me to one another on others.
I could hear their exchange inside my head, not understanding them.
After a while they stopped examining me and walked over to converse
with the Stagyians. It was then that I started to take a good look
at the circular room or flight deck. The dome of the room was
completely transparent, and you could see out on a 160 degree
radius, even though, depending upon your point of focus, the objects
outside were distorted by the curve of the dome. I remember that
when I was outside looking at the ship the dome had appeared a solid
metallic. A console, banana or hot dog shaped, covered about a
quarter of the room's outer circle. I didn't see any protruding
buttons or levers or even dials on the console, just different
spots of pulsing color. The ship was actually piloted by a robot,
that is a metallic thing with arms that seemed to float about in
front of the console. In the center of the room there was a round
disk-like table on which were some neon configurations like a star
chart. The exam table and other examining instruments had completely
disappeared, and the Stagyians now stood near another console-like
thing and seemed to be working.
Presently Tan and Nela returned to me and pointed out of the dome.
I saw the Earth small and shining in the distance, about the size
of a golf ball, and the moon which was much larger. I could tell
that we were going away out into the void of space, and I started
to cry.
The alien Tan touched my check and retrieved a teardrop, which he
then rubbed upon his brow. He said, "Oh, Martin, I can experience
your emotion, yet its meaning is lost unto me. It is well that I
may once again relate to sensations long un-recalled. Do you
understand?"
But I didn't understand at the time. Over the years I have come
to realize what he meant. Apparently the Biaviians, or certain
Biaviians, are able to telepathically mesh or interface with
certain humans to the extent of actually being able to experience
all the earthly emotions and physical sensations that the human
feels. I understand that this state of intimacy between the alien
and the human is not a common occurrence but a rarity. Yet to
actually feel the emotion is not necessarily to know its meaning
or the nature of the emotion's logic. While numerous human beings
could probably communicate telepathically with the Biaviians, few
aliens and humans can achieve the symbiotic state of emotions
transmutation. This is sad because I believe that if all the aliens
could experience the emotional anguish that most humans go through
upon abduction, they wouldn't have made so many mistakes, been
so unfeeling or used the same techniques of contact. Over time I
believe that I was able to communicate much of this to my alien
friend.
I also found that I could transmit some emotions to the female,
Nela, but we never achieved the rapport that existed between me and
Tan. She seemed more attuned to the sensations of joy, mirth and,
perhaps, sensuality, while my occasional attempts at humor or joke
telling seemed for the most part to be lost upon Tan. To this day,
the little alien remains almost machine-like in his analytical
reasoning, most of the time.
Then he turned and pointed out into space and said, "Look,
Martin". I looked and saw a brilliant comet shooting out through
space and crossing the path of the other three saucers that
accompanied us. I forgot my sadness as I watched the great comet.
Then one of them said, "Martin, sing --e the song". I guess that I
had inwardly been singing a song that my mom wrote for me to sing in
ch-rch, and I began to sing it with my mouth: I dreamed that the
great Judgment morning, had dawned and the trumpet had blown!
I dreamed that the nations had gathered,
To Judgment before the great throne.
From the throne came a bright shining
angel,
And stood on the land and the sea!
And swore with his hand raised to Heaven,
That time was no longer to be.
And oh with a weeping and wailing.
As the last ones were told of their fate:
They cried to the rocks in the mountains,
They prayed but their prayers were
too late.
As I finished the song, the ship moved over near the fiery comet
and then began to pace it. Suddenly the ship started to move in
a clockwise fashion around the comet, and as we were doing so, the
ship began to play the melody of my song. It sounded wonderful and
was composed of flutes, trumpets and a host of other magnificent
instruments, filling every octave with scores of melodious harmonies.
I don't remember when the aliens dressed me in a fine blue robe or
placed the clothlike blue slippers on my feet, but when I noticed
myself again they were there.
I saw that we were coming up to the planet Saturn with the great
rings of ice and was told that the planet had twenty-three moons.
The planet and its rings appeared to me to be devoid of color
like a black and white photograph. Then as we passed one of the
largest moons I saw it, shining like some great bejeweled egg upon
the azure background of the endless sky. "Behold, Martin", said
Tan.
"This the vessel of our origins". This was the first time that I
laid eyes upon the great mothership. I was to visit it again on
at least two future occasions, and it would take the contents of
the latter visits to reawaken the memory of that first visit at
seven years of age. Bear with me, dear reader.

Chapter 2

The Seven Intelligent Life Forms

I left home and went out on my own in the big world at the age of
fourteen and because regular employment was denied me at that age,
I did what so many before me had done. I joined the migrant hordes
that gathered the produce crops seasonally up and down the Eastern
seaboard. I was always tall for my age, and my upbringing on the
farm had conditioned me to hard work so it wasn't difficult for me
to do a man's work. When I gave my age as being eighteen, it was
rarely questioned.
It was during one of my self-imposed spans of abstinence at the
age of seventeen that I discovered that I possessed another more
profitable talent, the art of fist fighting, bare knuckled fashion.
At six feet two inches and 170 pounds, I became a most formidable
and deadly foe in the timeless art of one-on-one combat.
Because of my string bean physique and obvious youthful
inexperience, the other fighter, being bigger and older, was always
the odds on favorite, thereby giving me and my trainer, Big Manuel, an
opportunity to make good money. With all due modesty, I can say
that
during the year and a half of my pugilistic career I never lost a
fight, but these victories were not all won without paying a price,
and I still have the scars to prove it. In October of 1964, I had
decided to quit fighting, take my nest egg and return to Arkansas.
Big Manuel concurred with this decision after my last opponent up
East had died of injuries sustained during our bout. Truly
remorseful for my part in the man's death, I gave about half of my
nest egg to his wife and four children and went on my first dr-nken
spree over in New York City. I awakened a week or so later in a
cheap hotel with an equally dr-nk middle-aged lady in bed beside me.
Of my hard-earned fortune, I still had sixteen dollars and change.
This is why I agreed to stop in Alabama on my way south for one last
fight.
On November 14, 1964, in the red hills near the town of Oneonta,
Alabama, I fought a man called Grutch, and I took him down in the
33rd round. In the process I suffered a broken nose, two fractured
ribs, a sprung thumb, the loosening of several jaw teeth, a black
eye and numerous bruises and contusions.
It was after midnight when I saw the lights come flying silently
across the sky from the northeasterly direction. Passing directly
over me, close enough to brightly illuminate the surrounding area
and to cause the hair of my head to crackle with static and the
bushes to tremble, the craft set down in the weeds off to my
right.
I went to investigate and saw the ship standing nearly immobile
just above the ground in a clearing. The hum of the engines was
barely audible, but I could feel its vibrations. As I walked toward
the ship, I could feel the static electricity all over my body and
see the leaves trembling and moving about on the ground all about
me. The ship was about thirty feet in diameter, flattened on the
bottom and domed on the top. A line of blue lights circled the
perimeter, and a blue, red and yellow light shone from the
undercarriage. The body of the ship was a dull metal that glowed
with a varying blue-white intensity.
The dome cleared and I could see two small beings standing and
looking out. Then I distinctly heard a voice saying, "Come forth,
Martin, for we must leave in haste." I literally ran beneath the
ship and looked up to see a spiral door open, a dazzling white
light, and I was in a tube shaped chamber, which nearly touched my
shoulders. The chamber was lined with thousands of tiny lights
of many colors. I could feel the lights play over my body like
ripple of warm water. I was acutely conscious all the time. Then I
smelled a very strong perfume-like odor for a moment. A door in the
chamber whisked, and I was blinking in the soft light of the
command deck. It suddenly occurred to me that this experience was
not new to me and that I knew the two aliens that were awaiting my
arrival.
"It is well to see you, Martin", said Tan. "And it's good to see
you again", I said.

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 17, 2003, 1:59:13 AM6/17/03

Subject: This Is Your Life, Sheldan Nidle. Part 4. June 16, 2003.

Now we go back to the information about Sheldan. If you hate him
please don't read this.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

The Andromedans' superior science led many Pleiadean star-nations
in the Star League to invite several eminent Andromedans to become
consultants to their ritual-based and rule-bound sacred Orders.
These dedicated women and men came to the Pleiades to impart their
deep reverence for Life, and to spread a consciousness typical of
Andromedan reality. This infusion of new energy, full of harmony and
cooperation, was a breath of fresh air. Its increasing influence
began, slowly, to transform Pleiadean society.
The constant exchange of key personnel gradually altered the very
essence of Pleiadean civilization. Legendary patriarchal warriors
were gradually returning to their nearly forgotten roots as
galactic humans. During a visit to a Mothership, I could feel a new
energy. The crew greeted me with great enthusiasm and made
constant remarks about the new Andromedan influence.
This Pleiadean Mothership was part of the Science and Exploration
fleets, whose primary task it is to explore this galaxy. Whenever
appropriate, they offer Galactic Federation membership to any
star-nation that fulfills certain prerequisites. Much larger than
our Sirian Mothership, and quite different in design, this craft
seemed to be three Motherships, united only by a series of central
connectors.
Each section of these ships was devoted to a specific task.
Living quarters were extremely spacious, resembling those of the
Andromedans in design. Laboratories took up one of the apparently
linked ships. Like separate and fully self-sufficient worlds,
these Motherships rarely returned to their Pleiadean home world.
Instead, they spent many of our centuries traversing and exploring
this immense galaxy.
On my return from these visits, Washta, or one of my teachers,
often quizzed me on what I had observed. My Sirian hosts felt that
I needed to observe the diversity of the Galactic Federation of
Light: in spite of its inherent variety, great harmony exists to
spread the Light throughout this galaxy. This was their divine
mission to Earth. Earth was a world in transition, desperately
needing to fulfill its sacred destiny. Our task was to help her and
her developing civilization to achieve these lofty objectives. The
time for direct interference was still far off in the future. This
was a time for preparation and study.
My studies with the Sirians made school on Earth seem very dull
and unrewarding. Whenever I confided my experiences to schoolmates,
they made fun of me and called me a liar. They often repeated my
words to our teachers and their reports would result in my being
punished. For this reason, I had few friends; however, those few
I had were loyal.
Again and again I asked Washta: "How do I fit into this very
strange world called Earth?" He always told me that, to my peers, I
did, indeed, appear strange and quite different: "Earthlings are
not yet ready for us." The reaction of so many proved him quite
correct. Yet, I wanted to share these wonderful experiences with
someone. That someone soon became my younger sister, Susan.
Susan was a delicate child, habitually bed-ridden until she was
about 12 years old. While she was still very young, we began to
experience the Sirians together. It was a great joy for me to have
someone who validated my own experiences.
My instructors/counselors on the Mothership treated Susan very
well. She began a course of study that enabled her to make good
use of resources available on Earth and led me to rediscover
Buffalo's public libraries. Acquisition of knowledge became our
deep passion and our main mission as children. Aided by my amazing
photographic memory, I collected, categorized and finally memorized
this knowledge.
Understandably, these experiences instilled in Susan a deep
interest in metaphysics. For example, in 1975, she moved to Seattle.
Eventually, she joined a leading metaphysical group, the
Theosophical Society, and soon became manager of Seattle's Quest
Bookshop. Later, she resigned to study nursing. While she was in
charge of the bookstore, however, Susan received special management
training at the Theosophical Center in Wheaton, Illinois, among
other places.
Thus, she developed a considerable knowledge of business
management and a detailed comprehension of metaphysics and
Theosophy.
While Susan was still in Buffalo in the early 1970s, she joined
the Theosophical Society. The Buffalo chapter included a few older
members who knew some of the founders of the Theosophical Society's
American branch. These people had also worked at the London office;
through them, Susan furthered her interest in metaphysics and,
especially, in Theosophy. Even today, she retains fond memories of
the people she met in the Buffalo and Seattle branches of the
Theosophical Society.
My photographic memory was one of my most prized mental tools. I
was able to read anything and quote it from memory. In high school,
I frequently corrected my history teachers' mistakes by reciting
from our history text and concluding my correction with the page
and paragraph number. Eventually, after much prodding, my teachers
would often ask me if what they had just told the class was correct.
Additionally, I used these talents more constructively by comparing
all the knowledge I had gleaned from many Earth-bound libraries to
what the Sirians had long taught me.
To my way of thinking, most of the information I gathered from
local libraries seemed scattered and rather primitive, lacking the
integration of Sirian knowledge. Earth, as Washta said, was a planet
in transition. Earth's science denied realities that had been part
of the Galactic Federation's technical manuals for millions of years.
During my childhood, our cosmologists on Earth were waging a silly
intellectual battle between the 'Big Bang' theory and the 'Steady
State' theory. Neither was absolutely correct, yet the 'Steady
State' theory was closer to the truth. The 'Big Bang' theory
indicated to me that many scientific hypotheses were incomplete.
Each proponent was seeing the signs in the Heavens, as they would
like them to be, not as they really were.
Deeply tied to a fixed vision, the major scientific theorists of
the day followed this parochial rationalism. Their narrow view
clearly excluded consciousness as a possible answer to their
theories. They constantly went to painstaking lengths to refute its
possibility. The spiritual science of the stars was an unwanted
child whose wisdom many openly disdained.
The only opening in this otherwise closed society was the
then-infant field of quantum physics. When I was barely a teenager,
many of my teachers saw it as a very poor excuse for science. In
its place, they flaunted the work of Newton, Einstein or some other
scientific giant but, owing to my esoteric knowledge, these
'pioneers of science' failed to instill any great passion in me.
Nevertheless, science, as practiced on this planet, became quite
important to me. I needed to use its succinctness to verify the
data that I had previously collected. In this way, I intended to
move this jumbled body of knowledge in an essential new direction,
toward the science of consciousness. To do so, it was necessary for
me to present Time, Space, Light and other lesser-known elements
of Creation in a compelling way to Earth's scientists and to the
general public. My goal was to imbue Earth's science with the
profound excitement I had felt during my instruction on the
Motherships. The question of how to accomplish this plagued me.
Consequently, I spent a major portion of my junior and senior high
school studies focused on determining an answer to my dilemma.
If I were to successfully fulfill my goal, a major leap forward
in the current perceptions of Earth scientists would, obviously, be
required.
I planned, first, to distinguish myself in science. In the late
1950s, many junior science programs were available, offering
students the chance to spend their summers in actual research
laboratories located either in a private business or on a college
campus. One summer, I worked at the polymer laboratory of a local
private chemical research center. The tasks were menial: I washed
out test-tubes, made sure that all laboratory equipment had been
put away properly, and avidly observed what was going on. This way,
I was able to 'get into' the researchers' heads, to learn what
made them tick and what projects excited them.

Part 4.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 18, 2003, 2:11:34 AM6/18/03

Subject: This Is Your Life, Sheldan Nidle. Part 5 of 5. June 17, 2003.

This is the last part of the material about Sheldan Nidle.

To accomplish my 'research', I often stood, for short periods of
time, in a far, dark corner of one of the countless hallways of this
facility. Frequently, several researchers walked by, completely
engrossed in discussion, and I would follow them, lagging behind by
five to ten steps. My self-directed project was to telepathically
listen to their intense conversation, thus enabling me to quickly
learn both their scientific terminology and its proper presentation.
After a month of this activity, I had become proficient in the use
of their jargon. By that time, I was able to completely merge,
psychically, with another person's consciousness and Full Self. In
that way, I was able to discover what person's consciousness and
Full Self. Usually, I noticed, they remained in total denial of
its message, unless fast asleep or in a meditative, creative mode.
One day, in a hallway during a break, I observed two researchers,
caught up in a terrible quandary over how to create a certain type
of polymer chain. The resultant new plastic was the reason for
their mutual research. I followed ten steps behind them and 'tapped
in'. Each had an immense mental block that caused them to
intellectually flounder about and prevented them from jointly
solving their problem. Of course, their two Full Selves had the
solution, but their blocks kept any kind of inner communication
from occurring. With the permission of their True Selves, I
joined in telepathically.
Completely absorbed, the two researchers were unable to
distinguish my inner voice from their outer ones. They heard their
own and mine, simultaneously, and never recognized the difference.
A rousing and highly creative conversation ensued, in which both
men became aware that there was a third person behind them, whose
expertise was solving their many months of failed research. This
intense scientific conversation continued all the way back to
their laboratory on the far side of the building.
Before reaching their destination, they asked this third party
to join them in a brainstorming session in their office. Only at
this point did either turn to greet me. Expressions of astonishment
and deep reproach betrayed their great surprise. As they left me,
I saw them resume the same conversation that had just ended so
abruptly. However, I had achieved my goal by solving their problem.
Incidents such as these occurred infrequently over the next two
months. They revealed much of what I needed to know about how people
involved in science functioned. Suddenly, I understood that they
were given to the same fears and denials as my teachers, my fellow
students and their parents. Unfortunately, scientists usually
rejected my assistance and promptly labeled me an outsider.
In high school, I became deeply involved in researching quantum
physics, devouring everything on the subject and anything related
to it. As a result, I developed a strong interest in sub-atomic
physics and astrophysics. I aspired to attend college to study
with a couple of professors who had done their major research at
Brookhaven. My intention was to do the same. Most students, except
for those deeply involved in the shared pursuit of a scientific
career, ostracized me. But, at long last, I had found my niche.
This awareness resulted in some profound philosophical
conversations with Washta and his circle of Sirian counselors and
instructors, regarding the direction that my future would take.
During periods on board the Mothership, I interacted with
technologies that people on this planet would be in awe of today.
Then I would return to my parents and all the tyranny and
dysfunction that I associated with home. I began to ask myself
which world had I to live in - the world of the ships, or the one
down here. As my confusion increased, so, too, did my ambivalence.
Eventually, I decided that I had to live in this world. I
envisioned myself developing a truly novel approach to science
that would cause physics to undergo a transition and infuse it
with a new sp-ritual outlook that would transform this world.
The stark contrast between the Mothership and my earthly
environment took its mental and emotional toll. By my fifteenth
year, it had become absolutely overwhelming. Washta told me that
moving permanently to the ships was not an option that was
available to me. My focus must be on my earth life and my mission.
When the Sirians gave me the chance, I decided to put an end to
their visits. I told them to leave. Their gentle answer was, "Okay,
it is your free will to choose that. Know, however, that you are
destined to complete your service. At the appropriate time, we
shall return."
Before leaving, Washta and his entourage informed me of many
things. They told me that the next few decades would be a time for
me to explore who I was and who I wished to become. It would be a
period for me to learn more about the Earth and its peoples. I was
to choose how best to handle this situation. After who I wished to
become. It would be a period for me to learn more about the an
intensely arduous inner dialogue, I responded by asking them to
leave. It was my desire to pursue a career in science. They agreed
and, shortly thereafter, ceased all formal contact with me. It
felt very strange, indeed, to be without most of my psychic
abilities. Soon, also, I deeply missed the gentle direct guidance of
Washta. However, I was not completely on my own: unbeknownst to me,
Washta had assigned a special group to watch me secretly and see
that I came to no harm.
My science career never really got off the ground. As a college
freshman, I encountered a certain Newton-mechanics professor,
Vice-Chairman of the Physics Department, who was notorious for
flunking out those students who didn't measure up to his standards
of what constituted a physicist. During the summer and fall of
1965, I therefore changed my major from Physics to Political
Science. Eventually, I took a degree in Area Studies, followed by
a Masters in Southeast Asian Government and a Ph.D. program in
American Government and iternational Public Administration.
During my last period of Graduate School, I met a few people who
were keenly interested in the remarkable discoveries of Nikola Tesla.
As a child, Tesla had been my principal 'science hero' and I had
never abandoned my deep admiration for his many phenomenal
achievements. Like many who had studied his work, I strongly
believed that he was the man whose scientific discoveries and
inventions created the Twentieth Century. The chance to work on a
documentary of Tesla's life arose, and I took it.
The documentary on Nikola Tesla lured me, gradually, into the
very unusual world of 'free energy' physics and other types of
alternative science.
Ultimately, in 1986, this influenced me to contact certain
individuals who stimulated my interest, once again, in the
Sirians' mission. By 1987, my contact with Washta and his team of
counselors/instructors had resumed. The instruction I had
received as a child began again, and continued for the next six
years. In 1993, I began to lecture and do workshops on what I had
been told. The rest, as they say, is history.
In 1986, the return of Comet Haley and its companion, Comet Wilson,
led me on a circuitous path whose final destination, one year later,
was a grand reunion with my Sirian guide, Washta. He told me that
the time had come to renew old acquaintances and that I should begin
a new series of studies on the materials first taught me in my
childhood. The time was nearing, in the coming decade, for the
beginning of my mission on Mother Earth.
From the 1990s till the present, I have lectured, both nationally
and internationally, on the materials taught me by Washta and his
host of teachers. As a formal representative of the Galactic
Federation, I explained the first contact mission to the peoples of
this world. In November of 1997, I founded the Planetary Activation
Organization (PAO).
The Planetary Activation Organization (PAO) is an international,
non-sectarian organization with headquarters in Maui, Hawaii. Its
mission is to encourage Earth guardianship and to prepare the
planet for a major shift in consciousness. To carry out this
mission, Planetary Activation Groups (PAGs) were formed. The PAO has
approximately 2200 registered Planetary Activation Groups around
the world that connect and interact globally through the Internet,
faxes, and telephones. These groups are semi-autonomous,
self-organizing, and inner-directed. Almost every month, worldwide,
PAGs participate, with various other groups, in global meditations
and prayers for peace to demonstrate the power of group
consciousness and intention.
On a local level, PAGs serve their communities through projects
that uplift, inspire, and invite participation in creating healthy,
self-reliant communities. Projects reflect group members' unique
talents and abilities (as artists, scientists, musicians, business
people, etc.) in offering awareness and solutions to community
issues. In these groups, they discover how to work in harmony and
cooperation by practicing the principles of Fluid Group DynamicT
developed by Sheldan Nidle.
Fluid Group DynamicsT is an organizing technique that allows any
group to successfully manage itself while respecting each member's
sovereignty. Personal sovereignty is based on the belief that all
humans have a unique knowledge or gift that they can contribute
to a group's purpose. Management is fluid because it allows each
person to act according to his or her inner guidance and allows
the group situation to creatively flow.
--------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (C) 2003 by Sheldan Nidle
http://www.paoweb.com/

Part 5 of 5.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 20, 2003, 1:18:35 AM6/20/03

Subject: Man Tells Barbara Simpson He Was Abducted By Aliens. Part 4 of
4.

This is the last part about Mr. Martin's Abduction.

.....................................................................
.....................................................................

This time I was not subjected to the extensive physical
examination of my childhood but was led directly to the translucent
recliner type chair. I noted that the material from which the chair
was made tended to cleave to the curvatures of my body, like jello,
would give to my hand-print wherever I touched it. It was cool but
pleasant. The interior of the ship was also cool, not freezing but
naturally cool.
Once again Tan and Nela started their hands-on exam of my n-de
body. Where my clothes had gone, I cannot say. I was still
experiencing sharp stabs of pain from my last encounter with the
contractor and his men, and every time I felt a sharp pang, the
alien Tan would flinch indicating that he was attuned to sesations,
so much so that he was forced to snatch his hands away, recoiling
from the pain.
I looked out and saw the lights of a city off to my right, perhaps
it was Birmingham. Then I saw the four dimensional video projections
of two jet planes approaching at high speed. The form of the planes
was displayed on the dome glass like modern day computer images
composed of schematic type graphic lines.
I said, "Tan, we'd better get the h-ll out of here, because those
jets have missiles". And he said, "Fear not, Martin, for we are
but little more than apparitions before their capabilities". At that
very moment the ship shot straight up through the clouds. Within
ten seconds I could clearly see the outline of Florida, the eastern
coast and South America. In another ten seconds the entire planet
was a basketball sized marble, visibly growing smaller before my
eyes, yet I did not feel any physical sensation of motion. I can
only venture to guess, but I had the distinct feeling that Tan was
really enjoying the painful sensations that he picked up from me.
It was almost as if he was in ecstasy. However, Nela didn't seem
unduly affected by those sensations. After a while she asked,
"Martin, you are feeling a great discomfort?" And I said, "Yes,
Nela, can you give me something for the pain?", at which she took
an instrument that looked like small flashlight and touched my
left big toe. Almost immediately a numbing sensation moved up my
leg and soon encompassed my whole body and the pain went away. Only
then did Tan cease his writhing and humming.
"Oh, Martin", says he, "these are marvelous sensations, where did
you acquire them, what are they called?" I said, "What you are
feeling is pain, which was gotten as a result of a 'whipped a-s."
"A whi-ped hass", he repeated. "Martin, how does one acquire a
'whi-ped hass'?" "Well", says I, "the best way to get a whipped as-
is to say something about my mama or in this case, to get caught
scr-wing a contractor's wife". "Oh, and what is a mama and a
con-rac-dar?"
"Jeez... What a puddin' head". I thought aloud. "Pud-don ade" said
Nela. And so it went for a good while. I actually felt quite superior
to these little people because they didn't know from sh-t about the
most ordinary things. I came to the conclusion that they
really didn't have any conception of what a mother is. Oh, they
knew that humanoids bi-peds gave birth after approximately 270 days
of gestation, but of the bond of motherhood, they had no true
knowledge.
I was to learn that these aliens were very ignorant of the human
experience, the human senses of love, hate, jealously, envy greed,
conscience, etc. I concluded that were Tan a human being he would
be considered somewhat freaky as he seemed to get off on pain.
Slowly it began to dawn on me why he had chosen me as his conduit
into the human order. It seems that there is a faction among the
Biaviians who have decided to try to learn through hand-on
intercourse the nuances of the human factor. Certain ones among the
Biaviians are highly sensitive, telepathically and emotionally, to
certain humans, and these are the ones chosen to gather the data
and attempt to pass it along to others of their species.
"Martin, these sensations are very forceful. We must acquire them
gain and to a greater degree", he said. I kindly explained to him
that it would be much better if he personally gained the experience
by getting his -ss whipped, thereby not having to trouble himself
with picking it up from me. Furthermore I suggested that he could
easily participate in this ecstatic experience by setting down in
Birmingham and shouting "General Lee is a punk", to wit he would be
shortly blessed with an a-s whipping of scientific proportions.
Now with my pain gone, I felt a kind of esoteric buoyance, and I
really started to enjoy playing with their heads. It occurred to me
that by hanging on to my every word these aliens could conceivably
be led astray. So I started to use more care in my explanations to
them. It seemed to me that their ability to separate seriousness
from general bulls-it was nil. Yet time and experience slowly led
me to conclude that these beings, though naive to much of the human
equation, were by no means fools. It is only that their way of
rationalizing things is different from most of ours, only to the
extent that they don't clutter the obvious or falsify the facts. No
Biaviian could ever be an Earth lawyer, preacher or politician.
Also, logic exceeds honesty in its straight forward context. Logic
is both divine and cruel.
I asked them where they were from, and they said that they were
from the planet Biaveh (be-ah-vey), which is 4.6999 travel years
from Earth.

..................

This is midway down on page 16 from The Coming of Tan... of course
I would have liked to place the entire book on the web... but who
really wants to read a monitor. Everyone who has ordered this book
... have been very pleased they did.
Curtis Cooperman

JW I know of at least one person who has read the book who doesn't
like it. The person considers that Martin talks too much about the
leather type skinned people. In my reporting of what is in the
book and web site, I have left out what I consider to be the bad
parts.
I consider Martin to not be a very good person and it's a wonder he
hasn't been shot many times over for his use of women so therefore I
don't recommend Mr. Martin or that people buy his book.

Part 4 of 4.

Johm Winston. john...@mlode.com

John F. Winston

unread,

Jun 21, 2003, 2:19:19 AM6/21/03

Subject: You Can Call Me Bill. June 20, 2003.

In the past I reported a converstion between George Norey and
a person who claimed to be from space. A friend of mine has just
sent me the complete text of the conversation. Here is what was
said.

..........

George: The special topic line. Are you an alien?
Bill: Are you talking to me?
George: Yes.
Bill: You can call me Bill.
G: You are using the name Bill?
B: It was picked by random. By the people from the Yellow Pages.
G. How long have you been here?
B. I can't not say. It's been more that 3 years.
G. Why did you come here?
B. It was my assignment.
G. From?
B. I can not say where.
G. Why not we can't get there?
B. Yes but you will unltimately be able to go there.
We are human and have artifacts of fish and wooden fish.
G. I hear dogs in the backqround. Do you people have dogs on
your planet?
B. We have dogs, cats and wooden fish. We also have carbon fish.
G. What do you think of this planet?
B. I really can't say.
G. Are you going to turn in a good report? You aren't going to
come back and eat us are you? There is one book called "How To
Serve Man". It's about how to eat us.
B. Very funny. Ha, Ha. Why would you go so far for just a snack?
G. Well, that's true.
B. Would you go to another planet and observe them, then wuuld
you request that they be destroyed?
G. No, I would not. You know you are on this planet at a very
interesting time. What is the possiblity of me visiting your
planet today?
B. The cultural shock would be similar to a person taken from
your 17 century and brought to the present day and seeing the L.A.
freeways.
G. I don't even think the present century people could handle
the present L.A. freeways.
You read newspapers and you obviously listen to Coast To Coast.
B. Well your show is near to our hearts.
G. How did you get here?
B. Let me give an example. The craft that we use here is below
standards.
G. What do you mean by that?
B. To give you an example one of your large destroyer vessel, it
could sends out small row baats and dingies. We send out small
vessels that are very primitive and that is why there are so many
accidents.
We send out very primitive craft and we don't want you to
discover the advanced technology your not ready for, to damage you.
G. Now you look human or are is that just a shell?
B. I look human. I have originally been transmuted into a human,
but it was a long and painful process.
G. When do you go back?
B. I go back in, I had better not say, but it will be years from
now, after I finish me report.
G. Well I tell now, enjoy your stay on Earth, Bill.
B. Thank you George.

,,,,,,,,,

Closing remarks by George.

G. That's one of the few times, maybe the first time I have ever
spoken to an alien on Earth.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

The Spear of Destiny!

unread,

Jun 25, 2003, 2:07:14 AM6/25/03

"John F. Winston" <john...@mlode.com> wrote in message news:<Pine.BSF.3.96.103062...@shell.mlode.com>...

> Subject: You Can Call Me Bill. June 20, 2003.
>
> In the past I reported a converstion between George Norey and
> a person who claimed to be from space. A friend of mine has just
> sent me the complete text of the conversation. Here is what was
> said.
>

<snip>

> ..........

> We are human and have artifacts of fish and wooden fish.
> G. I hear dogs in the backqround. Do you people have dogs on
> your planet?
> B. We have dogs, cats and wooden fish. We also have carbon fish.

Wooden fish? Is that the alien equivalent of rubber chickens?
<snip>

> G. How did you get here?
> B. Let me give an example. The craft that we use here is below
> standards.
> G. What do you mean by that?
> B. To give you an example one of your large destroyer vessel, it
> could sends out small row baats and dingies. We send out small
> vessels that are very primitive and that is why there are so many
> accidents.

No kidding! In addition to being rapists, kidnappers, and
bestiality-loving perverts, those greys are the worst pilots around.
<snip>

> B. I look human. I have originally been transmuted into a human,
> but it was a long and painful process.

So THAT'S what they use those probes for! Better wear titanium undies
if you want to keep the aliens out!
<snip>

> Closing remarks by George.
>
> G. That's one of the few times, maybe the first time I have ever
> spoken to an alien on Earth.
>

¿No habla español?
Your friend,
The Spear of Destiny!
--
End Extraterrestrial Exhibitionism! Support NASA's Alien Exposure Law!

John F. Winston

unread,

Jul 3, 2003, 2:13:13 AM7/3/03

Subject: Out Of It. Joly 2, 2003.

On June 22, 2003 while driving in a marketing area street of
Sonora, Calif. at about 7:20 PM I passed out completely. I went
completely unconscious with my foot still on the foot pedal. My
friend got the car stopped, jumped out asked a person in a car to
call for an ambulance.

In a little less than a minute a nurse showed and another nurse
at about the same. This must have taken still less than a minute.
The two ladies then cut off my shirt, I was told because, I was
still out of it.

The next I remember was that the ladies were beating on my chest
and screaming at me to wake up. I was barely able to hear their
voice but I figured they were going to beat me to death if I
didn't wake so i did come back to consciousness. I was then aware
of some persons pulling me from the car and putting me in the
ambulance. This all took less than 5 minutes, I was told.

They then started shocking me with the paddles at a low voltage
and next hit me with the high voltage. I must have been in the
astral state then because it appeared and felt they had blown out
my entire organs in my rib cage. This was accomplished by a lot
of pain. People who experience this in the physical form state that
it feels a lot like being kicked by a mule with its two feet at
the same time.

I have Kaizer insurance and they took me to the local hospital
where I was stabilized, then sent me to a hospital in Stockton,
Calif. which is about 80 miles away.

Things were looking good until they gave me some medicine that
I reacted to in a adverse way. My temp. went down to 95 degrees
F. my llood pressure went so low they couldn't read it, and I began
sweating a great deal. It looked like they were going to loose me
and about 5 people were working on me at the same time and they got
me to doing Ok. It about 10 minutes I started loosing it again and
this time I threw up and then got Ok for a while.

Next they shipped me to special hospital in Sacramento, Calif.
Mercy Hospital. They were supposed to be the best in heart treatment
of any place in the world. They kept me in ER for a while, I had
one more partial black-out. They then subjected me to every test
imaginable, put in next a sort of pace maker device and I'm finally
back home.

I was even getting worse at home in Sacramento and I called in
my three sons and said goodbye to them in case I didn't make it.
It appears that I am a little better. I'm going to try to stop
reading all my E-mail because it was causing to use 6 hours a
day to read it and 3 hours to do my posting. I was doing a lot
of volunteer work and ch-rch work.

There is a good chance that I will now make it but I won't be
able to drive a car by myself until I can prove to a doctor that
I haven't had a black-out in a 6 months period.

I tried to prove to the doctors and nurses who asked me how I
got this condition about Chem-trails but they wouldn't believe a
word of it.

John Winston. john...@mlode.com

It is loading more messages.

0 new messages